<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" version="2.0">
<channel><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/040926-infiniums-project-atlas-wins-saba-next-generation-saf-procurement</link><description>US based e-fuels producer Infinium has secured a major offtake award for its Project Atlas development after being selected by the Sustainable Aviation Buyers Alliance under its next-generation sustainable aviation fuel procurement program. The project will supply SAF certificates (SAFc) to SABA&amp;apos;s corporate buyers, marking a key step in advancing next-generation fuel pathways and unlocking</description><title>Infinium&amp;apos;s Project Atlas wins SABA next-generation SAF procurement</title><pubDate>09 April 2026 14:57:57 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel April 09, 2026 Infiniumâs Project Atlas wins SABA next-generation SAF procurement By Samyak Pandey Editor: Jonathan Loades-Carter Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Infinium wins SABA award for Project Atlas Facility targets 100,000 mt/year eSAF output American Airlines partners as end-user US based e-fuels producer Infinium has secured a major offtake award for its Project Atlas development after being selected by the Sustainable Aviation Buyers Alliance under its next-generation sustainable aviation fuel procurement program. The project will supply SAF certificates (SAFc) to SABA's corporate buyers, marking a key step in advancing next-generation fuel pathways and unlocking financing for new SAF capacity, Infinium said in a statement April 8. Project Atlas competed against more than a dozen advanced biofuel and electrofuel projects in a multi-stage evaluation process. Project Atlas is designed as an electro-SAF (eSAF) facility with planned production capacity of around 100,000 metric tons/year, targeting a life-cycle carbon intensity reduction of up to 95% compared with conventional jet fuel. The project builds on Infinium's earlier developments, including Project Pathfinder and Project Roadrunner, which have supported its commercial-scale deployment of electrofuels. Infinium partnered with American Airlines in its bid, with the carrier set to act as the end-user of the fuel and manage logistics. The airline will physically take delivery of the eSAF, while SABA's corporate members will purchase SAF certificates under a book-and-claim system to account for emissions reductions. "This is a pivotal milestone for Project Atlas," said Robert Schuetzle, adding that the agreement reflected growing demand for power-to-liquid fuels and supported the expansion of domestic SAF production capacity. SABA aggregates demand from corporate customers seeking to reduce emissions from business travel and freight, converting that demand into long-term, financeable offtake agreements aimed at enabling projects to reach final investment decisions. Participating buyers are expected to sign binding agreements with Infinium later this year, with initial fuel production targeted by 2029. In addition to supplying SABA members, Project Atlas is expected to produce EU-compliant renewable fuels of non-biological origin (RFNBO) eSAF, positioning it to tap into rising demand driven by Europe's SAF mandates. Under ReFuelEU Aviation rules, blending requirements began at 2% in 2025 and are set to rise to 20% by 2035, with a dedicated eSAF sub-mandate from 2030. Kim Carnahan said the selection demonstrates how voluntary corporate demand can help catalyze investment in new SAF facilities, while Jill Blickstein highlighted the role of partnerships in scaling emerging fuel technologies. Infinium produces eSAF by combining captured CO2 with renewable energy to create drop-in aviation fuel compatible with existing aircraft and infrastructure. The company said the Project Atlas award adds momentum to the commercialization of power-to-liquid fuels, which are increasingly seen as critical to meeting aviation's long-term decarbonization targets. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed SAF HEFA-SPK FOB Straits at $2,400/mt on April 8, down $20/mt from April 7. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/lng/040926-ec-eyeing-country-level-standard-for-eu-methane-regulation</link><description>The European Commission is closing in on recommendations for compliance and penalties under the European Union&amp;apos;s methane emissions regulation amid sustained frustration from market participants ahead of a 2027 regulatory deadline when tighter legal requirements begin, the EU&amp;apos;s director-general for energy, Ditte Juul Jorgensen, said April 9 at the Eurogas Methane Emissions Conference in Brussels.</description><title>EC eyeing country-level standard for EU methane regulation</title><pubDate>09 April 2026 15:14:45 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Matt Hoisch</name></author><content><![CDATA[ LNG, Natural Gas, Energy Transition, Crude Oil, Coal, Emissions April 09, 2026 EC eyeing country-level standard for EU methane regulation By Matt Hoisch Editor: Benjamin Morse Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Says okay for âsufficient shareâ of production to meet requirements All member states agree penalties should not threaten supply Industry players continue to seek delayed rollout amid uncertainty The European Commission is closing in on recommendations for compliance and penalties under the European Union's methane emissions regulation amid sustained frustration from market participants ahead of a 2027 regulatory deadline when tighter legal requirements begin, the EU's director-general for energy, Ditte Juul Jorgensen, said April 9 at the Eurogas Methane Emissions Conference in Brussels. The EU regulation aims to reduce methane emissions from the energy sector, both in Europe and across global supply chains. It includes a methane emissions reporting requirement for natural gas, crude oil, and coal imports, as well as a mandate for importers to meet emissions-intensity limits that have yet to be established. A key deadline comes at the start of 2027, when new import contracts must meet the same monitoring, reporting, and verification standards as EU producers, or face penalties. On compliance, Jorgensen said April 9 that the EC plans to recommend a country-level standard, rather than more granular mandates. "Compliance will not require tracking or tracing at the level of the molecule or at the level of the cargo or at the level of the basin or at the level of the specific company," she said. Rather, the recommendation would be that it is acceptable for a "sufficient share" of domestic production in an exporting country to meet the measurement, reporting, and verification standards, according to the director-general. "If that can be shown, if that can be clear, then that constitutes compliance," Jorgensen said. She did not offer further details on what would constitute a "sufficient share." Jorgensen also said the EC is finalizing a recommendation that would ensure penalties under the regulation do not threaten energy supply security. She stressed that ministers from all 27 EU member states back this, though she did not elaborate on the details of the recommendation. "That is what all national authorities want to do," she said. "To make sure that penalties do not constitute a problem, that no cargo is diverted or delayed because of a concern related to penalties." Member states are responsible for imposing penalties under the regulation, which stipulates that they can be as high as 20% of a company's annual turnover. However, the law also says penalties must "not endanger the security of energy supply." The EC is also assembling a guidance document to aid consistent implementation across member states, Jorgensen said. The director-general did not give an explicit timeline for releasing the measures but said the EC is "very, very close" to finalizing them. Industry ire Many participants in the European gas sector have expressed frustration about persistent regulatory uncertainty around how to comply with the methane regulation ahead of its firmer 2027 deadline. A swath of energy industry players have called for the EC to delay the rollout to allow more time to sort out the implementation and compliance questions. Eurogas president Cristian Signoretto reiterated this request at the conference. "We are a bit running now out of time," he said. "The contracts that are going to deliver gas to the market by [2027] are being negotiated nowâI would say yesterday." European market participants have reported challenges contracting LNG cargoes due to the regulatory uncertainty. Jorgensen did not touch on the prospect of delaying the rollout in her April 9 remarks. However, she acknowledged that the approaching requirements come as Europe faces heightened challenges from the conflict in the Middle East and stressed the importance of ensuring adequate energy flows both during and beyond the current disruptions from the war. "We want to make sure that our regulatory systemâour rulesâdo not stand in the way of security of supply," Jorgensen said. LNG imports The EU has become increasingly reliant on LNG for baseline gas needs in the years since Russia's full-scale invasion of Ukraineâparticularly from the US. In 2025, the EU brought in about 106 million metric tons (146.2 Bcm) of LNGâthe first time on record imports surpassed 100 million mt, according to data from S&amp;P Global Energy CERA. The US was the EU's top LNG trade partner over the year, supplying 60 million mt. This also made 2025 the first year on record in which the EU sourced over 50% of its imports from one country. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the DES Northwest Europe LNG marker at $15.17/million British thermal units on April 8, down 12.5% day over day. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/032626-ceraweek-natural-gas-industry-sees-narrow-window-for-us-permitting-reform</link><description>Natural gas industry groups expressed optimism that US permitting reform legislation could be passed in the coming months, but stressed there is a narrow window for progress. &amp;quot;I&amp;apos;m actually bullish on it, I think we are going to see it,&amp;quot; Marty Durbin, president of the US Chamber of Commerce&amp;apos;s Global Energy Institute, said on the sidelines of CERAWEEK by S&amp;amp;P Global on March 25. &amp;quot;I&amp;apos;m not betting the</description><title>CERAWEEK: Natural gas industry sees narrow window for US permitting reform</title><pubDate>26 March 2026 22:16:27 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Killian Staines</name><name>Zack Hale</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Natural Gas, Energy Transition, Renewables March 26, 2026 CERAWEEK: Natural gas industry sees narrow window for US permitting reform By Killian Staines and Zack Hale Editor: Marieke Alsguth Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Industry groups optimistic for reform Eight-week window of opportunity Natural gas industry groups expressed optimism that US permitting reform legislation could be passed in the coming months, but stressed there is a narrow window for progress. "I'm actually bullish on it, I think we are going to see it," Marty Durbin, president of the US Chamber of Commerce's Global Energy Institute, said on the sidelines of CERAWEEK by S&amp;P Global on March 25. "I'm not betting the farm yet, but I do think that the stars are all aligning here." Pressure on politicians from multiple industries could focus minds, Durbin said. "You've got every business sector out there saying this has got to get done," he said, adding permitting reform is about more than energy. "This is roads and bridges and airports and water facilities, you name it." A permitting bill, dubbed the SPEED Act, was passed in the US House in December 2025 with support from 11 Democrats. The bill would limit the scope of National Environmental Policy Act reviews and shorten the statute of limitations for related court challenges from roughly six years to 150 days, while also narrowing eligibility for legal standing. Negotiations in the Senate were paused in December 2025 by lead negotiators Senators Martin Heinrich, Democrat-New Mexico, and Sheldon Whitehouse, Democrat-Rhode Island, ranking members on the energy and environment committees, in response to the Trump administration's actions targeting fully permitted US offshore wind projects and solar applications. However, Heinrich and Whitehouse announced on March 6, 2026, that talks would resume, citing positive momentum on solar permitting from the administration and the expectation that "there will be no further interference with already-permitted wind projects." A "dramatic" change in the politics surrounding permitting reform is raising the likelihood of success, according to Chris Treanor, Executive Director of Partnership to Address Global Emissions. "Affordability is a top issue for voters and for member policymakers," Treanor said in a March 24 interview with Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. "And Democrats have come around to appreciate that clean energy projects are just as susceptible to permitting obstacles as pipelines are." Time pressure That said, there is a short window of opportunity. "We've got eight weeks to get it done," Treanor said. "Once you start moving into July, you're deep into midterm season, and you're entering a phase where neither side wants to let the other one have a win." Progress will need to happen during the upcoming two-week recess, Treanor said. "If in that next [recess], we don't see language presented or an outline presented by [Senators] Capito and Whitehouse, then it will signal to me that maybe we really are waiting until the lame duck period," Treanor said. During the lame duck period after the November midterm elections, "you have a bunch of members that are taking their last vote, so they can vote for permitting reform because they believed their whole lives that it was necessary, and the only reason they didn't vote for it previously was for some political reason," Treanor said. Hopes would fade further after that. "Democrats will almost certainly win back the House majority," Treanor said. That would elevate Representatives Frank Pallone and Jared Huffman to chairmen of the energy and commerce committee and the natural resources committee, respectively. They would "almost certainly will not prioritize permitting reform," Treanor said. Lack of goodwill Former Senator Mary Landrieu, Democrat-Louisiana, struck a less optimistic note. "It's going to be very tough, because the time is short and tempers are short," Landrieu said in a March 25 interview with Platts at CERAWeek. "It's hard to pass legislation when you have adequate time, and you have a lot of goodwill; we have neither." The politics soured "because of the President's unfortunate personal crusade against offshore wind, which we all seem to have been suffering from," Landrieu said. Landrieu is co-chair of Natural Allies for a Clean Energy Future, which advocates for natural gas. But Landrieu felt the March 24 appointment of Alan Armstrong to fill the Senate spot vacated by Oklahoma Republican Senator Markwayne Mullin is "one of the best things that has happened on this subject." Armstrong, who was CEO of midstream company Williams from 2011 to July 2025, vowed to spend his short time in the Senate working toward permitting reform. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/040926-washington-declares-statewide-drought-emergency-snowpack-half-of-normal</link><description>Washington has declared a statewide drought emergency, driving up wholesale spot power prices, after starting April with roughly half of its normal snowpack. A warm winter left Washington mountains bare, leading to projections that water supplies will fall short of the state&amp;apos;s summer demand, the Washington Department of Ecology announced April 8. This is the fourth statewide drought emergency</description><title>Washington declares statewide drought emergency, snowpack half of normal</title><pubDate>09 April 2026 19:51:20 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Kassia Micek</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables April 09, 2026 Washington declares statewide drought emergency, snowpack half of normal By Kassia Micek Editor: Karla Sanchez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Fourth statewide drought emergency since 2015 Mid-C spot prices jump $4.50 day over day Washington has declared a statewide drought emergency, driving up wholesale spot power prices, after starting April with roughly half of its normal snowpack. A warm winter left Washington mountains bare, leading to projections that water supplies will fall short of the state's summer demand, the Washington Department of Ecology announced April 8. This is the fourth statewide drought emergency since 2015. "One year ago, we announced an unprecedented third year of drought, primarily affecting the Yakima Basin as well as other parts of the state," Casey Sixkiller, director of the Department of Ecology, said at an April 8 briefing. "Today, we are gathered again, but to declare a drought emergency for the fourth year in a row and this time it's statewide." Market reaction Pacific Northwest spot power prices increased during April 9 trading, while other US West locations eased. Mid-C on-peak day-ahead traded around $18/megawatt-hour for April 10-11 delivery on the Intercontinental Exchange, an increase of nearly $4.50 from where Platts assessed the location a day earlier. The off-peak package climbed nearly $6.50 day over day to trade around $21.25/MWh on ICE. Platts is part of S&amp;P Global Energy. "The Pacific Northwest in the US experienced a warmer-than-average winter this year, with a greater share of precipitation falling as rain rather than snow," said Hilary Bao, S&amp;P Global Energy CERA senior analyst. From December 2025 to March 2026, hydropower generation was approximately 15% above the 30-year average, she said. "However, due to poor snowpack accumulation, hydropower generation is expected to decline significantly in May, June and July," Bao said. "S&amp;P Global Energy forecasts that hydropower output will be about 12% below the 30-year average for each of these months." CERA forecast Mid-C spot power prices to average in the mid-$60s/MWh in August. In 2025, Mid-C spot prices reached as high as $112.20/MWh on Aug. 25, and averaged nearly $50/MWh for August and $56/MWh for September, according to Platts data. The long-term weather forecast predicts above-normal temperatures and below-normal precipitation through June, according to the Department of Ecology. Drought emergency Drought is declared when water supply drops below 70% of normal and creates hardships for people, farms or the environment, Sixkiller said about state law. "This year, every watershed in our state has met that threshold," Sixkiller said. "We have entered April with roughly half of our normal snowpack." April 1 is typically when snowpack peaks, but "this year, we are at just 52% of normal and that gap has real consequences," Sixkiller said. Although the state had a wet winter with 104% of normal precipitation from October to February, too much of that fell in the form of rain instead of snow, the Department of Ecology said. "Washington relies on deep mountain snows to accumulate over the winter, then gradually melt during spring and summer," according to the Department of Ecology. "That slow snowmelt helps fill streams and rivers and replenish reservoirs. Without sufficient snowpack, rivers will run low and water temperatures will climb, creating harsh conditions for fish and other aquatic species." The Dalles forecast The Dalles Dam water supply forecast is currently at 95% of normal for the April-September forecast period, a decrease of 2 percentage points month over month, according to Northwest River Forecast Center data. The water year runs Oct. 1 through Sept. 30. Inflows into The Dalles Dam have averaged 200.56 kilo cubic feet/second so far in April, up 18% from the March average, but down nearly 2% from April 2025, according to data from the US Army Corps of Engineers. Conditions at The Dalles Dam, located on the Columbia River on the Oregon-Washington state border, serve as the barometer for hydro conditions in the region. Lower hydro generation in the Pacific Northwest means less generation available for export to neighboring regions. However, the trend has reversed in recent years, with the Pacific Northwest importing power generation due to a weaker hydro supply from ongoing drought, rather than exporting generation during hydro surplus. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/electric-power/040926-ceraweek-2026-power-systems-emerge-as-an-energy-security-priority</link><description>Energy security has shifted from a competitive advantage to a critical requirement as CERAWeek 2026 revealed a fundamental transformation in global power systems.</description><title>CERAWeek 2026: Power systems emerge as an energy security priority</title><pubDate>09 April 2026 12:35:49 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Patrick Luckow</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Natural Gas, Energy Transition, Nuclear, Renewables April 09, 2026 CERAWeek 2026: Power systems emerge as an energy security priority Patrick Luckow Editor: Roma Arora Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... Energy security has shifted from a competitive advantage to a critical requirement as CERAWeek 2026 revealed a fundamental transformation in global power systems. With electricity demand accelerating -- driven by data center demand, electrification and industrial growth -- the power sector has become the decisive arena where policy choices, infrastructure limits and investment realities converge. 1. Energy security is now a power system problem Energy security discussions have shifted decisively toward grid reliability, capacity adequacy and local reliability. Extreme weather, geopolitical instability and demand growth are exposing weaknesses in aging transmission and distribution systems. Countries across the globe are demanding diverse generation portfolios, as firm capacity and flexible grids are proving critical to resiliency. "The most pervasive takeaway from CERAWeek 2026 was that geopolitics is no longer a background risk; it is a primary driver of market structure," said Chengyao Peng, S&amp;P Global Energy head of APAC power &amp; renewables research. Global renewable additions reached an estimated 700 GW in 2025, according to S&amp;P Global Energy CERA, extending record growth from 2024. As global energy shocks prioritize security, the 2026 outlook may shift toward mature "quick-wins" like solar-plus-storage, especially in the US and new natural gas. 2. AI-driven demand growth is rewriting power planning assumptions Artificial intelligence has moved from long term forecast to an immediate system stressor. Data centers and AI training loads are accelerating, overwhelming interconnection queues, compressing reserve margins and forcing difficult conversations about cost allocation and reliability standards. In the US, utilities, regulators and hyperscalers are now tightly coupled as power demand growth has become a strategic national priority. "The current supply and price pressures are also an opportunity to revisit past plans, processes and agreements, and design new models that can unlock affordable supply more quickly," said Sylvain Cognet-Dauphin, S&amp;P Global Energy head of EMEA power and renewable research. Executives from National Grid and Dominion Energy emphasized that the primary bottleneck is not capital but permitting, pipelines, power assets, transmission build-out and skilled labor. 3. Energy transition is redefined by affordability and security constraints Rather than retreating from decarbonization goals, discussions at CERAWeek placed the transition squarely within the realities of cost and reliability. European Commission's Director-General for Energy, Ditte Juul-JÃ¸rgensen, noted that European states with lower shares of power generation reliant on imported fossil fuels reliably have lower prices. The EU will aim to reduce its import dependence. It will also seek to improve its competitiveness by reducing regulatory barriers, improving transnational competition and cooperation between power markets, and revisiting long-term natural gas supply contracts that will still be needed in the coming decades. Rising electricity prices, grid congestion and geopolitical volatility are shaping what is politically and economically durable, amid an investment surge from companies across the globe. The most immediate cleantech beneficiaries will be more mature renewable technologies that can be quickly deployed to address near term security and affordability challenges, including solar-plus-storage projects and standalone grid storage, Amit Chandra, head of Climate Technology at Barclays, said. While the focus in the US has shifted to speed-to-power for data center demand, many other nations remain committed to a robust energy transition, but this transition must protect consumers, maintain system stability, and support economic competitiveness. The transition is no longer a linear pathway, it is an exercise in balancing climate ambition with affordability and energy security. 4. Permitting emerges as critical constraint Across power conversations at CERAWeek, permitting emerged as one of the most binding constraints on energy security. Lengthy approval timelines for transmission lines, generation and storage are delaying projects even where capital and demand are strong. While the US has seen a rapid acceleration in LNG permitting, transmission has not yet had the same focus. Regulatory reform, institutional coordination and practical dialog between data center developers, utilities and their regulators were frequently mentioned at CERAWeek as critical steps that must be taken immediately. Despite slow progress, Jenny Yang, S&amp;P Global Energy head of global power renewables research, highlighted that "there is a clear opportunity to use technology to extract more value from the existing assets, especially where permitting remains a constraint". 5. Nuclear power returns to deployment One of the more notable shifts at CERAWeek was the focus on near-term nuclear deployment milestones. Faced with rising load, reliability requirements and energy security concerns, policymakers and utilities are increasingly viewing nuclear power, both conventional reactors and small modular reactors, as a development priority. The focus has moved toward licensing timelines, supply chains and financing models, signaling that for many regions, nuclear power is being reconsidered as a delivery solution for clean, firm power. Several speakers argued that the current moment represents a new nuclear "renaissance," distinct from the mid-2000s wave that faltered on cost overruns. Utilities and industrial players reinforced this view. Dow Chemical highlighted its partnership with X-energy on SMR as part of a long-term strategy to secure reliable, lower-carbon power for energy-intensive manufacturing. Others stressed that standardization, modular construction and regulatory predictability are critical to success. Developers such as Kairos Power are pursuing repeatable construction models, including plans to build multiple reactors to supply hyperscaler demand. Building a fleet of reactors enables learning-by-doing efficiencies and supports commercial scalability, while integrated project sequencing can help reduce risk prior to full-scale construction, executives said. From vision to execution CERAWeek 2026 underscored that a new map has been drawn for the energy transition. New technology players were prominent throughout the week, making a strong case for clean technologies that can be deployed rapidly at manageable costs. Electrification is accelerating faster than infrastructure and institutions are adapting. The decisive challenge of this decade is not vision, but execution -- at scale, at speed and at a cost society can sustain. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/middle-east-conflict-gcc-downstream-sectors-brace-for-broader-impact-s101678714</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. The war in the Middle East has led to limited shipping activity passing through the Strait of Hormuz since the end of February. Some export-oriented chemical plants in the Persian Gulf have also announced closures. Because about 20% of global crude flow and about 20% of global liquefied natural gas (LNG) passes through the Strait daily, the disruption has directly affected oil and gas flows worldwide. In our view, the prolonged closure will also d</description><title>Middle East Conflict: GCC Downstream Sectors Brace For Broader Impact</title><pubDate>09 April 2026 06:19:36 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/asiapacifics-energy-flows-and-gaps-in-10-charts-s101678160</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Asia-Pacific faces a growing energy shock that reserves can only partly absorb. Heavy reliance on Middle East imports and tight regional linkages are amplifying risks. Disruptions in crude and refined fuels could hit manufacturing and trade hard. End-user prices will likely climb, compounding inflationary pressures. Weaker currencies and high costs will fuel higher inflation, strain growth, and force difficult policy trade-offs across unevenly exp</description><title>Asiaâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x91;Pacific&amp;apos;s Energy Flows And Gaps In 10 Charts</title><pubDate>09 April 2026 01:41:54 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/040826-brazil-renewables-market-divided-about-ghg-protocol-update</link><description>Revising the global Greenhouse Gas protocol to require the matching of hourly energy consumption and generation has divided generators and consumers in Brazil, with some believing such a change could hamper the country&amp;apos;s renewables market. The proposed stricter rule is causing concern among those in the Brazilian energy sector who fear it could reduce adherence to emission standards and trading of</description><title>Brazil renewables market divided about GHG Protocol update</title><pubDate>08 April 2026 21:21:58 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Felipe Peroni</name><name>Beatriz Baltieri</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Electric Power, Carbon, Emissions, Renewables April 08, 2026 Brazil renewables market divided about GHG Protocol update By Felipe Peroni and Beatriz Baltieri Editor: Richard Rubin Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS GHG Protocol revision divides Brazil energy sector Hourly matching rules threaten renewables growth I-REC prices remain low amid oversupply concerns Revising the global Greenhouse Gas protocol to require the matching of hourly energy consumption and generation has divided generators and consumers in Brazil, with some believing such a change could hamper the country's renewables market. The proposed stricter rule is causing concern among those in the Brazilian energy sector who fear it could reduce adherence to emission standards and trading of guarantees of origin, which already face liquidity issues. "Hourly matching requirements could hamper the maturity process of the Brazilian market," said Felipe Gatti, head of power at major beef exporter Minerva Foods. The company reports its emissions under the Brazilian GHG Protocol program. If approved, a company now certifying energy consumed in an entire year would be required that all certificates be matched on an hourly basis, for its energy use to be considered renewable. Moreover, the recommendations made by the GHG Protocol working group also include stricter geographical rules of origin. "The changes proposed also include the location method, that would prevent a company in the south of Brazil to buy International Renewable Energy Certificates registered in the country's northeastern region," Fernando Lopes, director of the Totum Institute, which issues the country's I-RECs and other guarantees of origin, said April 7 during the I-REC Day Brazil conference. The GHG Protocol board held a public consultation about the scope 2 guidance change, from October 2025 to Jan. 31, 2026. According to Lopes, a second public consultation will be made in 2026. The revision was considered necessary as the current scope 2 guidance was released in 2015, and new criteria was needed to reflect the evolution of energy grids and companies. Also, the GHG Protocol estimates that 40% of global greenhouse gas emissions can be traced to energy generation, making it more critical to decarbonization. But some market participants believed this change could reduce interest for certificates in a less evolved markets, such as in Brazil, where energy certification it is purely voluntary. "As participants of a voluntary initiative, we need to find ways to contribute while remaining competitive with other non-adherent companies," Gatti said. Significant generators were optimistic about the change, however, believing it could boost prices of I-RECs that meet the stricter requirements. "In Brazil we face a persistent oversupply [of certificates]. This new layer of integrity could improve the price balance in the country," said Cecilia Essinger, executive manager of environmental assets at Axia Energia, adding that the change will also require a phasing period for adaptation. Platts' daily assessment of Brazilian I-RECs, vintage 2025, were at Real 0.87/MWh (17 cents/MWh) for wind and solar on April 8, and at Real 0.71/MWh (14 cents/MWh) for hydro. By comparison, the assessment for Mexico 2025 wind/solar I-RECs was at $6/MWh on the same day. Platts is a part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Axia received recently a request for 24-7 hourly matching certification, but shortcomings in the existent infrastructure blocked the way, according to Essinger. The company was the largest issuer of I-RECs in 2025 in Brazil, with 11.9 million certificates. "I-RECs still need more differentiation to shows its environmental benefits, like the ones we see in carbon credits," Essinger said. But the change is not consensual even among generators, with some believing it will favour large energy suppliers, many of which are located near large consuming centers. "This change will only benefit hydroelectric companies in the Brazilian southeastern region," a source at a wind power generator said. A second generator source concurred. "This could drive consumers away from the I-REC market," the source said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/040826-japans-gx-ets-mandatory-phase-begins-demand-muted-as-companies-await-allocation-clarity</link><description>One week after Japan&amp;apos;s Green Transformation Emissions Trading Scheme (GX-ETS) entered its mandatory phase, trading activity in J-Credits and Joint Crediting Mechanism units remains absent -- particularly on the exchange -- as covered entities continue to delay compliance positioning amid ongoing uncertainty over free allowance allocations and banking rules. Mandatory in name, transitional in</description><title>Japan&amp;apos;s GX-ETS mandatory phase begins; demand muted as companies await allocation clarity</title><pubDate>08 April 2026 05:08:11 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Aliana zulaika Yeong</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Carbon, Emissions April 08, 2026 Japan's GX-ETS mandatory phase begins; demand muted as companies await allocation clarity By Aliana zulaika Yeong Editor: Sivassanggari Tamil selvam Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS JâCredits, JCM unit demand to stay weak through FY 2026-27 Prices anchored around proposed GXâETS price ceiling Ex-post allocation design clouds near-term compliance signals One week after Japan's Green Transformation Emissions Trading Scheme (GX-ETS) entered its mandatory phase, trading activity in J-Credits and Joint Crediting Mechanism units remains absent -- particularly on the exchange -- as covered entities continue to delay compliance positioning amid ongoing uncertainty over free allowance allocations and banking rules. Mandatory in name, transitional in practice The GXâETS moved into Phase 2 on April 1, following a threeâyear voluntary period, and now applies to companies emitting at least 100,000â¯metric tons/year of CO2, collectively accounting for roughly 60% of Japan's emissions. The scheme allows covered entities to meet up to 10% of their compliance obligations with eligible credits -- including domestic JâCredits and international JCM units -- within a price corridor set by the government at Yen 1,700-4,300/mtCO2e ($10.64-$26.91/mtCO2e). However, several Tokyoâbased market participants said fiscal year 2026-27 (April-March) is unlikely to generate strong complianceâdriven credit demand, as the scheme's free allocation framework remains unsettled. "At this moment, we have not seen any official updates on the finalization of free allowance volumes by industry," a Tokyoâbased end user said, adding that allowance clarity will only emerge after companies submit verified emissions data and receive government approval. Prices hover near price ceiling Despite limited liquidity one week into the mandatory phase, JâCredit prices remain broadly supported by the GXâETS costâcontainment measure. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed Energy Efficiency J-Credits at Yen 4,800/mtCO2e and J-Credit Forestry at Yen 5,300/mtCO2e on April 7, both unchanged day over day. The government has proposed a price corridor of Yen 1,700-4,300/mtCO2e for the early compliance years, with entities able to meet their obligations by paying the ceiling price if allowance markets tighten. Energyâefficiency JâCredits have recently traded at about Yen 4,800/mtCO2e, based on Japan Exchange Group reference prices, according to a Tokyoâbased end user. "From my perspective, prices remaining slightly above the GXâETS ceiling are so far a positive indication," the source said. A second end user expects prices to remain largely rangebound in the absence of strong demand. "As there is no strong demand from GXâETS, we believe market prices of JâCredits will theoretically dwindle," the source said, adding that most holders are likely to retain inventory unless liquidity needs arise. Some premium demand persists for specific credit types -- particularly locally generated forestry JâCredits -- but volumes remain too small to influence broader market dynamics. "Some customers require specific credits, especially forestry credits, such as locally generated ones, and they would pay significantly higher prices than those in the market," the second end user said. "However, the impact on the market could be negligible because the volumes are tiny, and ultimately, there is no difference in value under the compliance regulations." Conversely, a Tokyo-based carbon project developer said there is currently no premium for forestry JâCredits, citing demand solely for compliance purposes and a large supply from major forest owners exceeding 100,000â¯mt/y. Ex-post allocation clouds price signals Market participants said uncertainty around banking provisions -- specifically whether unused allowances or credits can be carried forward -- has further dampened appetite for early compliance buying. Unlike systems with fixed upfront caps, free allowances under the GXâETS are determined ex post, based on actual production levels and sectoral benchmarks. "Under the GXâETS framework, free allowances are expected to be allocated after each regulated entity submits its calculated emissions and applies for allowances," the first end user said. "As a result, allowance volumes will only become visible once this application and approval process is complete." A Tokyo-based consultant developer echoed this sentiment, saying that the number of free allocations will be determined based on each fiscal year's actual production levels, rather than in advance. Companies will initially set emissions targets for FY 2025-26 and FY 2026-27. Actual FY 2025-26 emissions will be calculated and thirdâparty verified in early 2027, after which the government will issue official allocations for the following year based on benchmark indices. "Because the final number depends on how much a company actually [emitted], the definitive number of free allowances for FY 2025-26 cannot be calculated until the fiscal year ends," the consultant said, adding that settlement will occur only in 2027. The consultant expects incremental clarity from April onward as submissions begin but cautioned that any impact on demand is likely to emerge only gradually. "I anticipate that updates on both free allocation levels and banking rules will gradually become available during this period," the consultant said. The consultant added that the GXâETS is not yet aligned with Japan's Nationally Determined Contribution and currently operates without a systemâwide cap, underscoring the importance of still-pending benchmark announcements in shaping compliance behavior. Eyes on post-2027 signal Participants broadly view FY 2026-27 as a calibration phase, with meaningful compliance demand expected to emerge only once benchmarks, free allocation levels and banking rules are fully clarified. "I do not think any lobbying is feasible after the government's announcement," a Tokyoâbased end user said. "The next opportunity to negotiate floor or ceiling prices would be around 2029." Until then, market participants said the GXâETS mandatory phase is likely to establish the institutional groundwork for Japan's carbon market rather than serve as a nearâterm catalyst for JâCredit or JCM unit demand. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/industry-credit-outlook-gcc-central-banks-relief-measures-will-help-banks-navigate-the-current-turbulence-s101675849</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings expects the war&amp;apos;s intensity will peak and the Strait of Hormuz&amp;apos;s effective closure will ease during April, but some disruptions are likely to persist for months. Within this context and considering the potential implications of the operating environment on banks&amp;apos; liquidity and asset quality, three regional central banks announced measures to help their banking systems cope, focusing primarily on banks&amp;apos; liquidity, capitalization,</description><title>Industry Credit Outlook: GCC Central Banks&amp;apos; Relief Measures Will Help Banks Navigate The Current Turbulence</title><pubDate>08 April 2026 17:12:14 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/04/us-power-renewables-ma-asset-valuation</link><description>Elevated M&amp;amp;A activity in US power and renewables is reshaping asset valuations. Learn how buyers are assessing gas and renewable assetsâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x94;and how Power Evaluator supports deal analysis.</description><title>US Power and Renewables M&amp;amp;A: What Elevated Deal Activity Means for Asset Valuation</title><pubDate>07 April 2026 06:30:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ Blog â 7 April, 2026 US Power and Renewables M&amp;A: What Elevated Deal Activity Means for Asset Valuation Executive summary M&amp;A activity across the global power and renewables sector reached its highest level since 2007 in 2025 and has remained elevated into 2026, with dealmaking heavily concentrated in the United States. According to the S&amp;P Global Energyâs Global Power and Renewables M&amp;A Review, North America has accounted for nearly 70% of transaction value since the start of 2025, driven primarily by acquisitions of US gas generation and large-scale renewable platforms. This concentration of capital has sharpened the focus on asset-level valuation: buyers are targeting operating assets with predictable cash flows, exposure to rising power demand, and strategic positioning in constrained power markets. As transaction sizes grow and valuation dispersion widens, robust, scenario-based power plant valuation has become central to M&amp;A decision-making. Key Takeaways US-focused M&amp;A has dominated global power and renewables deal value since 2025, reflecting expectations for rising domestic power demand. Independent power producer (IPP) transactionsâparticularly US gas generationâdrove record segment-level deal values in 2025. Gas generation valuations in the US have increased materially since 2024, with transaction-specific outcomes varying by technology and market location. Global renewable M&amp;A volumes declined in 2025, but transaction values rebounded sharply in early 2026, led by large US-focused platform deals. These trends reinforce the need for asset-level, market-specific valuation tools that can stress-test assumptions across price, demand, and policy scenarios. US Power Demand Is Reshaping Deal Priorities S&amp;P Global Energyâs Global Power and Renewables M&amp;A Review highlights that North America accounted for over two-thirds of global power and renewables transaction value in 2025, with activity centered on the US. This surge reflects expectations for sustained growth in electricity demand, driven in large part by data center expansion and electrification trends. For buyers, these demand dynamics have shifted M&amp;A strategies toward assets that can deliver firm, around-the-clock capacity. This has favored operating gas-fired generation, particularly in constrained markets such as PJM and ERCOT, where new-build development faces long lead times and rising costs. Data compiled March 23, 2026. Transaction value is defined as the total consideration paid to the sellers for equity, plus the value of assumed current liabilities net of current assets, and is only included for transactions with a disclosed value. The transaction list includes mergers and acquisitions (excluding spinoffs and split-offs) within the electric utility, independent power producer, renewable generation and power trading segments. The transaction year is based on the announcement date. Historical data is subject to revision. Data for 2026 includes transactions announced through March 20, 2026. Sources: S&amp;P Global Energy; S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence. Gas Generation M&amp;A and Rising Valuation Benchmarks IPP deal values surged to $69 billion in 2025âthe highest level since 2007âwith 87% of that value concentrated in North America. The report attributes this to a wave of large-scale US gas transactions aimed at expanding baseload and flexible capacity. Valuation data within the report shows that average announced valuations for select US gas generation transactions since the start of 2025 exceeded $1,100 per kW, more than double the 2020â2024 average. However, transaction outcomes varied significantly depending on asset age, efficiency, fuel access, and regional market fundamentals. This dispersion underscores why buyers increasingly rely on granular valuation frameworks that incorporate nodal pricing, dispatch economics, and forward-looking demand scenarios. Data compiled March 23, 2026. Transaction value is defined as the total consideration paid to the sellers for equity, plus the value of assumed current liabilities net of current assets, and is only included for transactions with a disclosed value. The transaction year is based on the announcement date. Historical data is subject to revision. Data for 2026 includes transactions announced through March 20, 2026. Sources: S&amp;P Global Energy; S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence. Renewables M&amp;A: Fewer Deals, Larger Platforms While global renewable M&amp;A volumes declined in 2025, transaction values in early 2026 have already surpassed full-year 2025 levels, driven by large US-centric transactions such as the proposed acquisition of The AES Corp. The report notes that improving sentiment, rising power demand, and faster time-to-market compared with conventional generation have supported higher valuations for wind and solar assets. Buyers are increasingly targeting scale platforms with contracted revenue and development pipelines, rather than single-asset acquisitions. This shift places greater emphasis on portfolio-level valuation and scenario analysis, particularly around power prices, congestion, and policy risk. Linking M&amp;A Strategy to Power Evaluator As deal sizes increase and underwriting assumptions face greater scrutiny, valuation tools must bridge market fundamentals with asset-level economics. Power Evaluator is designed to support this need by enabling customizable valuations of existing and planned power plant assets, simulation of acquisitions and divestments, and stress-testing under multiple market, policy, and climate scenarios. For M&amp;A practitioners assessing US gas or renewable assets, this type of integrated valuation approach aligns directly with the trends highlighted in the M&amp;A review: larger transactions, higher valuations, and a greater premium on understanding location-specific risk and opportunity. FAQ Why is US power and renewables M&amp;A attracting so much capital? The report shows that expectations for rising US power demandâparticularly from data centersâcombined with the relative stability of operating assets, have driven investor interest in US-focused power and renewables transactions. Why are gas generation assets central to recent M&amp;A activity? Gas-fired plants provide firm and flexible capacity that complements intermittent renewables. Buyers are also responding to long lead times and higher costs for new-build gas development by acquiring operating assets. How are valuations changing across power M&amp;A deals? US gas generation valuations have increased materially since 2024, while renewable valuations have trended higher over the past two years amid improving sentiment and demand growth expectations. Transaction-specific outcomes vary by technology and market. How can Power Evaluator support M&amp;A analysis? Power Evaluator enables users to conduct asset-level valuations, simulate acquisitions and divestments, and assess market and physical risks across multiple scenariosâcapabilities that align with the increasingly complex valuation requirements of US power and renewables M&amp;A. S&amp;P Global Energy produces content for distribution by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence on S&amp;P Capital IQ Pro. Disclaimer: This content may be AI-assisted and is composed, reviewed, edited, and approved by S&amp;P Global. Access a customizable power plant valuation tool Learn More Quantify the US energy transition with essential intelligence Learn More Bankable curves for power plant valuations. Explore Power Evaluator ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/04/oil-price-shocks-are-testing-resilience-across-methodologies-among-sp-smallcap-600-indices</link><description>The war in the Middle East and the subsequent surge in oil prices have been key drivers of volatility across U.S equity segments as inflation expectations risk de-anchoring. </description><title>Oil Price Shocks Are Testing Resilience Across Methodologies Among S&amp;amp;P SmallCap 600 Indices </title><pubDate>09 April 2026 06:30:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Patricia Medina</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Research â 9 April, 2026 Oil Price Shocks Are Testing Resilience Across Methodologies Among S&amp;P SmallCap 600 Indices By Patricia Medina Executive Summary The war and the subsequent surge in crude oil prices have amplified volatility in U.S. equity markets, including the S&amp;P SmallCap 600 Index. Analysis of small cap equities reveals varying degrees of resilience to recent market fluctuations. The AI-driven tools in S&amp;P Global Market Intelligenceâs Capital IQ Pro platform, along with Xpressfeed, Portfolio Analytics, and data from S&amp;P Dow Jones Indices, help clients uncover insights into equity volatility. This article examines the extent to which elevated oil prices influence the distribution and density of the S&amp;P SmallCap 600 index and a sample of small cap indices with diverse construction methodologies, using 10-year historical daily data. Also, it explores the sector-level dispersion of risk-adjusted returns between cyclical and defensive sectors within small caps as a potential consequence of these dynamics. The war in the Middle East and the subsequent surge in oil prices have been key drivers of volatility across U.S equity segments as inflation expectations risk de-anchoring. The chart below illustrates the density and distribution of four S&amp;P SmallCap 600 stock indices compared to oil price fluctuations since 2016. The oil price range exhibits more outliers on both ends compared to indices. On Friday, February 27 (black dot), the day before the first U.S-Israel strikes on Iran, the four S&amp;P SmallCap 600 equity indices traded at decade highs, while West Texas Intermediate (WTI) oil price stood at $67.06ânear recent lows. Then, the war began, pushing oil price higher settling at $99.56, in contrast to declining levels across the S&amp;P SmallCap 600 indices two weeks into the conflict by Friday, March 13 (red dot). During this period, the average decline across the analyzed group was about 85 points, with variations observed on each index's specific profile. Historical data is available via Xpressfeed and other delivery mechanisms that investors can leverage to populate algorithms and models. S&amp;P SmallCap 600 Index &amp; S&amp;P SmallCap 600 Equal Weighted Index Both indices experienced declines as the war continued, with the Equal Weighted version declining more than the group average and outpacing the market-cap weighted counterpart. Despite the pullback, both indices remain near long-term highs, even as oil tested $100 by March 13. Historically, the S&amp;P SmallCap 600 Index has shown retests around the 1,300 and 950 levels over the past decade. The Equal Weighted version, which has yet to break above 2,000, displays moderate density near 1,600 and 1,000 since 2016. S&amp;P SmallCap 600 Value Index &amp; S&amp;P SmallCap 600 Growth Index As oil price trended higher on the chart above, the Value and Growth categories demonstrated greater resilience to the downside during the initial 10 trading days of the war, remaining near their decade highs. The Value Index showed the highest resilience. The Growth Index's decline was also less than the group average, approaching 1,150. Both indices are characterized by limited historical stock dispersion in the last decade. As noted below, small cap equities tend to be sensitive to spikes in oil prices as they increase input and logistics costs. The climbing oil price is also impacting dispersion across the 11 sectors in the S&amp;P SmallCap 600 index. In addition to S&amp;P Dow Jones Indices performance monitoring, the chart below plots YTD figures, accessible via Capital IQ Proâs Portfolio Analytics offered by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence. These tools can be combined with user-defined custom functions to allow for ad-hoc or scheduled batch reporting. By mid-March, Energy sector equities posted higher risk-adjusted returns while defensive sectors Utilities and Health Care hovered toward the lower end of the spectrum. Learn more about Portfolio Analytics on Capital IQ Pro Click Here Learn more about Xpressfeed Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/040826-et-highlights-political-europe-carbon-policy-hydrogen-us-biochar-market-water-scarcity</link><description>Energy transition highlights: Our editors and analysts bring you the biggest stories from the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices.</description><title>ET Highlights: Political pressure on Europeâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s carbon policy, water scarcity hurdles for hydrogen, USâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99; biochar market growth</title><pubDate>07 April 2026 20:05:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Renewables, Emissions, Carbon April 8, 2026 ET Highlights: Political pressure on Europeâs carbon policy, water scarcity hurdles for hydrogen, USâ biochar market growth Energy Transition Highlights: Our editors and analysts bring together the biggest stories in the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices. Top story Political pressure mounts on Europe's flagship carbon policy The EU Emissions Trading System is facing its greatest test yet. European leaders and companies are sounding the alarm, warning that high carbon prices are undermining the bloc's industrial competitiveness and threatening to drive manufacturing offshore. In this episode of Energy Evolution, host Eklavya Gupte examines what's driving the turbulence in Europe's carbon market and what it means for the bloc's energy transition. The conversation revolves about how political pressure from member states has dragged EU Allowance prices down by almost Eur30/metric tons of CO2 equivalent in recent months. It then turns to Julia Michalak, EU policy director at the International Emissions Trading Association, who breaks down the ETS reforms now under consideration: extended free allocations, the modified Market Stability Reserve and why industrial competitiveness concerns are dominating the climate policy debate in Brussels. Pedro Barata, associate vice president for carbon markets and private sector decarbonization at the Environmental Defense Fund, offers a perspective on the political economy of carbon pricing and how the EU's Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism is evolving from a climate tool into an instrument of industrial policy -- with major implications for global trade. Benchmark of the Week Eur72.12/mtCO2e Platts assessed EUAs for December 2026 at this price on April 2, down from Eur92.09/mtCO2e on Jan. 15. Explore Platts Energy Transition Price Assessments Editor's Picks: Free and premium content SPGlobal.com INTERVIEW: India's Kandla port eyes mid-2028 start for eMethanol bunkering India's Deendayal Port Authority is positioning Kandla as a competitive bunkering hub by mid-2028, targeting a cost of $700-$750/mt for Renewable Fuel of Non-Biological Origin-compliant eMethanol, significantly below current prices, according to DPA chairman Sushil Kumar Singh. DPA has firmed up plans with Assam Petro-chemicals and Thermax to produce renewable methanol at Kandla, while simultaneously working with Solar Energy Corp. of India for a separate procurement tender to source domestic eMethanol at the âplug-and-playâ clean fuels hub in western India, according to Singh. Water scarcity, infrastructure gaps threaten Central Asia hydrogen plans Central Asia's ambitious plans to develop a low-carbon hydrogen industry are facing mounting challenges such as water scarcity, infrastructure deficits and unclear export routes undermine investor confidence and project viability, industry experts told Platts. Kazakhstan's goal to produce more than 2 million metric tons per year of low-carbon hydrogen is becoming increasingly uncertain, with several high-profile projects stalling, according to Asylbek Jakiyev, chairman of Kazakh oil and gas lobby group PetroCouncil. However, others are progressing -- among the most notable is German developer Svevind's $50 billion Hyrasia One green hydrogen and ammonia project, which will use 40 GW of wind and solar generation to power 20 GW of electrolysis. CERAWEEK: In the case for clean resources, 'energy security' tops 'energy transition' Clean hydrogen and ammonia supporters are making the case that alternative fuels can lower nations' reliance on imports of fuel from the Middle East, as public and private climate goals fall by the wayside. Green and blue hydrogen are still touted as lower-emission substitutes to conventional "gray" hydrogen -- used in fertilizer production and refining -- and fossil fuels. But the corporate climate case has largely been supplanted by the case for diversification, industry participants said at the CERAWeek by S&amp;P Global Energy conference in Houston. S&amp;P Global Energy Core INTERVIEW: US biochar market growth hinges on finding best physical applications The growing US biochar market brings advantages in areas like carbon accounting, but demand for the resulting carbon credits is outrunning demand for the physical product, the American Biochar Institute said in an interview. The primary driver of the US biochar market is demand for carbon removal credits, according to Myles Gray, executive director of the American Biochar Institute. The credit demand is voluntary and is being driven by American tech companies, some financial institutions, consulting firms, and a handful of other types of businesses, Gray said. First Ammonia to sign second customer for Texas hydrogen project: CEO First Ammonia is poised to secure a second customer for its 200-megawatt hydrogen project in Victoria, Texas, and move toward financial close despite losing a project partner, according to First Ammonia CEO Joel Moser. German energy company Uniper SE has already committed to buying most of the flagship facility's green ammonia output, Moser said. An offtake contract for the remaining volumes is expected to be announced in the coming weeks. The company expects to reach a final investment decision on the project in mid-2026, following due diligence and is also poised to sign a power purchase agreement with an undisclosed supplier. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/040726-us-eia-trims-2026-us-spot-gas-price-forecasts-on-near-average-storage-expectation</link><description>The US Energy Information Administration on April 7 again trimmed its natural gas spot price forecast for the second and third quarters of 2026, saying that it expects Henry Hub prices to remain closely aligned to the year-ago quarters, with inventories remaining near average. The agency, in its April Short-Term Energy Outlook, forecast that Q2 Henry Hub spot gas prices will average $3.01/million</description><title>US EIA trims 2026 US spot gas price forecasts on near-average storage expectation</title><pubDate>07 April 2026 21:33:09 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ronnie Turner</name><name>Maya Weber</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, LNG, Natural Gas, Renewables, Nuclear April 07, 2026 US EIA trims 2026 US spot gas price forecasts on near-average storage expectation By Ronnie Turner and Maya Weber Editor: Johanna Leo Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Expects LNG exports to rise to record 17 Bcf/d in 2026 Summer power demand set to increase 2.3% from 2025 The US Energy Information Administration on April 7 again trimmed its natural gas spot price forecast for the second and third quarters of 2026, saying that it expects Henry Hub prices to remain closely aligned to the year-ago quarters, with inventories remaining near average. The agency, in its April Short-Term Energy Outlook, forecast that Q2 Henry Hub spot gas prices will average $3.01/million British thermal unit, 9 cents below the March estimate. The Q3 forecast was lowered by 7 cents from the March estimate to $3.26/MMBtu. The April STEO marked the second consecutive month in which the agency lowered its spot gas prices for the rest of the year. The EIA now expects Henry Hub prices to average $3.67/MMBtu for 2026, 9 cents below the March full-year forecast. The agency also lowered its 2027 Henry Hub price forecast by 26 cents from the March estimate to $3.59/MMBtu. The agency estimates that gas inventories finished the 2025-26 withdrawal season, which ended in March, at about 1.9 trillion cubic feet, or 3% above the five-year average (2021-2025). Storage levels rebounded after large withdrawals in January as a result of rising production and relatively mild weather for the rest of the winter season, the EIA said. "With inventories near average, we expect Henry Hub prices in 2Q26 and 3Q26 to remain close to recent seasonal norms, averaging about $3.10/MMBtu, closely aligned with the same quarters last year," the agency added. Gas production, LNG exports The EIA's forecast for US-marketed gas production in Q2 was left unchanged from the March estimate of 120.3 billion cubic feet/day, but the agency raised the forecast for Q3 by 400 million cubic feet/day to 120.7 Bcf/d. The full-year forecast was increased by 100 MMcf/d to 120.7 Bcf/d. Looking further ahead, the agency raised its forecast for US-marketed gas production in 2027 to 124.2 Bcf/d, 300 MMcf/d above the March estimate. The near-term increases in gas production are expected to help bolster storage levels, the agency said. "We forecast more natural gas will be injected into storage than is typical this year, largely because increased crude oil production supports more associated natural gas production," the EIA said. "We expect marketed natural gas production to increase 2% in 2026 and 3% in 2027. This outlook depends on how production growth materializes, how much natural gas the electric power sector consumes this summer, as well as the pace of LNG export ramp-up." The EIA lowered its gas consumption estimates by 300 MMcf/d to 77 Bcf/d for Q2 and by 500 MMcf/d to 84.9 Bcf/d for Q3. The full-year 2026 estimate was lowered by 800 MMcf/d to 90.6 Bcf/d. The EIA also anticipates an increase in LNG exports in 2026. The agency forecasts that full-year 2026 LNG exports will total 17 Bcf/d, up 300 MMcf/d from the previous month's estimate, and that 2027 LNG exports will total 18.6 Bcf/d, up 500 MMcf/d from the prior forecast. Both numbers would surpass the annual record of 15.1 Bcf/d in 2025, the agency said. "We estimate U.S. LNG exports were 17.9 Bcf/d in March, an 8% increase over our January STEO forecast and the second-highest LNG export volume on record following December 2025," the EIA said. "The widening spread between domestic and international prices as a result of continued disruptions to LNG exports through the Strait of Hormuz encourages increased LNG exports from the United States, although capacity is constrained." Electricity demand, generation The EIA updated its US electricity demand forecast to show an expected 1.2% increase to 4,108 billion kilowatt-hours in 2026. The 2027 power demand forecast is for 3.3% growth to 4,244 billion kWh. The agency expects total demand for the 2026 summer season, spanning June through September, to increase by 2.3% from the same period in 2025, and 2027 summer demand is expected to rise by 3.7% compared to the 2025 period. "We expect residential demand to grow by 2.9% in the summer of 2026 and by 1.0% in 2027," the EIA said. "Summer power demand from the commercial sector grows by 2.6% in 2026 and by 5.8% in 2027, and summer power demand from the industrial sector grows by 0.9% in 2026 and 5.1% in 2027." The EIA expects total US electricity generation to increase by 1.2% to 4,325 billion kWh in 2026 and by 3.4% to 4,470 billion kWh in 2027. The bulk of generation growth in 2026 is expected to come from renewable sources, including solar (17% growth), hydropower (6%) and wind (5%), the EIA said. Over this summer, the EIA expects solar power resources to produce 17% more power than they did in the summer of 2025. "In 2025, solar generation in the summer months surpassed wind generation for the first time, and that trend continues in our forecast," the agency said. "In the summer of 2027, we expect solar generation will grow by 22% to reach 178 billion kWh, surpassing wind generation by almost 30%, although we still expect wind will generate more electricity than solar for the whole year." The EIA forecast gas-fired generation during the 2026 summer months will remain flat compared with last year, and nuclear generation is expected to grow by 2% as a result of the planned restart of the Palisades plant in Michigan. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/040726-interview-hourly-matching-as-a-key-mechanism-for-long-term-energy-security-says-renewabl-ceo</link><description>The need to transition toward more traceable and localized renewable energy sources is becoming increasingly apparent, with the Middle East conflict further highlighting this need, JP Cerda, CEO of Renewabl, told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy, in a recent interview. &amp;quot;The Middle East conflict has raised issues of sovereignty and energy security, which hourly matching and Energy Attribute</description><title>INTERVIEW: Hourly matching as a key mechanism for long-term energy security, says Renewabl CEO</title><pubDate>07 April 2026 15:53:24 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Juliet Stevenson Brown</name><name>Alice Mason</name><name>Toby Lambert</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Emissions, Renewables April 07, 2026 INTERVIEW: Hourly matching as a key mechanism for long-term energy security, says Renewabl CEO By Juliet Stevenson Brown, Alice Mason, and Toby Lambert Editor: Karla Sanchez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Hourly matching boosts traceability, local energy procurement Regulatory corporate demand drives granular certificate adoption Premiums for hourly certificates expected to normalize over time The need to transition toward more traceable and localized renewable energy sources is becoming increasingly apparent, with the Middle East conflict further highlighting this need, JP Cerda, CEO of Renewabl, told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, in a recent interview. "The Middle East conflict has raised issues of sovereignty and energy security, which hourly matching and Energy Attribute Certificates (EACs) have helped address," Cerda said. "You cannot rely solely on traditional and external sources of power, such as imported gas. You must build a more resilient, localized system." "Hourly matching is centered around locality," Cerda said. "Sellers will understand where the market is and build assets closer to where demand exists. Combined with energy storage, this approach will help balance the grid and enhance energy security in the long term." This push marks a shift in focus away from additionality and toward ensuring that green energy claims can be traced to a specific renewable energy asset at a specific time. As a result, the certificate is increasingly holding more weight in Power Purchase Agreements than it did previously. "Two years ago, certificates didn't really have much value. Now, they hold most of the value because they provide provenance and origination," Cerda said. The cost of hourly matching Energy attribute certificates have traditionally been generated annually, which means there is no perfect match for consumption. Hourly matching, or 24/7 matching, aims to align renewable energy portfolios with electricity consumption on an hourly basis, starting with increased granularity for certificates and providing hourly timestamps. As the conversation around granular certificates grows louder, questions have also been raised about how much of a premium the unbundled certificates could carry away from PPAs. Platts spot UK REGO non-bio assessment, which represents the price for the current compliance period (CP24), was GBP0.12/megawatt-hour, while the front-year equivalent was GBP0.60/MWh. REGOs prices have been on a downward trend for the past year, and remain close to where participants view the floor to be. "The main focus of hourly matching is to balance the system and ensure that whatever is produced in a given hour matches the demand for that specific hour," Cerda said. "This will push prices up during certain hours and down during others. The cost of certificates is low at the moment, but that will change as we enter the era of hourly matching." For example, solar certificates will be abundant during times of excess generation in the day, while certificates for the middle of the night will be scarcer, as less renewable energy is available, but demand from data centers remains high. There is a premium for certificates tied to specific hours and those traceable to specific assets, with Cerda noting hourly certificates can carry a premium of GBP1-2/MWh over power for specific assets. Demand for hourly matching Other participants told Platts that they did not yet see consistent demand for granular certificates, nor a premium in the market. Cerda said demand for more granular certificates was twofold, stemming from regulatory requirements. Demand "is closely linked to frameworks that use Scope 2 as their foundation, such as the CSRD, RE100, and the Greenhouse Gas Protocol," Cerda said. "Demand typically originates from the regulatory side, but also from forward-thinking corporates that support greater traceability and a system that more accurately matches the production and consumption of renewable energy contracts." These companies, including hyperscalers, are currently 100% matched on an annual basis and are trying to determine what's next and how to move toward achieving it, according to Cerda. Although hourly matching could be achievable for large power consumers, participants have recently told Platts that smaller organizations are likely to struggle due to limited resources and accounting strains. As participants watch developments with the GHGP's proposed Scope Two Guidance updates, a number of participants are calling for a middle ground where the market could transition to stricter annual matching or monthly matching before moving hourly. This already exists in some markets, such as France, where there are monthly matching obligations. "The next logical step after annual matching is monthly matching," Cerda said. "The shift from annual to hourly is a significant challenge for large corporations, as it requires extensive data crunching and extraction." "However, in the next few years, there will most likely be a shift from monthly to hourly matching due to standards requirements," he said. However, Cerda emphasized that the shift toward further granularity will take time, and costs are expected to eventually reach parity with current levels. "The shift is going to take timeâit won't happen overnight. The idea is that hourly matching will become the norm moving forward. Right now, it appears more expensive to achieve 100% matching due to peak and non-solar hours, but with battery storage and a more localized system, costs are expected to reach parity with current prices." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/refined-products/040726-tokyo-to-expand-subsidy-program-for-domestic-saf-producers</link><description>The Tokyo Metropolitan Government will expand its subsidy program for regional producers of domestic sustainable aviation fuel to increase the supply and refueling opportunities of domestic SAF at Haneda Airport in Tokyo, the Tokyo government said on its website on April 6. The program financially supports producers in Tokyo by up to Yen 100/liter ($0.63/l) for the price difference between</description><title>Tokyo to expand subsidy program for domestic SAF producers</title><pubDate>07 April 2026 10:07:37 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Akihiro Gotoda</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Refined Products, Agriculture, Energy Transition, Jet Fuel, Biofuels, Renewables April 07, 2026 Tokyo to expand subsidy program for domestic SAF producers By Akihiro Gotoda Editor: Adithya Ram Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Program offers up to Yen 100/liter price support Subsidies target 4.5 mil liters through March 2027 The Tokyo Metropolitan Government will expand its subsidy program for regional producers of domestic sustainable aviation fuel to increase the supply and refueling opportunities of domestic SAF at Haneda Airport in Tokyo, the Tokyo government said on its website on April 6. The program financially supports producers in Tokyo by up to Yen 100/liter ($0.63/l) for the price difference between domestic and international SAF, according to the website. The total amount of subsidies will reach up to Yen 450 million with 4.5 million liters. "We will use a selling price of international SAF to measure the price difference from domestic SAF, though we can't say the name of the international producer," a Tokyo government spokesperson told Platts. The website says domestic SAF is to be produced in Japan from feedstocks such as used cooking oil, sugar cane, municipal waste, or waste plastic in line with ASTM International standards. The domestic SAF should have a third-party certification, such as CORSIA, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions by more than 50% in comparison to jet fuel. The Tokyo government will accept applications from producers till April 20, and provide subsidies till March 31, 2027, after reaching a final decision in mid-May, according to the website. The government announced in May 2025 that it would provide subsidies of Yen 250 million to Cosmo Oil Marketing, a group company of Japan's third-largest refiner Cosmo Oil, to promote domestic SAF. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed SAF (HEFA-SPK) FOB Straits at $2410/mt on April 6, down $10, or 0.4%, from the previous assessment. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/040726-brussels-confirms-first-cbam-certificate-price-for-q1-2026-at-eur7536mtco2e</link><description>The first quarterly price for the EU&amp;apos;s Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism certificates was set at Eur75.36/metric tons of CO2 equivalent, establishing the carbon cost that importers will face for goods brought into the EU during Q1 2026, the European Commission said April 7. The price reflects the average closing price of EU Emissions Trading System allowances auctioned during January-March 2026</description><title>Brussels confirms first CBAM certificate price for Q1 2026 at Eur75.36/mtCO2e</title><pubDate>07 April 2026 13:15:49 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Eklavya Gupte</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Electric Power, Carbon, Emissions, Hydrogen April 07, 2026 Brussels confirms first CBAM certificate price for Q1 2026 at Eur75.36/mtCO2e By Eklavya Gupte Editor: Jonathan Loades-Carter Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS EU carbon prices have fallen sharply in Q1 amid political pressure Importers must buy certificates from February 2027 CBAM certificate prices will be published weekly in 2027 The first quarterly price for the EU's Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism certificates was set at Eur75.36/metric tons of CO2 equivalent, establishing the carbon cost that importers will face for goods brought into the EU during Q1 2026, the European Commission said April 7. The price reflects the average closing price of EU Emissions Trading System allowances auctioned during January-March 2026 through the European Energy Exchange, ensuring imported carbon-intensive goods face similar costs to domestic EU products. Importers will need to purchase CBAM certificates starting in February 2027 to cover emissions embedded in goods imported during 2026, aligning import costs with the carbon price paid by domestic producers under the EU ETS. EUAs have slumped by almost Eur30/mtCO2e in Q1 after several member states called for watering down the EU ETS to boost the bloc's industrial competitiveness. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed EU Allowances for Q1 2026 at Eur77.638/mtCO2e, down from Eur81.444/mtCO2e in Q4 2025. CBAM's carbon levy mirrors the EU Emission Allowance price. Platts assessed EUAs for the December 2026 contract at Eur72.12/mtCO2e on April 2. The definitive phase of CBAM began Jan. 1, 2026, following a transitional reporting period. The mechanism targets imports of goods from the iron and steel, aluminum, cement, hydrogen, fertilizers and electricity sectors, aiming to prevent carbon leakage where companies relocate production to regions with weaker climate policies. The quarterly pricing structure applies only to 2026, with the Commission set to calculate and publish prices for the second, third and fourth quarters on July 6, Oct. 5 and Jan. 4, 2027, respectively. From February 2027, CBAM certificate pricing will shift to a weekly calculation reflecting the volume-weighted average of EUA auction clearing prices, the commission said. All certificates will be purchased through a common central platform from that date, under Article 20 of the CBAM regulation. The commission launched a tender in March to establish the platform, which will manage the sale and repurchase of CBAM certificates. The tender remained open until April 6. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/credit-trends-australian-governments-in-brief-oil-crisis-to-test-resolve-s101678326</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. The Iran war-induced spike in oil and gas prices is denting our Australian growth forecasts. Australia (AAA/Stable/A-1+), which imports most of its refined fuel, faces supply-chain disruptions as trading partners may seek to hoard fuel. Higher spending could exacerbate inflation and cause ratings pressure for state governments. The effective closure of the Strait of Hormuz and subsequent fuel shock have triggered political pressure in Australia. I</description><title>Credit Trends: Australian Governments In Brief: Oil Crisis To Test Resolve</title><pubDate>07 April 2026 02:42:14 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/en/research-insights/special-reports/ai-needs-solar-wind-sustainability-energy-autonomy</link><description>AI demand is elevating renewables as Big Tech drives massive clean energy procurement, even amid policy rollbacks, with security concerns and new regulations adding further momentum.</description><title>Whether you call it &amp;apos;sustainability&amp;apos; or &amp;apos;energy autonomy,&amp;apos; AI needs solar and wind</title><pubDate>07 April 2026 13:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Tony Lenoir</name><name>Adam Wilson</name></author><content><![CDATA[ 7 April 2026 Whether you call it 'sustainability' or 'energy autonomy,' AI needs solar and wind AI demand is elevating renewables as Big Tech drives massive clean energy procurement, even amid policy rollbacks, with security concerns and new regulations adding further momentum. By Tony Lenoir and Adam Wilson This is a thought leadership report issued by S&amp;P Global. This report does not constitute a rating action, neither was it discussed by a rating committee. Highlights With Big Tech focused on the next AI frontier and war in the Middle East disrupting markets, the role of sustainability in the broader energy narrative is shifting. Carbon-free power sources â especially renewables â arguably feature more prominently than ever in the sector's energy road map for two key reasons: Big Tech needs all the energy it can access to fuel its AI ambitions, and these technologies enable a degree of energy autonomy. Despite questions about renewables' trajectory after the July 2025 passage of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, which accelerated the phaseout of tax incentives for renewable development, S&amp;P Global Energy data points to unabated momentum for corporate clean energy purchases. As of February 2026, the top four US hyperscalers â Amazon, Google, Meta and Microsoft â had contracted about 135 GW of clean energy capacity worldwide, up more than 3.6 times in the last three years. Additional tailwinds are emerging for renewables. Security considerations are increasingly relevant amid international tensions, and emerging state-level policies to regulate data center expansion could play a role. In the last 12 to 18 months, multiple pieces of enacted and proposed legislation on this topic include sustainability provisions such as clean energy requirements, efficiency standards and emission controls. Since the launch of ChatGPT in fall 2022, energy stakeholders, policymakers and environmental advocacy groups have debated whether AI dominance â defined as technological leadership and widespread AI diffusion â can coexist with corporate sustainability. We believe the short answer is "yes." If major AI stakeholders were forced to choose, AI dominance would prevail, given the technology's broad geopolitical ramifications. However, we contend that carbon-free energy technologies are fast becoming a must in the generation mix for Big Tech to achieve its AI objectives â not primarily for their environmental benefits, but for the degree of autonomy, diversification and price stability they provide, not to mention speed to power. Regardless of motivation, the environmental outcome remains the same. Big Tech's sustainability commitments face headwinds Against this backdrop, hyperscalers generally remain publicly committed to sustainability, despite headwinds. Big Tech firms with net-zero commitments have recently acknowledged that meeting those commitments is becoming more challenging. In Googleâs 2025 sustainability report, for example, the company described its net-zero goal as a âclimate moonshotâ and admitted that scaling carbon-free energy technology by 2030 â the target year of its net-zero goal â will be âvery difficult.â It also said AI-related energy demand growth has made its future emissions trajectory harder to project. In Microsoftâs latest sustainability report, it acknowledged that its total emissions have increased about 23% from its 2020 baseline due to factors including AI expansion and said that in 2024, it procured more carbon removal than in all previous years combined. Across the wider industry, data center sustainability commitments vary significantly, and net-zero ambitions are not a given. Data from the 2025 S&amp;P Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment shows that 35% of assessed companies with data center operations lack a net-zero commitment. At the same time, S&amp;P Global Energy tracking shows unabated momentum for power purchase agreements. Together, Amazon, Google, Meta and Microsoft had contracted about 135 GW of clean energy capacity as of late February 2026, up nearly fourfold in the last three years. Since the onset of the AI revolution, corporate clean energy procurement, previously confined to solar and wind, has evolved to include biomass, geothermal, hydropower and, perhaps most notably, nuclear â a technology prized by data centers for its high power density, reliability and zero-carbon profile. Facing massive power needs, Big Tech is pursuing all options. With new nuclear generation in the US likely at least a decade away, Big Tech revisited fossil fuel sources in a major way in 2025. This shift clearly indicated the sector's priorities and underscored the scale of data center power needs. Gas turbine orders surged 165% year over year to more than 43 GW â their highest level since 2001 â and planned coal power plant retirements were postponed. Resilience and dispatchability became key considerations, given the challenges posed by solar and wind projects' dependence on weather and time of day. Energy security ramifications When AI is viewed as a national security imperative, fossil fuel generation has its drawbacks, as does every electricity source. Beyond the extended timelines to bring new gas generation online â a logistical challenge similar to that of nuclear power â natural gas is vulnerable to supply chain disruptions, market fluctuations and outright supply and price shocks, as seen in the aftermath of Russia's invasion of Ukraine and the more recent war in the Middle East. These impacts play out differently across regions depending on fuel import reliance and the prevailing power generation mix. Ultimately, even nuclear generation is not completely insulated from these upheavals. Given current international tensions, where global actors appear willing to use all trade relationships as leverage, disruptions to the flow of uranium cannot be ruled out. Although commercial nuclear reactors only resupply every 18 to 24 months on average â unlike natural gas or coal power plants, which require a continuous pipeline flow or daily trainloads of fuel to operate â reliance on external markets remains a strategic vulnerability. In 2024, owners and operators of US reactors imported over 92% of the uranium needed to operate the US civilian nuclear fleet, according to data from the US Energy Information Administration (EIA). Therefore, despite the intermittency challenges of solar and wind â which can be somewhat firmed by battery energy storage systems (BESS) â incorporating renewable energy can be strategically sensible for Big Tech, especially when sourced directly from power plants, including via on-site generation. This helps hedge power consumption against the volatility of international markets, which geopolitical tensions amplify. It reduces exposure to fossil fuel inflation, decouples electricity procurement from foreign energy hubs and provides insulation against transport disruptions and geopolitical pressures. When sourced locally and vertically integrated, it arguably supports energy autonomy. That said, in their development phase, renewables are also exposed to supply chain risks. Solar photovoltaics and battery storage supply chains are heavily concentrated in China. For example, China is home to nearly 78% of global battery cell manufacturing capacity and has deployed export restrictions on raw materials as a tool of geopolitical leverage. These sectors are also impacted by shipping disruptions through the Strait of Hormuz, which have triggered price volatility in some key metal inputs. China's aggressive deployment of solar and wind energy and BESS, and its policy promoting broad electric vehicle adoption, serve as a case study. They are widely recognized as strategies to balance the country's heavy reliance on fossil fuel imports. And though a holistic assessment of the impact of the war in the Middle East on the European energy space is unlikely until the dust has fully settled, initial reporting suggests the region's aggressive buildup of renewable capacity since Russia's invasion of Ukraine has helped it absorb some of the initial shock. Not backing away from renewable investments A combination of forces has led many to speculate that hyperscalers and the broader tech industry may scale back on renewable energy procurement. In addition to an anticipated spike in annual energy needs due to the rapid build-out of AI data centers, the sudden decline in US federal-level support for wind and solar adds uncertainty to the industry. Long-term tax credits for wind and solar established by the Inflation Reduction Act in 2022 are now scheduled to phase out in 2027. Further, uncertainty about the implementation of tariffs on imported materials used in wind and solar plants, along with added restrictions on materials coming from foreign entities of concern â including China, Korea and Russia â is adding complexity and cost to the construction of renewable projects in the US. Notably, though, federal tax credits for wind and solar have expired and been reinstated several times over the last 30-plus years. The wind and solar industries are increasingly mature and cost-competitive, even without subsidies, and with energy demand rising, the need for power is increasing. Additionally, while federal support has shifted, many states maintain renewable and clean energy standards to incentivize power providers to pursue carbon-free generation. Renewables also maintain an edge in speed to power, which is crucial for hyperscalers looking to quickly ramp up energy-dense data centers. As a result, tech industry procurement of wind and solar power has shown no signs of slowing. The four hyperscalers alone contracted 19.4 GW of wind and solar capacity in the roughly 12 months between the February 2025 Corporate Clean Energy Update and the February 2026 update â by far the largest annual addition of renewable capacity among these four companies. Outside the US, the four hyperscalers added another 10 GW of wind and solar capacity to their portfolios during the same period. Another 7 GW of capacity was added to the US database in the February 2026 update to account for unknown technology breakouts. This total is almost certainly made up mostly of wind and solar deals. Similar entries in the international database total another 3 GW, and these can also safely be assumed to consist largely of wind and solar capacity. Data collected in the S&amp;P Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment shows that about 67% of energy used in data centers came from renewable sources in 2025 â a figure that has risen sharply in the last four years. Power insatiability, diversification considerations set the pace This ramp-up in wind and solar procurement is reflected in the hyperscalers' growing annual energy consumption. Combined annual energy consumed by Google, Meta and Microsoft (Amazon does not disclose data for annual electricity usage) jumped from 33.7 GW in 2020 to 80.8 GW in 2024, as of the most recently available sustainability reports. Because the 2024 figures likely do not yet show the full impact of AI data center expansion, it is fair to expect that electricity consumption among hyperscalers will continue to rise substantially. While wind and solar investments continue, hyperscalers have shown growing interest in nuclear power. Nuclear entered the corporate procurement scene in the spring of 2024 when Amazon announced its landmark deal to buy Talen Energy Corp.'s Cumulus data center campus connected to the Susquehanna nuclear power plant in Pennsylvania â a deal that has since expanded to nearly 2 GW. Microsoft, Meta and Google all quickly followed suit. As of February 2026, the four companies had signed deals for nuclear capacity in the US totaling 17 GW. Hyperscalers are taking two approaches to nuclear energy procurement. One approach involves contracting with operating nuclear plants or restarting retired units, as Microsoft has done with Constellation Energy to repower a unit at the Three Mile Island nuclear station in Pennsylvania. The other entails investing in next-generation technologies such as fusion reactors, under development by companies such as Helion and Commonwealth Fusion Systems, and small modular reactors, including those being developed by Kairos Power and X-Energy. The former approach offers a more near-term solution, with power expected to begin delivery between now and 2030. The latter is not expected to begin large-scale implementation until the early to mid-2030s. Even as hyperscalers increasingly diversify their energy portfolios in pursuit of non-intermittent carbon-free generation, solar and wind remain the clear leaders in procurement volume in the US and especially abroad. While additional technologies are gaining momentum, nuclear, hydroelectric, geothermal and battery storage capacity signed to the four tech leaders since February 2024 totals just over 20 GW â significantly less than half the wind and solar capacity signed during that period. Looking forward Data centers have become integral to US infrastructure, and their power supplies are a critical component. Given the need for security and contingency planning, carbon-free energy options â including renewables â will continue to be leveraged for years to come, helping hyperscalers at least partially meet their sustainability objectives. That said, the energy space is prone to disruptions, with providers seeking non-intermittent, carbon-free, cost-effective alternatives to renewables. To date, no technology can consistently check all three boxes. The broader conversation also includes systems such as Emerald AI that aim to increase the "power flexibility" of AI data centers to make them more adaptive participants in power grid dynamics, potentially supporting demand response and curtailment even with notoriously power-intensive inference workloads. The urgency of such measures could change if there is a technological breakthrough in nuclear or another form of clean power. Regardless, such a disruption is years from large-scale implementation. In the meantime, wind, solar and battery storage will continue to benefit from the insatiable power needs of the AI industry. Contributors: Dan Thompson, Lindsey Hall, Terry Ellis, and Matt Macfarland ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/credit-faq-lng-perspectives-from-our-ceraweek-meetings-s101678404</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. More than 10,000 energy executives and policymakers from over 80 countries attended the 2026 CERAWeek conference to discuss geopolitics, AI, electrification, and the increasing convergence and tension between policy ambitions and real-world constraints. Here, we present insights from the meetings we had with leadership teams at a few liquefied natural gas (LNG) companies. U.S gas prices and LNG issuers credit quality are largely unaffected by the </description><title>Credit FAQ: LNG Perspectives From Our CERAWeek Meetings</title><pubDate>02 April 2026 13:55:16 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/credit-faq-how-we-assess-the-effect-of-counterparty-risk-on-midstream-companies-credit-quality-s101668276</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. The rise of AI, with its insatiable need for power and energy infrastructure, is spurring growth across the regulated and unregulated power industry. It is also providing new opportunities for natural gas-focused midstream companies to expand their asset base. Whether a midstream company decides to provide a connection to a regulated downstream utility or perhaps bypass the power grid and fund a pipeline expansion directly to a data center or hype</description><title>Credit FAQ: How We Assess The Effect Of Counterparty Risk On Midstream Companies&amp;apos; Credit Quality</title><pubDate>03 March 2026 15:56:02 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/war-in-the-middle-east-risks-and-opportunities-for-global-infrastructure-s101674866</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. The war in the Middle East has a range of implications for S&amp;amp;P Global Ratingsâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99; portfolio of rated infrastructure assets around the world. The effects on an entityâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s credit standing will vary according to where assets are located, the contractual and regulatory framework under which the entity operates, and on the duration, scope, and severity of the war. The war in the Middle East has increased the level of risk for critical GCC infrastructure</description><title>War In The Middle East: Risks And Opportunities For Global Infrastructure</title><pubDate>16 March 2026 14:31:26 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/what-the-war-in-the-middle-east-could-mean-for-rated-european-airports-s101673746</link><description>S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings believes there is a high degree of unpredictability around the duration and scale of the Middle East war, and its potential effect on commodity prices, supply chains, economies and credit conditions. As a result, our baseline forecasts carry a significant amount of uncertainty. As situations evolve, we will gauge the macro and credit materiality of potential shifts and reassess our guidance accordingly. This report does not constitute a rating action. The outbreak of war in th</description><title>What The War In The Middle East Could Mean For Rated European Airports</title><pubDate>06 March 2026 15:23:32 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/033126-water-scarcity-infrastructure-gaps-threaten-central-asia-hydrogen-plans</link><description>Central Asia&amp;apos;s ambitious plans to develop a low-carbon hydrogen industry are facing mounting challenges as water scarcity, infrastructure deficits and unclear export routes undermine investor confidence and project viability, industry experts told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy. Kazakhstan&amp;apos;s goal to produce more than 2 million metric tons per year of low-carbon hydrogen is becoming increasingly</description><title>Water scarcity, infrastructure gaps threaten Central Asia hydrogen plans</title><pubDate>31 March 2026 11:03:16 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Vladislav Vorotnikov and James Burgess</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Hydrogen March 31, 2026 Water scarcity, infrastructure gaps threaten Central Asia hydrogen plans Vladislav Vorotnikov and James Burgess Editor: Pollock Mondal Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Several large-scale low-carbon projects delayed Kazakh 2 million-mt/year target faces uncertainty Export logistics, weak local demand hamper projects Central Asia's ambitious plans to develop a low-carbon hydrogen industry are facing mounting challenges as water scarcity, infrastructure deficits and unclear export routes undermine investor confidence and project viability, industry experts told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Kazakhstan's goal to produce more than 2 million metric tons per year of low-carbon hydrogen is becoming increasingly uncertain, with several high-profile projects stalling, Asylbek Jakiyev, chairman of Kazakh oil and gas lobby group PetroCouncil, said in an interview on March 19. "Several big projects for the low-carbon hydrogen production rolled out in Kazakhstan during the last few years have fallen into oblivion," Jakiyev said. However, others are progressing, albeit on delayed timelines. Among the most notable is German developer Svevind's $50-billion Hyrasia One green hydrogen and ammonia project, which will use 40 GW of wind and solar generation to power 20 GW of electrolysis, producing 2 million mt/year of hydrogen. The project is progressing "according to market conditions," a company spokesperson told Platts March 30. The project announced in 2021 originally targeted the construction of 30 MW of electrolysis starting in 2026. "We anticipate updates within the next year or two," the company said. Svevind has completed pre-front-end engineering design and value engineering work, along with studies for logistics, water intake and desalination. It has carried out on-site meteorological measurements over four years, which are ongoing, it said. The next step is to conduct an FEED study, which is contingent on securing offtake agreements. "We've made great strides in evaluating export routes, with both western and eastern options looking promising thanks to our proximity to [...] the port of Kuryk in Kazakhstan," the spokesperson said. Svevind is also exploring connections to gas and oil pipelines to Europe and Asia, the spokesperson said, along with potential power supplies for data centers and other industries in the region. Elsewhere, Saudi developer ACWA Power completed the first phase of a green hydrogen project in Chirchiq, Uzbekistan, in January, enabling initial production capacity of around 3,000 mt/year. The $88-million project, launched in November 2023, is being implemented in two stages. However, weak local demand, infrastructure constraints and concerns over water availability are limiting project ambitions. Water shortage worries Water availability is emerging as a critical bottleneck across the region, where all countries face deteriorating water security. In Kazakhstan, per capita water availability has fallen 21% since 1999, with only 42% of resources effectively usable due to losses and inefficiencies, World Bank data showed. The situation is expected to tighten further as glacier-fed rivers -- key to regional supply -- continue to shrink and seasonal flows become more volatile. Svevind is seeking to minimize the impact on water resources. "Water scarcity is a concern, primarily from an ecological standpoint, as the project will produce its own desalinated water sourced from the Caspian Sea, ensuring minimal impact on local drinking water resources," the company said. "We are aware of the increasing visibility of criticism relating to water usage and declining sea levels, and we are actively addressing these concerns through sustainable practices." Official estimates show Uzbekistan could face an annual water deficit of 15 Bcm by 2030, constraining renewable hydrogen production that requires substantial water volumes for electrolysis. Export constraints The region's landlocked geography compounds these difficulties, limiting access to key hydrogen demand centers in Europe and Asia. While Kazakhstan has potential export routes via the Caspian Sea, high logistics costs and inadequate infrastructure are expected to constrain expansion plans in the coming years, Jakiyev said. Uzbekistan faces steep challenges as a landlocked country with weak local demand and constrained export logistics, a source in the Uzbek energy industry said in an interview on March 16. Gray hydrogen focus Current production in the region remains focused on "gray" hydrogen manufactured from natural gas. Uzbek oil and gas company Saneg recently launched an industrial-scale gray hydrogen facility with Air Products at the Fergana Oil Refinery using steam methane reforming, backed by a $140-million asset deal. Saneg has no plans to invest in green hydrogen production, the company said March 18. "It is doubtful that [green] hydrogen, which is going to be more expensive, will be in high demand locally," Jakiyev said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/040626-interview-indias-kandla-port-eyes-mid-2028-start-for-emethanol-bunkering</link><description>India&amp;apos;s Deendayal Port Authority is positioning Kandla as a competitive bunkering hub by mid-2028, targeting a cost of $700-$750/mt for Renewable Fuel of Non-Biological Origin-compliant eMethanol, significantly below current prices, according to DPA chairman Sushil Kumar Singh. DPA has firmed up plans with Assam Petro-chemicals and Thermax to produce renewable methanol at Kandla, while</description><title>INTERVIEW: India&amp;apos;s Kandla port eyes mid-2028 start for eMethanol bunkering</title><pubDate>06 April 2026 12:48:47 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ruchira Singh</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Energy Transition, Agriculture, Maritime &amp; Shipping, Refined Products, Renewables, Biofuels, Hydrogen, Jet Fuel April 06, 2026 INTERVIEW: India's Kandla port eyes mid-2028 start for eMethanol bunkering By Ruchira Singh Editor: Adithya Ram Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Kandla targets $700-$750/mt eMethanol by 2028 Seeks 500,000 mt/y eMethanol for dual-fuel ships Targets 5.5 mil mt renewable ammonia by 2030 India's Deendayal Port Authority is positioning Kandla as a competitive bunkering hub by mid-2028, targeting a cost of $700-$750/mt for Renewable Fuel of Non-Biological Origin-compliant eMethanol, significantly below current prices, according to DPA chairman Sushil Kumar Singh. DPA has firmed up plans with Assam Petro-chemicals and Thermax to produce renewable methanol at Kandla, while simultaneously working with Solar Energy Corp. of India (SECI) for a separate procurement tender to source domestic eMethanol, Singh said late April 3. "Kandla falls more or less midway between Rotterdam and Singapore," Singh told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. "Kandla will become one of the potential points where the ships will start seeking refueling of their tanks." The SECI tender aims to secure 500,000 metric tons/year of RFNBO-compliant methanol in two years, Singh said, adding Kandla will offer competitive rates to fuel ships seeking to comply with tightening emissions regulations while offering them other benefits as they bring in cargo. DPA completed its first shore-to-ship methanol bunkering trial on April 2, validating the infrastructure and procedures, and aims to have a second demonstration using methanol barges to test ship-to-ship bunkering at high seas, Singh said. Platts assessed low-carbon methanol FOB Shanghai at $925/mt on April 6, up 1.31% from a month earlier. Renewable methanol partnerships Under a definitive agreement with Assam Petro-chemicals, DPA will invest in the production of 60,000 mt/year eMethanol, with the petrochemicals company providing technology support under a revenue-sharing model, Singh said. "We have done some analysis... we will be much cheaper than the supply points at Singapore and also at Rotterdam," Singh said, referring to the tie with Assam Petro-chemicals. This "will create a traction at this place for the ships seeking methanol as a fuel, so that will close down some gap between fossil and non-fossil [fuels]. Subsequently, if the net-zero framework comes and the carbon pricing kicks in, that will further reduce the gap." Meanwhile, Thermax has already been awarded a contract for a 5,000 liters/day biomethanol plant, with construction set to begin next month, Singh said. Additionally, e-fuels company HIF Global has expressed interest in setting up a 120,000 mt/year eMethanol plant. A key challenge remains securing biogenic CO2 required for RFNBO-compliant eMethanol, he said. While HIF Global plans to generate biogenic CO2 through biomass feedstock, others are exploring CO2 capture from industries. While DPA's plans are based on an International Maritime Organization (IMO) estimate that 200 dual-fuel compliant vessels could be operating between Rotterdam and Singapore by 2030, there is uncertainty owing to the IMO's deferment of netâzero timelines. "It all depends upon what exactly is considered as zero or near-zero emission fuel by IMO for its net zero framework," he said. "So that will have some impact on the kind of market or the demand that we'll see from 2029-30 onwards." SECI auction structure SECI is structuring a procurement tender based on Kandla's assured offtake commitment, Singh said. The tender is likely to feature a 15-year take-or-pay agreement, which mandates buying the fuel as per the agreement even if there are no users. As part of its design, DPA is requesting a mechanism to allow reopening of pricing negotiations if market rates decline beyond a specific point, according to Singh. "SECI will consider us an assured buyer," Singh said. "Based on our assurance that we need 500,000 mt/year of RFNBO-compliant methanol every year, they will procure it." Once finalized, SECI will tender for suppliers capable of delivering the contracted volumes to Kandla, with the port authority responsible for subsequent distribution to shipping lines. "Once it comes to us, then it is Kandla's responsibility to distribute it to the shipping lines as per the demand. So that will be our other absolutely separate kind of an agreement that we will have with the shippers," he said. "We don't foresee a scenario where there will be no demand... We can supply it to the other ports and also to the industry." As part of its design, DPA is requesting a mechanism to allow reopening of pricing negotiations if market rates decline beyond a specific point, as technological changes may impact the prices in the future, according to Singh. If demand from vessels falls short, Kandla can supply other ports or sell to industrial users, Singh said, describing the projected supply volume as conservative. Renewable ammonia base DPA hub is also to host developers producing renewable ammonia that will also be required as an environmentally friendly fuel option for the shipping industry, Singh said L&amp;T, which has a supply agreement with Japanese trading house ITOCHU, is to produce an estimated 300,000 mt/y of renewable ammonia at Kandla 2029 onward, Singh said. The project represents the first phase, with plans for subsequent capacity expansion. The renewable ammonia will primarily serve as bunker fuel for ships, with some volumes directed to process industries. Reliance Industries, Welspun, and AM Green are the other renewable ammonia developers who have been allocated land for renewable ammonia production, Singh said. The four companies collectively aim to produce 5.5 million mt/y of renewable ammonia at Kandla by 2030, Singh said. The port authority itself is not producing renewable ammonia; it is facilitating developers on its plug-and-play hub. DPA plans to upgrade a 1 MW renewable hydrogen facility, a part of its portfolio which has already been commissioned, to 10 MW, Singh said. Platts assessed the India renewable hydrogen term contract at $3.18/kg on April 2, down 0.31% from a month earlier. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/040326-global-food-prices-rise-in-march-across-basket-amid-middle-east-energy-shocks</link><description>Global food prices rose for the second consecutive month in March, with energy-driven cost pressures linked to the escalating Middle East conflict feeding through into vegetable oil and sugar markets, according to the Food and Agriculture Organization April 3. The FAO Food Price Index averaged 128.5 points in March, up 2.4% month over month, as all major commodity groups, including cereals, meat,</description><title>Global food prices rise in March across basket amid Middle East energy shocks</title><pubDate>03 April 2026 10:50:43 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Energy Transition, Agriculture, Maritime &amp; Shipping, Renewables, Biofuels, Grains, Dairy, Meat, Sugar, Vegetable Oils April 03, 2026 Global food prices rise in March across basket amid Middle East energy shocks By Samyak Pandey Editor: Arushi Jain Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Global food prices rise 2.4% MOM in March Energy shock drives vegetable oil, sugar higher Middle East conflict disrupts fertilizer supply Global food prices rose for the second consecutive month in March, with energy-driven cost pressures linked to the escalating Middle East conflict feeding through into vegetable oil and sugar markets, according to the Food and Agriculture Organization April 3. The FAO Food Price Index averaged 128.5 points in March, up 2.4% month over month, as all major commodity groups, including cereals, meat, dairy, vegetable oils and sugar, posted gains. This marked its highest level since December. The index was also 1% higher year over year, though still nearly 20% below its March 2022 peak. All major commodity groups posted gains, reflecting both underlying supply-demand fundamentals and rising input costs tied to higher energy prices and freight disruptions. The increase reflects a broadening transmission of higher crude oil and freight costs into agricultural markets, reinforcing concerns that the ongoing energy shock is evolving into a wider food inflation cycle. Energy-agriculture link strengthens The strongest upward pressure came from vegetable oils and sugar -- two markets most directly exposed to energy price dynamics. The FAO Vegetable Oil Price Index rose 5.1% month over month, with palm oil prices rising to their highest level since mid-2022. The rally was driven in part by spillover from higher crude prices, which lifted biofuel demand expectations and tightened feedstock availability. The FAO Sugar Price Index averaged 92.4 points in March, up 6.2 points (7.2%) from February, reaching its highest level since November 2025, supported by expectations that Brazil -- the world's largest sugar exporter -- could divert more cane toward ethanol production as fuel prices rise. This biofuel linkage is emerging as a key transmission channel, with higher energy prices incentivizing the use of agricultural commodities for fuel, thereby tightening food supply balances, according to a Brazil-based ethanol producer. Cereals, meat rise Cereal prices rose more modestly, with the FAO index up 1.5% month over month. Wheat prices increased by 4.3%, supported by drought concerns in the US and expectations of reduced plantings in Australia due to higher fertilizer costs. Corn prices edged higher, supported by improved ethanol demand prospects and concerns about fertilizer affordability ahead of the Northern Hemisphere planting season. In protein markets, the FAO Meat Price Index rose 1%, led by higher pig meat prices in the EU amid seasonal demand. Dairy prices also posted their first increase since July 2025, rising 1.2% on the back of tightening milk supply in Oceania and firm import demand. Conflict-driven cost push The price gains come as disruptions linked to the Middle East conflict ripple across energy, fertilizer and logistics chains, raising input costs across the agricultural sector. According to FAO Chief Economist Maximo Torero, the conflict represents a "systemic shock" affecting not just energy markets but the entire agrifood system, particularly through fertilizer supply disruptions and higher transport costs. The Strait of Hormuz, a critical artery for global energy and fertilizer trade, handles about 30% of global urea exports and significant volumes of ammonia and phosphates, making it a key chokepoint for agricultural inputs, according to the FAO. Fertilizer prices have already surged, with FAO warning that global prices could average 15%-20% higher in the first half of 2026 if disruptions persist. Outlook hinges on duration of disruption Despite the recent gains, the FAO index remains nearly 20% below its March 2022 peak, suggesting markets are not yet in full crisis mode. However, the trajectory will depend heavily on the duration of the disruption. In a short-term scenario, global food stocks remain sufficient to absorb shocks. But a prolonged conflict could begin to affect planting decisions, reduce fertilizer application, and ultimately lower crop yields -- tightening supply and amplifying price pressures into 2026. The latest data underscores a familiar but intensifying dynamic: as energy markets tighten, the knock-on effects are increasingly visible across food systems, raising the risk of renewed global food inflation. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/commodities-focus/040626-in-brazils-fast-growing-i-recs-market-what-challenges-and-opportunities-lie-ahead</link><description>With one of the world&amp;apos;s largest shares of renewables in its energy generation mix, Brazil offers opportunities for companies in the country seeking to reduce their emissions. In this episode, we discuss how the country has developed a large supply of International Renewable Energy Certificates, or I-RECs, and which challenges came with it. Join Felipe Peroni, associate price reporter at S&amp;amp;P Global</description><title>In Brazil&amp;apos;s fast-growing I-RECs market, what challenges and opportunities lie ahead?</title><pubDate>06 April 2026 16:06:14 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Felipe Peroni</name><name>Vittoriaelena Morini</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Emissions, Renewables, Hydrogen, Carbon April 06, 2026 In Brazil's fast-growing I-RECs market, what challenges and opportunities lie ahead? Featuring Felipe Peroni and Vittoriaelena Morini HIGHLIGHTS Brazil develops large I-RECs supply market Renewables dominate Brazil's energy mix growth Excess supply risks challenge certificate sector With one of the world's largest shares of renewables in its energy generation mix, Brazil offers opportunities for companies in the country seeking to reduce their emissions. In this episode, we discuss how the country has developed a large supply of International Renewable Energy Certificates, or I-RECs, and which challenges came with it. Join Felipe Peroni, associate price reporter at S&amp;P Global Energy, Fernando Lopes, director of Totum Institute, and Vittoria Morini, Americas renewables manager at S&amp;P Global Energy, in a discussion about the Brazilian energy transition. Related content: INFOGRAPHIC: Brazilian I-REC sector grows sharply, risks excess supply INTERVIEW: Totum Institute leader describes Brazil's next steps in renewable energy Brazilian small hydro plants expect a surge of new investments Spotify | Apple Podcasts US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/040226-infographic-brazilian-i-rec-sector-grows-sharply-risks-excess-supply</link><description>Brazil&amp;apos;s supply of International Renewable Energy Certificates has shown significant growth over the last five years, with one of the world&amp;apos;s largest renewable energy matrices. I-RECs are globally used instruments that certify that the generation of 1 megawatt-hour of electricity comes from a renewable source, such as a solar, wind, biomass or hydroelectric power plant. They provide a credible way</description><title>INFOGRAPHIC: Brazilian I-REC sector grows sharply, risks excess supply</title><pubDate>02 April 2026 17:15:51 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Felipe Peroni</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Emissions, Renewables April 02, 2026 INFOGRAPHIC: Brazilian I-REC sector grows sharply, risks excess supply By Felipe Peroni Editor: Johanna Leo Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Brazil I-REC supply surges 74% annually Issuances consistently exceed redemptions Untapped plants signal more supply growth Brazil's supply of International Renewable Energy Certificates has shown significant growth over the last five years, with one of the world's largest renewable energy matrices. I-RECs are globally used instruments that certify that the generation of 1 megawatt-hour of electricity comes from a renewable source, such as a solar, wind, biomass or hydroelectric power plant. They provide a credible way for companies to demonstrate their use of renewable energy, reduce greenhouse gas emissions and support investments in new renewable power sources. Over 2020-2025, I-REC issuances in Brazil have increased at a compound annual growth rate of 74%, following and surpassing similar growth in demand, as shown in redemptions. However, supply has been persistently higher than demand: data shows I-REC issuances have consistently exceeded redemptions. As a result, prices have been hovering close to the costs of using these instruments, but market dynamics create volatility that provides opportunities for buyers and sellers. Also, several energy plants have yet to enter this market, indicating room for additional supply growth, as shown in the charts below. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/lng/040126-interview-indias-hydrogen-sector-sees-exciting-growth-amid-hurdles-exec</link><description>The hydrogen and ammonia sector in India is developing at an &amp;quot;exciting&amp;quot; pace, reflecting the government&amp;apos;s efforts to promote green molecules as it advances its energy transition. However, some hurdles remain, Hydrogen Association of India Vice President Sachin Chugh told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy. &amp;quot;The picture looks very fascinating, with a rider ... To sustain this momentum, we must</description><title>INTERVIEW: India&amp;apos;s hydrogen sector sees &amp;apos;exciting&amp;apos; growth amid hurdles: exec</title><pubDate>01 April 2026 09:27:47 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Surabhi Sahu</name><name>Ruchira Singh</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Energy Transition, LNG, Maritime &amp; Shipping, Renewables, Emissions, Hydrogen April 01, 2026 INTERVIEW: India's hydrogen sector sees 'exciting' growth amid hurdles: exec By Surabhi Sahu and Ruchira Singh Editor: Rizwan Choudhury Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Public-private partnerships, indigenous tech development vital India holds renewable energy advantage India progresses on maritime hydrogen pathway The hydrogen and ammonia sector in India is developing at an "exciting" pace, reflecting the government's efforts to promote green molecules as it advances its energy transition. However, some hurdles remain, Hydrogen Association of India Vice President Sachin Chugh told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. "The picture looks very fascinating, with a rider ... To sustain this momentum, we must continuously look out for the right kind of applications," Chugh said during the Asia Pacific Maritime conference, which ended March 27. "We currently do not have adequate indigenous technology. However, progress is being made," Chugh said. Some big companies have entered local manufacturing or are planning to, and have signed deals, Chugh said. As an example, in March, Reliance secured a $3 billion ammonia offtake agreement with South Korea's Samsung C&amp;T. Platts assessed the Japan-Korea ammonia price -- the daily CFR assessment of the spot market for low-carbon ammonia in Japan and South Korea -- at $620/metric ton CFR on March 31, up $30/mt day over day. The government has policies making a certain percentage of localization mandatory for projects awarded incentives under its schemes. It is also facilitating offtakes, especially in the domestic green ammonia market, Chugh said. Equally important is the role of public-private partnerships in scaling manufacturing capabilities and promoting in-house research and development. "So, those are works in progress as far as India is concerned," he said. "We have observed across the world that while projects are being conceived based on certain assumptions, those assumptions may not stand the test of time, particularly in the energy transition phase of new energy molecules," said Chugh, who is also an associate director and lead for Energy &amp; Hydrogen at a UK-headquartered global consultancy firm. "Therefore, it is imperative to have the right kind of due diligence, project monitoring and expertise to develop that level of technical understanding before we start applying those economies of scale and the factors used in the conventional energy space." Production costs are also an important consideration, with the cost difference between green, blue and gray hydrogen being a core constraint, Chugh said. However, as production ramps up, the price of green hydrogen will fall, he added. Becoming competitive "I see that the molecules from India and China are going to compete. However, the world needs many collaborators, partners and suppliers," Chugh said. China may have an advantage in electrolyzer production and other requisite technologies. However, for green hydrogen production, renewable energy availability plays a "massive" role, giving India a clear advantage, Chugh said. "Ultimately, the one who integrates and plans better will emerge as the frontrunner," he said. Meanwhile, Chugh said India is accelerating measures in a timely manner to achieve its target of 5 million mt of renewable hydrogen by 2030. "One should not set up overly ambitious goals of 100% replacement of primary energy sources overnight," he said. For example, he said India initially set a low ethanol blending target and achieved E20 five years ahead of its original 2030 schedule. Had it been too ambitious to say that 100% ethanol must replace gasoline from the very start, the program might not have succeeded, Chugh said. Similarly, from the hydrogen perspective, this change needs to happen gradually, and blending e-fuels with conventional fuels might be a very good starting point, he said. Shipping's decarbonization pathway "As far as LNG is concerned, the global ecosystem is quite mature, and we have seen an immense traction around LNG trade and its ability to aid international shipping's decarbonization pathway," Chugh said. For hydrogen bunkering, local policy alignment is already taking place, Chugh said. India's Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas has launched the SATAT program for the transport sector. "I don't see any constraint in extending that program towards the shipping industry, which is looking for alternative fuels to cut greenhouse gas emissions," Chugh said. "We started with the Maritime India Vision, then we reinforced it with the Sagarmala vision," he said, adding that the vision around hydrogen's acceptance in India's maritime industry is embedded within these broader programs. The country is also progressing several pilots within ports that have been identified for conducting them, he said. Ultimately, the widespread adoption of hydrogen bunkering will depend on costs. The ratification of the IMO's net-zero framework will also boost its adoption, Chugh added. S&amp;P Global Energy's Hydrogen Production Assets database shows that India has over 100 renewable/low-carbon hydrogen projects -- including multiple phases of the same projects -- with a combined projected capacity of over 10 million mt/year. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/040326-saf-scale-up-faces-financing-execution-hurdles--biomass-conference-panel</link><description>Financing constraints, infrastructure limitations, and evolving policy frameworks continue to challenge the scale-up of sustainable aviation fuel, even as global demand signals strengthen, said speakers at the Biomass Conference &amp;amp; Expo held March 31-April 2 in Nashville, Tennessee. At &amp;quot;The Real-World Challenges of Scaling Sustainable Aviation Fuel,&amp;quot; panel participants said a large gap remains</description><title>SAF scale-up faces financing, execution hurdles : Biomass conference panel</title><pubDate>03 April 2026 23:02:37 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Sofia Cabrera</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel April 03, 2026 SAF scale-up faces financing, execution hurdles : Biomass conference panel By Sofia Cabrera Editor: Valarie Jackson Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS SAF scale-up stalls amid financing gaps Policy fragmentation complicates global growth Rail demand rises for biofuel logistics Financing constraints, infrastructure limitations, and evolving policy frameworks continue to challenge the scale-up of sustainable aviation fuel, even as global demand signals strengthen, said speakers at the Biomass Conference &amp; Expo held March 31-April 2 in Nashville, Tennessee. At "The Real-World Challenges of Scaling Sustainable Aviation Fuel," panel participants said a large gap remains between announced SAF capacity and projects that have reached final investment decisions, with financing and execution among the main bottlenecks. Scott Vanderau, partner at ETA Energy Transaction Advisors, said project developers continue to face challenges securing capital, particularly for newer conversion pathways that lack a commercial track record. "Lenders are very risk-averse," Vanderau said, adding that projects typically require long-term feedstock agreements and creditworthy offtake contracts to move forward. Many SAF pathways â including alcohol-to-jet, gasification, and pyrolysis â show technical promise, Vanderau said, but face hurdles in scaling due to integration complexity and limited operational history at commercial scale. "A lot of these pathways do not have multiple commercial plants installed," he said. While global demand for SAF is expected to grow rapidly, current production remains limited. Vanderau noted that, even with recent capacity additions, SAF represents a small share of total aviation fuel demand. Policy support is expanding globally, with mandates and incentives across the US, Europe, and Asia, but differences in implementation are creating additional complexity. "Policies are accelerating ... becoming more global," Vanderau said. He said, however, that many projects remain stuck in early development stages, with financing and execution challenges slowing progress. "We're seeing a lot of projects stay in that early phase," he said. John Pierce, partner at Kilpatrick Townsend &amp; Stockton, highlighted the European Union's Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism as a potential long-term factor shaping SAF markets and trade flows. "CBAM ... is intended to mitigate carbon leakage by pricing carbon into imported goods," he said. While SAF is not currently included in the mechanism, Pierce said it could be indirectly affected through life cycle emissions and supply-chain impacts, particularly as European sustainability requirements tighten. Pierce added that global regulatory frameworks remain fragmented, with differences in life cycle accounting, traceability, and certification requirements across regions. "Harmonization ... is going to require a number of jurisdictions," he said. On the logistics side, Tom Jackson, vice president of marketing and general manager at Greenbrier, said growing renewable fuel volumes are beginning to reshape North American freight markets. "We're coming up ... what we believe is the trough," he said, referring to current rail market conditions. Jackson said the rail sector is expected to build about 25,000 railcars this year, with demand increasingly driven by chemicals, renewable fuels, and agricultural products rather than crude-by-rail. "Chemicals, biofuels, renewable diesel â non-traditional customers are coming to us," he said. Tank cars and covered hoppers are seeing the strongest demand, reflecting rising movements of fuels and feedstocks. Supply constraints remain, however, with lead times of about six months for tank cars and up to eight months for covered hoppers. Jackson said biofuels are also reshaping freight flows, with rail linking Midwest feedstock production and crushing facilities to refining hubs and export markets. "There's a lot of rail moves involved here to create these biofuels," he said, adding that policy certainty remains a key factor driving investment in logistics infrastructure and equipment. "Getting that certainty around regulations is kind of the key thing," Jackson said. Despite strong demand signals and increasing policy support, speakers said scaling SAF will require alignment across financing, feedstock supply, infrastructure, and regulatory frameworks. Overall, the panel highlighted that while momentum is building across the SAF value chain, execution risks â particularly around financing, technology, and logistics â remain the primary constraint to large-scale deployment. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/secondary-markets-software-loan-prices-close-march-higher-despite-broad-based-decline-s101678608</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. It has been a turbulent start to the year for markets globally, and the loan market has been no exception. Over the first three months of the year, investors and borrowers faced several unexpected headwinds, including the Middle East war, rapid developments in AI that potentially threaten to disrupt the business models of a subsect of corporate borrowers, and uncertain trade policy. Even so, secondary pricing in the broadly syndicated loan (BSL) m</description><title>Secondary Markets: Software Loan Prices Close March Higher, Despite Broad-Based Decline</title><pubDate>02 April 2026 17:56:14 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/commodities-focus/031826-decarbonizing-indias-industrial-power-sectors-challenges-and-road-maps</link><description>India&amp;apos;s greenhouse gas emissions in the industrial and power sectors are expected to rise in the decades to come, necessitating an examination of strategies deployed for energy transition in these crucial segments. Though steps have been initiated to help reduce emissions, a bespoke, sector-specific decarbonization road map over a multiyear timeframe can help guide this journey. Join Amit Sharma,</description><title>Decarbonizing India&amp;apos;s industrial, power sectors: Challenges and road maps</title><pubDate>18 March 2026 09:32:50 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ruchira Singh</name><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Metals &amp; Mining Theme, Emissions, Renewables, Hydrogen, Ferrous March 18, 2026 Decarbonizing India's industrial, power sectors: Challenges and road maps Featuring Ruchira Singh and Staff HIGHLIGHTS Emissions expected to rise in coming decades Sector-specific decarbonization road map needed Industrial transition requirements discussed India's greenhouse gas emissions in the industrial and power sectors are expected to rise in the decades to come, necessitating an examination of strategies deployed for energy transition in these crucial segments. Though steps have been initiated to help reduce emissions, a bespoke, sector-specific decarbonization road map over a multiyear timeframe can help guide this journey. Join Amit Sharma, managing director &amp; chief executive officer at Tata Consulting Engineers, Ashish Singla, director for South Asia power and renewables research at S&amp;P Global Energy and Ruchira Singh, editor, energy transition at S&amp;P Global Energy, in a discussion about the requirements for India's industrial decarbonization. Related content: IEW 2026: India to deliberate on next steps for energy transition after landmark year for clean energy Spotify | Apple Podcasts View Full Transcript Ruchira Singh: Hello and welcome to the Platts Commodities Focus Podcast by S&amp;P Global Energy, where today we'll be talking about India's decarbonization in the heavy industries. The country has taken several measures to lower emissions in power, steel, cement, refining, and chemical sectors, both in terms of policies and corporate initiatives. Yet, India's greenhouse gas emissions are not expected to decline in the decades to come, which necessitates the discussion on the steps ahead for this crucial aspect of energy transition. I'm Ruchira Singh, editor, Energy Transition at S&amp;P Global Energy. And joining me today are Mr. Amit Sharma, managing director and CEO of Tata Consulting Engineers, and Ashish Singla, director, South Asia Power and Renewables at S&amp;P Global Energy. So let me start off by asking you, Mr. Sharma, and taking the thread to where we spoke at the India Energy Week, where you mentioned that many of India's hard-to-abate sectors still lack a clear pathway to decarbonization. So in your view, what should a credible sector-specific decarbonization roadmap include, and what steps can these industries take to put it into action? Mr. Sharma? Mr. Amit Sharma: Hi. Morning, Ruchira and Ashish. It's a pleasure talking to you. Before I respond to your question, one thing that we need to keep in mind is, as I mentioned, India is a growing economy, and unlike the West, India will continue to add energy. In fact, our energy would go from 8,000 terawatt-hours to close 25,000 terawatt-hours. And while we increase our energy, we have to also make it green. So it's net addition, whereas the West, in some cases, is flat or even going down. And of course, the second more important point is the fact that our per capita, which is a topic that has been discussed globally, is still lower. So as we increase the GDP and the economic growth, the per capita will go up, but it's still minuscule compared to anything in the world. Now, having said that, I think one very important thing is hard-to-abate sectors, both from physics, chemistry, can't really reduce or eliminate carbon because of the fact that that's how the formula for conversion works. But I think India has a great, ambitious national goal. It's already declared that India wants to be net-zero by 2070 and about 45% reduction by 2030. That's four and a half years from now. And I think institutions like NITI Aayog, DSA and various ministries have done some commendable job. And also some of the private sector and public sector are doing projects that are in that direction. So I think first positive part, there are companies that are leaders in both thinking and embarking on this journey, but I would say majority are trying to figure out. And the reason is very simple, this is not an isolated strategy. You can't decarbonize without your supply chains, without CapEx investments, without policy stability, without global markets. And what we've seen in the last 12 months is a lot of volatility, uncertainty, and the whole story about resilient supply chain is far from what we would've expected. Keeping all these aspects in mind, I think as I said at the India Energy Week, a lot of positives, but as we move forward, what's very important is to have a credible roadmap that anchors itself on national interest, global markets, and translates into sector-specific milestones. Each sector is going to be unique. If you're in chemical versus metals versus power and transportation, you would need a phased approach, you would need viable and commercial aspects, and you would need to have a horizon of 10 to 15 years. And needless to say, with the unpredictable scenario that we are witnessing, it's very difficult to have such strategies, but that's what decarb is all about. And hence, a portfolio approach without a silver bullet as one solution will work. And there are a few phases in this portfolio. Somebody will look at energy efficiency, some people will look at alternative energy and fuels, many will look at circularity. And of course, if you can't really change your chemistry and physics and you are in the hard-to-abate must national growth sectors, you'll also look at carbon capture. And whether you do that in terms of utilization or its conversion into fuel is something you need to have a clear business case on. So I think in all of this, as I said, good work, people need to be careful with a long-term map and a phased approach and look at technologies, not what there are today, but look at a horizon of 10 to 15 years and really figure out what portfolio suits you, how your supply chains will support, how your customers will do. And of course, last but not the least, what are actors both domestic and international that'll impact your market, provide you with your financials, as well as give you viability gap funding, if any, because it needs to be a very integrated, collaborative, and holistic approach. Ruchira Singh: Are you suggesting that there needs to be tailor-made approaches for all the different sectors? So if we could just give a quick example, and if we take the iron and steel sector, what could a strategy for them be for their roadmap? Mr. Amit Sharma: Yeah. So it's a great example, iron, steel. It's go to national growth. Already, if you see in Europe, they are going back to steel, especially steel that they would need for strategic reasons, national security and can't really buy steel, but also a lot of recycling. And iron, steel is something that produces a lot of CO2 emissions. For every million tons of steel, you get two million tons of carbon dioxide. And one could say that instead of the traditional blast furnace and oxygen conversion from there, you could look at electric arc furnace for recycling. But where does the input come? So you look at DRI, which could be gas-fired, and the ultimate is hydrogen use in DRI followed by EAF. So there are multiple roadmaps, but if you are in blast furnace today, you can't jump to hydrogen DRI and electric arc furnace. First, CapEx is too high. Second, technology is not matured. Third, the markets aren't ready to absorb this cost, the downstream consumers. So you need a roadmap. The roadmap could start potentially with looking at blast furnace with carbon capture, followed by conversion into methanol or sustainable aviation fuel. While this is happening and you are sweating your asset, which is all blast furnace today, gradually you get into second stage of electric arc furnace, which is circularity. That's the straightforward low-hanging fruit. And while the EAF investments go in, which is a project of CapEx between two to three years, one to $3 billion depending on the scale operation, but that's the typical CapEx. And the third phase would be if you've got your blast furnace with carbon capture conversion into fuel or SAF, your second stage of electric arc furnace recycling as part of circularity, you are gradually in parallel working on gas or hydrogen-based DRI, which feeds to your EAF along for circularity. And so here is an example of three-phased approach between 10 to 15 years and making it viable by having it in parallel, but meeting both physics, chemistry and maths as regard the financials. Ruchira Singh: Right. Thank you. So my next question is also for you, Mr. Sharma. And here I would like to ask you about the heavy industries and the multiple hurdles they face. So there is high cost of clean technologies. There is limited demand side mandates, and there's a constantly shifting market shaped by geopolitics and tariff uncertainties. So in this environment, how can they realistically move forward on the energy transition? Mr. Amit Sharma: Yeah. As I said, the heavy industry is unique. It's an essential part of the national policy for every country. It is a high CapEx. It over the year has worked on various supporting mechanisms in terms of either global supply chains or grants or incentive structures. And so the immediate focus could be on, say, energy efficiency, upgrading equipments, carbon capture. But again, as I said, it needs to be planned in a proper manner so that each of your portfolio strategies talk to each other. And the phase one speaks to phase two, which speaks to phase three because all these phases are in parallel. So I would say an approach for these hard-to-abate sector, let's put in iron, steel, cement, including things like aluminum, copper, which is high energy guzzlers, we could look that in an approach of energy efficiency as one, feedstock changes, circularity, including looking at changing from electricity if electrification itself needs to be expanded to green electricity to even use of nuclear. And while data center is not hard-to-abate sector, it's a good example of how currently with the energy demands globally, we are finding that our grid isn't stable. Green energy can't really meet the surges that are required in data center, just like the surges in a smelting process or in iron, steel, and cement. And that is where you would need to balance that. But hopefully in coming years with the current requirement of flywheel effect that high surges demand requires green plus grid plus nuclear or small modular reactors is a combination that these industries will have to look into it. And as I said, one has to invest with long-term view. So carbon capture, shift from electrification plus captive power generation, including small modular reactors, low-carbon base load power are areas we'll need to focus on. Amidst all of this, one is to understand the CBAM Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanisms and the local support, which in India is coming through NITI Aayog policies as well as the various grants NPLIs that the government is working on, including carbon credit certifications. That means the game changes and the financials become more viable. Ruchira Singh: Thank you. Now turning to Ashish. So Ashish, you take a very close look at the power sector across the Indian subcontinent looking at the rising electrification, more and more EVs, more and more data centers, there is greater digitalization now. So the power sector will see a major demand spurt. So do you see the power generators preparing for this challenge in the best possible way? And is there more that can be done to strengthen the power sector in a sustainable way? Because as we all know that it is the biggest contributor to emissions. Ashish? Ashish Singla: Yeah. Thanks, Ruchira. It's lovely talking to you and with Amit-ji as well. So as you mentioned, power sector is one of the highest GHG emission segments, and the emissions from this sector has been growing faster than the total emissions. This is also because other sectors have been reducing their emissions by electrifying themselves. We have seen that with EVs, transportation, converting oil emissions into electricity side. And then we also talked about industrial iron and steel and others. So overall, what we are expecting is that in next 10 to 15 years, somewhere in that range, with an average growth of around 5.5%, electricity demand in India is going to double. And as you said, one of the key segments for growth would be data centers and the digitization effort, the ecosystem around that basically, and that would be growing quite rapidly. We put those growth rate numbers somewhere around in the range of 15 to 20% year-on-year. So a large part of this demand, as we look, will push renewable electricity into the system. Now, this is also driven by their own voluntary net-zero goals. As a strategy, we understand that these consumers will largely depend on renewables along with storage into the system for balancing. And they'll also use grid as a part to balance themselves and to meet their demand sustainably. But as things progress in phases, we feel that this has to change. In the first phase, you're focusing on renewable plus storage. The pace of development of this phase will be determined by the growth in transmission. And as we move on to the next part of the segment, which is in medium to long-term, we feel that the strategy has to shift from just renewables to what Amit-ji also mentioned about nuclear and carbon capture. So that's how we are expecting this shift to happen. First, you may focus on renewable plus storage, then you'd start deploying nuclear and carbon capture to meet your demand and reduce your emissions. Ruchira Singh: Thank you, Ashish. And may I ask you again, Ashish, in the new fiscal year's budget, there was a 200 billion rupees corpus for CCUS over the next five years. So how big a part can this technology play in India's energy transition, specifically in the power sector? Do you see many companies willing to invest in CCUS? Ashish Singla: Yeah, I think this is a very positive step. I think as we discussed in the last question as well, that CCUS has to come in medium to long-term, and that process has to start now, otherwise it will get pushed more and more, pushed back basically. It will delay the whole process and you miss out on the trajectory that you want to be of reducing your emissions. But then when you are starting with such a high cost technology, you have to understand its impact on different sectors. And looking at power sector and for carbon capture to be implemented, it would practically increase the CapEx associated with coal power plants by nearly 100% and their operational costs by 30%. So now to make CCS or carbon capture viable for power generation, we need to subsidize CapEx heavily. Another thing which needs to happen with these plants is that as they install CCS, they should be operated as base load and not in a cycling mode that most of the coal plants are being discussed around. So this will ensure viability of CCS both financially and operationally. So these plants should be treated at par with some of these clean renewable generation assets, making even priority lending available similar to what we have for renewable generators. And for many of these large companies to come in, this government support will go a long way. This has to start with smaller pilots and gradually scaling up as ecosystem develops. Ruchira Singh: Thank you, Ashish. So Mr. Sharma, how do you look at this whole plan to introduce CCUS in the country? You would be talking to a whole lot of industries both in India and overseas. What are they saying? Are they willing to invest in CCUS? Mr. Amit Sharma: It's an interesting question. In my view, CCUS is a transition approach, and I think eventually one should look at a green roadmap in the future. And it's the interim period that you are on the legacy technology. And while you are putting capital for the green technology, you need to still make sure that you're getting a greener footprint based on your legacy. And that probably, to me, is a transitionary approach. Because let's be honest, CCUS without funding or grants or incentives from the government is not mathematically feasible financially. And while the West have done a bit of carbon capture sequestration, India cannot afford to put this large amount of money. We are talking a lot of work that needs to be done to capture. The numbers are huge. It's not a small carbon capture number that you need to do. And so if you're looking at an annual capture of 750 million tons of CO2, you're looking at 295 to about 300 gigatons of CO2 storage that India offers. Government has to provide subsidies, but that's not truly sustainable. So what I feel is one should look at in some mechanism, especially in India, that what's the value addition of carbon capture? And as I said, rather than sequestration, I feel we must look at circularity of CO2, which is conversion of CO2 into methanol or conversion of CO2 to methanol to SAF. To me, that is a CO2 circularity, just like you have aluminum circularity or iron and steel circularity. That's number one. The second thing I would say part of it is a segment. Because of our growth rate and we need a lot of energy, we'll continue to have all kinds of energy, whether it is coal, whether it is coal to liquid and gas conversion, or we will have hydro, solar, wind, maybe geothermal in coming years and nuclear. And so it will be a combination of all of this. What is very important to realize is green load is not a grid-forming load; it is a grid-following load. That means you need a must base load, which is a grid-forming load, and that comes from either coal plants or nuclear. And only when you have this imbalance, can you truly supply a stable high-quality load to any industry. All industries are processed industries, so they need quality of power that's high. You can't run a smelter or induction motors or data centers on power that is erratic. So you need to make the power really strong. And moment you put in these grid-forming devices like battery storage, pump storage, STATCOM, SYSCOM, to really balance between the light generation of renewable and the heavy flywheel generation of coal and nuclear, costs become prohibitive. So one has to carefully balance its equation. And I think as policymakers, innovators, industrialists work on our strategies for the green story, we need to keep these equations in mind and explore a more sustainable self-revenue generating model rather than looking at grants and incentives on a long-term basis. They can be on transition basis, but one can't expect it to be viable on a long-term basis. That's what I feel, Ruchira. Ruchira Singh: Right, Mr. Sharma. Now looking at what Tata Consulting Engineers does. You have mentioned that you have decarbonization projects across the US, UK, Middle East, and India. So could you please share some of the key lessons you have drawn from these projects and what's on the cards for expanding decarbonization projects for the industry? Mr. Amit Sharma: Yeah. Interestingly, we've been part of a lot of early feasibilities and concepts and roadmaps for some of the top innovators and leaders who've defined the trend. So right from 2018, '19 onwards, when we worked with NITI Aayog and published the hydrogen paper, the electric vehicles paper, we also worked with the private sector and the public sector in the early discovery stage. And I think I would say COVID not only gave this an acceleration because supply chain resilience became much more important topic in addition to the green focus. So I would say between 2018 and post-COVID, the focus on green hydrogen, green ammonia, electric vehicles, pump storage, small modular reactors, considering we have 50 years of very strong nuclear capability, we are partly working with DAE, PSA, NITI Aayog to define the SHANTI bill. But we also worked on green steel on global projects, on fertilizer projects, cement projects. And these project, as you rightly said, spanned across Middle East India, which was a focus of green steel, green hydrogen, green ammonia, pump storage, but also US where we worked on CO2 capture in fertilizer industry, some of the green steel solar cell module projects, but also Europe, which was on DRI, EAF. What happened in the last 12 to 20 months has been a shift from a greener story to more back to oil. And so CCUS is catching up, but also the biggest demand today is high quality power for data center and for obvious reasons, data center is going to be high guzzlers. So that demand exists for green output. Maybe it's shifted in terms of the trend a bit. The most demanding data centers today worldwide is not about the racks and the chips, but about the foundational power elements and how do you give that from the grid with both captive and grid is a bigger issue. And what we are finding is because of a lot of change from a green ambition to supply chain resilience during the COVID and post that to the geopolitical changes and a shift to oil and gas with CCUS back in the discussion, we are finding our customers recalibrating their strategies, and that's very important is the journey of green will have to respond to both supply, demand, geopolitics, and your own national interests. And I think that's where the recalibration is happening. Many of our projects are on the right track, but some of the projects are recalibrating considering not only the earlier CBAM, but the ongoing tariff that has also changed the IRRs and the business plans for our customers. Ruchira Singh: Right. Thank you. So I'll turn to you next, Ashish. So one of the major changes that has already set in is artificial intelligence, and it is being talked about as a transformative tool for industrial energy efficiency. So how do you see this being adopted in India? And what impact do you see it having on the energy transition? Ashish Singla: Yeah, I think this is the talk of the town, how AI is changing the workflow and the way we use information. From power and renewable perspective, AI is definitely becoming a game changer, both in terms of energy consumption, as we discussed, measure a large part of demand coming from data centers and also on how this AI is being used on the operational side. I think I can briefly talk about three, four points where we see AI getting inroads very quickly, and the first one would be forecasting and the latency that we have. AI can predict both energy demand and renewable generation with quite high accuracy and that in real time basically. So this will allow plants to plan their operation more precisely and reduce the overall under-utilization of energy, which is critical as we scale the renewable on grid. Second is overall system integration. So AI coordinates multiple energy streams, grid power, onsite generation, renewable storage, and it can ensure seamless integration across all these options. So this is particularly important in Indian grid, which is rapidly adding renewables and still needs, as we discussed, stable base load power as well. Third one is, of course, onsiting and deployment. AI can help identifying optimal location for new plants, storage systems, how do you stack the use cases for storage, and assess, you can say, availability of renewable resources. So all these things will help the sector, both from operational side as well, and as we move forward towards adding more and more renewable, which is the energy transition side. So it will channelize those resources much better. Ruchira Singh: Thank you, Ashish. So my concluding question is going to be for you, Mr. Sharma, and I would like you to take a look at the Emissions Trading Scheme that India is working on. And this is going to be the major change coming into India later this year or maybe early next year. So how do you think the carbon market can be made robust in India so that we have our energy transition goals met through this route? Mr. Amit Sharma: So Ruchira, before I talk about the Emission Trading Scheme, I'd like to add some of the thoughts on the use of AI. And I think it's a very important point you bring here. If you look at the journey of energy transition, there are three synchronizations required in this. Number one is how do you marry the brownfield assets with the greenfield assets to get the most optimal balance? Number two, how do you, as Ashish mentioned, align the supply chains, the grids, input, output electricity, your change of products because of the market volatility. And the third one is very important. How do you ensure that CapEx and OpEx, that is capital projects and operational strategies are integrated? And this is where digital twins combined with AI are almost a must rather than a nice to have. And I think one of the realizations we've focused on working with the transmission distribution and grid resilience or in supply chain optimization or in capital projects allocations and their connect between brownfield and greenfield asset is the need of digital twins with AI. And we actually are working with the leading companies to have a cognitive digital twin, which is beyond a static digital twin, basically a digital twin that has sensors, but also knowledge to work at the capital phase. And then the same digital twin, along with the physical asset, actually works in the operational phase. So I just wanted to mention that in the arena of industrial energy transition, cognitive digital twin and AI will play a far big role, both in grid stability, product rationalization and portfolio strategies, but also in terms of ensuring optimal investments that combines brownfield and greenfield and CapEx and OpEX together. Coming to the India's Emission Trading Scheme, I think it's a very good step, is the first time you are looking at a financial focus to look at sectors that can actually change versus sectors that may have to buy credits to become green. Hard-to-abate sectors, as I mentioned, cement, steel, the chemistry involves that you would generate CO2. And unless you do capture or buy credits, you'll never fit into a greener territory, but there are other sectors that can do it much simpler like agricultural and other MSME area that actually make money by selling credits. So I think the carbon credit trading scheme, it represents a structural shift from a system that was looking at penalties, liabilities to actually rewarding efficiency, and it puts price of carbon in a transparent manner. I think it also provides sector-specific emission intensity targets. Companies can successfully decarbonize, earn carbon credits while those who are falling short, which is hard-to-abate, can purchase them from the market. So this changes the economic logic, gives emissions a revenue opportunity. And if you fail to do that, of course, you have financial penalties as part of that as well. So it's not just that there are penalties, there are rewards in balance with the penalty mechanisms. I think it has a phased approach across sectors like aluminum, cement, textiles, and it has binding greenhouse gas emission intensity targets, and it's a very positive step forward. Alongside this, a voluntary market allows non-regulated sectors like agricultural and forestry to also participate. This provides market liquidity. It obviously broadens the country's decarbonization efforts by having much wider sectors, some buyers and some sellers. So like a dual market which mobilizes private capital, it of course encourages innovation because now you could monetize your strategies on this as buyers and sellers of carbon credits, but also you can insulate Indian exporters from the risk of foreign carbon tariffs like the CBAM, which obviously has to be looked into carefully. I think it's the right direction. It was expected and the framework is now out. Obviously, the roadmap will have this as a key part of the future investments and the energy transition roadmap that people are recalibrating with the ongoing market volatility as well as the 10 to 15 year roadmap that I talked about. Ruchira Singh: Thank you very much, Mr. Sharma and Ashish for joining me in this conversation. And of course, thank you listeners for tuning in. This Platts Commodity Focus podcast was produced by digital editor Shikha Singh in Gurgaon. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/04/picture-this-uk-revises-import-safeguard-measures-as-part-of-steel-supply-chain-strategy</link><description>The UK joins the US, the EU, India and others in updating its steel tariffs and implementing new safeguard measures and wider trade controls.</description><title>Picture This: UK revises import safeguard measures as part of steel supply chain strategy</title><pubDate>03 April 2026 12:45:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Apr. 03, 2026 Picture This: UK revises import safeguard measures as part of steel supply chain strategy By Chris Rogers and Ines Nastali What we know The UK government has detailed a wide-ranging Steel Strategy building on consultations in 2025, with a view to increasing the proportion of domestic demand for steel met from UK manufacturing to 50% from 30% in 2024. On top of a number of investment measures, the government has also committed to trade measures covering all steel products made in the UK from all markets including free trade agreement partners. The measures, which are yet to be fully detailed, will come into force from July 1, 2026, when existing safeguarding measures come to an end. They will include tariff-free quotas being cut by 60% and an out-of-quota tariff rate of 50%. The UK will also start proceedings to increase its World Trade Organization (WTO) Most Favored Nation tariff to as much as 50%. The UK joins the US, the EU, India and others in updating its steel tariffs and implementing new safeguard measures and wider trade controls. Why it matters UK imports of steel products that are likely to be targeted by tariffs climbed by 19% in volume terms in 2025 versus 2021, while the value in sterling terms only rose by 6.5%, showing the penetration of imports and the impact of aggressive pricing. Much of the growth in sterling terms came from the EU, with shipments growing by 11.7%, likely indicating the knock-on effect from increased imports to the EU from the rest of the world. Shipments from mainland China and South Korea also surged by 79.3% and 54.1%, respectively, over the same period. More recently though, there has been a downturn in shipments, with a 15.6% slide in total UK imports of steel in both volume and sterling terms in the three months to Jan. 31, 2026, as manufacturing demand has weakened. The challenge for global steel markets from UK protectionism is small, with the UK representing just 1.4% of global exports of the relevant steel products in 2025. Learn about how our data and insights can help you navigate trade policy shifts Click Here This article was published by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/033126-interview-paradeep-phosphates-considering-buying-more-renewable-ammonia-executive</link><description>Indian fertilizer company Paradeep Phosphates is considering increasing its procurement of domestic renewable ammonia to strengthen raw material security amid the Middle East war, which has brought imports of conventional ammonia to a halt, a company executive told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy, March 30. Paradeep Phosphates was among five fertilizer companies that signed agreements on March</description><title>INTERVIEW: Paradeep Phosphates considering buying more renewable ammonia: executive</title><pubDate>31 March 2026 14:25:49 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ruchira Singh</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Energy Transition, Renewables, Hydrogen March 31, 2026 INTERVIEW: Paradeep Phosphates considering buying more renewable ammonia: executive By Ruchira Singh Editor: Sivassanggari Tamil selvam Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Middle East war halts crucial ammonia supply More domestic renewable ammonia deals eyed Units in annual closure; stocks to last until mid-May Indian fertilizer company Paradeep Phosphates is considering increasing its procurement of domestic renewable ammonia to strengthen raw material security amid the Middle East war, which has brought imports of conventional ammonia to a halt, a company executive told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, March 30. Paradeep Phosphates was among five fertilizer companies that signed agreements on March 30 to procure 670,000 metric tons/year of renewable ammonia for 11 plants as part of the Indian government's National Green Hydrogen Mission. "Given a choice, we will go ahead with more quantities [of renewable ammonia]," RK Gupta, chief procurement officer at Paradeep Phosphates, said on the sidelines of the signing event for the renewable ammonia supply agreements. "Now the clarity is there, the standard bidding parameter that has been issued by the Department of Fertilizers ... [clarifies] the subsidy and the differential pricing," Gupta added. Paradeep Phosphates, which produces phosphatic fertilizers, has plants in Paradeep, Odisha; Mangalore, Karnataka; and Zuarinagar, Goa, that collectively require 600,000 mt/y of ammonia, procured mostly through imports, Gupta said. Under the auctions conducted by the government's Solar Energy Corp. of India last year, Paradeep Phosphates secured 115,000 mt/y of Indian-made renewable ammonia -- 20% of its supply requirement -- to start by 2029. SECI invited bids from domestic renewable hydrogen and ammonia developers to supply 724,000 mt/y of renewable ammonia to 13 fertilizer companies, with a three-year government subsidy. "We are hopeful that in three years, the plant will be set up and quantities will be delivered," Gupta said. War impact Since the war began on Feb. 28, Paradeep Phosphates' supply of conventional ammonia and sulfur for its three plants has stopped, with alternate sources driving costs sharply higher, Gupta said. "If you see, 60% of the world's sulfur comes from the Middle East. So, if it is not available, we will not be able to produce the phosphoric acid that we need," Gupta said, emphasizing the impact of the war in the Middle East. The company's units are shut down as part of an annual plan, but "we are comfortable [in terms of feedstock supply] up to mid-May," Gupta said. He added that ammonia is not stored in large volumes due to risk factors. "More than 250 vessels are stuck in the Strait of Hormuz ... the war risk insurance has gone up," Gupta said. "Because of the nonavailability of vessels, the freight has gone up [threefold]. Bunkering has gone up maybe two times to two-and-a-half times." Conventional ammonia supplies are unavailable at present, and some supplies available in Southeast Asia are priced significantly higher, according to Gupta. India imports 2.8 million mt/y of grey ammonia for non-urea fertilizer units, Minister for New and Renewable Energy Pralhad Joshi said at the event on March 30. Most of the supplies are imported from the Middle East, but the SECI auction would replace about a third of them. Low-priced deals Gupta said that while the cost of domestic ammonia will be about $600/mt, conventional ammonia will be priced at about $800/mt and will remain costly even with the government's import subsidy. ACME Cleantech's winning bid to supply renewable ammonia to Paradeep Phosphates's Odisha plant is Rupees 55.75/kg (59 cents/kg), the government said, while the winning price for the Goa plant is Rupees 62.84/kg. SCC Infrastructure is to supply renewable ammonia to the Karnataka plant at Rupees 57.65/kg. A two-week weighted-average price as seen on Fertecon and Argus will be taken as the set cost for conventional ammonia, and the government will cover the gap with the auction prices by paying the renewable hydrogen developer, according to Gupta. "With regard to the auction pricing, everybody was saying it is the lowest," Gupta said. "Like solar energy started from Rupees 18 [/kWh] and fell, green ammonia will also come down." In future auctions, Gupta said he would like to see the supply not tied to specific units to account for future changes in plant operations. "A unit can be sold, or a new company created ... it can happen to anyone," Gupta said. "So definitely, from that perspective, there has to be fungibility." Platts assessed Middle East renewable-derived ammonia delivered into East Asia (with high-capacity factors) at $840.66/mt (weekly price) on March 30, up 2.56% month over month. Platts last assessed conventional ammonia FOB Middle East at $600/mt on March 30, up 26% month over month. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/040326-interview-rising-diesel-costs-squeeze-malaysian-biofuel-feedstock-logistics</link><description>Rising diesel prices, driven higher by conflict in the Middle East, are increasing logistics costs and complicating the collection of palm oil mill effluent and used cooking oil for biofuel feedstock exports, Malaysian feedstocks supplier Gamalux Sdn Bhd&amp;apos;s Chief Commercial Officer Amila Kamarudin told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy, in an interview. Transporters have increased quotes by 40% to</description><title>INTERVIEW: Rising diesel costs squeeze Malaysian biofuel feedstock logistics</title><pubDate>03 April 2026 04:27:29 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Aditya Kondalamahanty</name><name>Ck Quick</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel, Vegetable Oils April 03, 2026 INTERVIEW: Rising diesel costs squeeze Malaysian biofuel feedstock logistics By Aditya Kondalamahanty and Ck Quick Editor: Surbhi Prasad Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Industry faces 40%-60% diesel costs, tighter freight regulations Domestic SAF uptick drives competition for feedstocks Platts POME FOB Malaysia price rise 9% MOM Rising diesel prices, driven higher by conflict in the Middle East, are increasing logistics costs and complicating the collection of palm oil mill effluent and used cooking oil for biofuel feedstock exports, Malaysian feedstocks supplier Gamalux Sdn Bhd's Chief Commercial Officer Amila Kamarudin told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, in an interview. Transporters have increased quotes by 40% to 60% in recent months, citing not only higher diesel prices but also rising tire and maintenance costs, Kamarudin said. "It's a lot actually... I spoke to those not from the palm oil industry like marine, ports, logistics â they all face the same situation," Karamudin said. POME is a byproduct of palm oil extraction and is about 90â95% water, containing residual oil, fatty acids, soil particles and suspended solids. It has several sustainable uses, including fertilizer, biogas production and, increasingly, as a feedstock for biofuels. Under the EU's Renewable Energy Directive, POME is classified as an "advanced" biofuel feedstock. This status has helped drive demand, though traceability concerns have persisted, with cases of fraud and mislabeling clouding the market in recent years. Driven by the RED incentives, the EU's POME oil imports increased fivefold from 2020 to 2023, according to official EU data. Inflows rose to about 600,000 metric tons in 2024, up 20% year over year, according to S&amp;P Global Energy CERA. Karamudin said that a recent change in Malaysia's truck-loading policy has complicated logistics. In 2025, Putrajaya introduced stricter cargo limits for freight trucks based on axle configuration and overall Gross Vehicle Weight. Currently, the most common three-axle truck with a 40-foot trailer is restricted to a maximum load of 28 mt, down from 40 mt previously, which adds to inefficiencies, according to the company's executives. Malaysia is the world's second-largest palm oil producer after Indonesia and is now the largest supplier of POME following Indonesia's ban on exports of unrefined POME to secure feedstock for its domestic biodiesel mandate. The Indonesian export ban has boosted demand for Malaysian POME cargoes, widening the price gap between the two countries to about $100/mt, Karamudin said. Buyers in Asia, including South Korea and Japan, are also sourcing refined POME from Malaysia, underscoring market diversification. "The HVO and SAF producers cannot use crude form... they need clean cargo, refined, because of their technology," Karamudin said. Pricing amid volatility Gamalux Sdn Bhd pegs its product prices to Bursa Malaysia's crude palm oil futures contract, widely known as FCPO, a benchmark Karamudin said provides transparency and stability in volatile markets. "We follow the FCPO because it reflects the broader palm oil market, and it gives buyers and sellers a common reference point," she said. While the Malaysian Palm Oil Board has begun publishing domestic UCO prices, the company maintains that futures remain the key reference for export contracts. Despite cost pressures, demand remains strong from European and US producers of sustainable aviation fuel, who are seeking waste-based feedstocks to meet decarbonization targets. Italy is among the company's EU markets, while Spain and the US are also active buyers. SAF push Malaysia is also expanding its domestic SAF industry, with one plant already operating and another expected to come online in the country's south by 2028. "We see interest from EU and US SAF makers, and Malaysia is also moving forward with its own SAF initiatives," Karamudin said, adding that feedstock scalability remains the biggest challenge. Competition for limited, high-quality feedstocks could intensify as domestic SAF plants start production, she said. Malaysia aims to produce nearly 1 million mt/year of SAF by 2028, supported by two domestic facilities, Plantation and Commodities Minister Johari Abdul Ghani told the upper house of parliament in December 2025. Hong Kong-based EcoCeres already operates a SAF plant in Malaysia with a capacity of 350,000 mt/year, while state-owned Petronas is developing a second facility with a capacity of 650,000 mt/year, expected to be completed by 2028. Platts assessed POME FOB Malaysia at $1,170/mt April 2, up 8.9% month over month. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/04/regional-supply-chain-exposures-middle-east-conflict</link><description>Conflict in the Middle East is causing significant damage to supply chains across energy, transport, food and manufacturing after price rises linked to concerns about shortages.</description><title>Regional Supply Chain Exposures to Middle East Conflict</title><pubDate>02 April 2026 17:00:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Apr. 2, 2026 Regional Supply Chain Exposures to Middle East Conflict By Chris Rogers, Vania Alvarez Murakami, Ines Nastali, and Eric Oak Key Findings Middle East conflict is disrupting global supply chains across energy, transport, food, and manufacturing, with price rises likely to shift into physical shortages as seaborne exports face delays. Global trade exposure is significant: Interruptions in oil, fuel gases, fertilizers, plastics, and manufacturing materials from the region equal 0.55% of global GDP. Critical shortages threaten economic output: For example, Taiwanâs reliance on Middle Eastern helium could impact electronics production equivalent to 25.2% of output. Fuel and fertilizer shortages impact agriculture and industry: Sub-Saharan Africa is highly exposed, with 53.6% of gasoline imports from the region, while South Asia depends on the Middle East for nearly 90% of butane/propane imports. Manufacturing and food packaging at risk: The Middle East supplies nearly half of global ethylene glycol and a quarter of polyethylene, affecting consumer goods manufacturing in China and Vietnam. Unwrought aluminum shortages may disrupt North African automotive production. Economic exposures are far-reaching Conflict in the Middle East has already caused significant damage to supply chains across the energy, transportation, food and manufacturing sectors as a result of reduced trade flows through the Strait of Hormuz as well as physical infrastructure damage. Thus far, the main economic transmission mechanism for the conflict has been via prices, particularly for energy and commodities dependent industries. Increasingly the impact for supply chains it will be felt via available inventories as the stocks built into global logistics networks begin to deplete. Travel by sea with four-to-six-week delivery times such that the last of the âpre-warâ volumes will have reached their destinations by late March at which point availability will start to drop. Rebuilding the supply lines will take a similar amount of time even if the Strait unequivocally reopens, though even then infrastructure damage will take years to fully repair. In aggregate across natural gases, crude oil and derived products, nitrogenous fertilizers and sulfur and a handful of manufacturing materials including aluminum, plastics and noble gases imports from the Middle East are equivalent to 0.55% of global GDP, with South Asia the most exposed followed by sub-Saharan Africa at and Asia-Pacific. This clearly understates the potential impact on economies more broadly where critical materials can bring down entire supply networks. An example is Taiwan, where imports from the Middle East are equivalent to 2.39% of GDP but the potential loss of supplies of helium could cripple electronics production equivalent to 25.2% of national output. Learn more about our data and insights Click Here Crude oil and fuel derivatives Crude oil has rightly received the main focus in government concerns regarding the conflict given Middle East exports of crude oil accounted for 36.7% of the world total with a value of US$429 billion of annual trade in 2025. Similarly, shipments of processed fuels accounted for a further US$110 billion with the region accounting for 14.9% of global trade in diesel/fuel oil and 19.0% of gasoline/naphtha. For crude oil specifically, the Middle East accounted for 57.3% of imports to Asia-Pacific and 31.4% of imports to South Asia. On the fuel side, where there are also implications for agriculture, mining and industry as well as personal transportation, Sub-Saharan Africa is heavily exposed in diesel/fuel oil as well as gasoline/naphtha. The alternatives for sourcing crude are limited for any given refinery given that specific grades are often required â for example for heavier grades the main alternatives to Iran are Russia and Venezuela. Additionally, alternative fuel sources for gasoline and diesel may be limited by countries limiting exports of their own production to protect domestic markets. This extends the vulnerability beyond just the direct importers from the Middle East. For instance, Australia and New Zealand show minimal direct dependence on Middle Eastern crude but are highly exposed to regional refiners like South Korea for finished products. Fuel gases including LNG, propane and butane The attacks on Qatarâs Ras Laffan facility has drawn attention to the liquefied natural (methane) gas (LNG) sector given the region accounted for 20.9% of global LNG exports in 2025. Still, a large part of global trade in natural gas is focused on pipeline supplies, so that Middle East LNG is actually equivalent to 12.7% of natural gas supplies in total. In the near term, a shortage of natural gas for power generation can be aided by increasing load factors for other technologies where available, including coal-fired power, reports indicate. An extended shortage could be a particular issue for the EU. While Middle East LNG only accounted for 3.3% of total natural gas imports, that rises to as much as 11.0% in Italy where less pipeline gas is available. It is also a challenge given the end-winter reserves are heavily depleted and sourcing was already disrupted by Russiaâs war in Ukraine. Aside from methane, the Middle East also accounted for 34.2% of global exports of butane and propane, which are vital as a cooking gas. The technological options available for power generation are not the same for cooking, particularly given their predominance in lower income countries where retooling household cooking equipment is not viable economically in the near term. Thatâs particularly an issue for South Asia where 89.7% of butane/propane imports came from the Middle East. Availability is also an issue in Asia-Pacific. Additional impact to supply chains Food supply chains are increasingly vulnerable to disruptions in both food and critical agricultural inputs like fertilizers and fuel, with regions such as South Asia and sub-Saharan Africa highly dependent on Middle Eastern fertilizer exportsâmaking alternative sourcing difficult, especially for lower-income countries due to financial constraints and the non-interchangeability of fertilizer types. Disruptions in Middle Eastern exports of key plastic precursors like ethylene glycol and polyethylene may impact global packaging and manufacturing supply chains, especially in South Asia, Asia-Pacific, and North Africa, potentially worsening food supply challenges and affecting industries ranging from textiles to consumer goods. Disruptions to Middle Eastern shipping may impact the supply of key manufacturing materials like aluminum and noble gases, with especially severe impacts on nearby regions such as North Africa and Asia-Pacific, further straining industries like automotive and electronics that are already facing global supply chain bottlenecks and limited alternative sources. Empower Confident Decision Making The Decisive podcast is here to provide you with the knowledge you need to stay ahead. Listen Now This article was published by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. The Age of Agility Is Here Key economic, geopolitical and trade drivers for the year ahead Read the Full Report ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/global-credit-conditions-q2-2026-narrow-strait-broad-implications-s101678271</link><description>We expect credit conditions to weaken in the next 12 months. We believe the war in the Middle East may be the catalyst that finally pushes the credit cycle--and the prolonged favorable financing conditions--to turn. The duration of the war will determine whether the deterioration is contained or broad. Even if the effective closure of the Strait of Hormuz eases in the coming weeks, the conflict to-date has neutralized expected upside pressures to growth.</description><title>Global Credit Conditions Q2 2026: Narrow Strait, Broad Implications</title><pubDate>31 March 2026 19:50:14 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/scenario-analysis-how-the-oil-price-shock-could-affect-sovereign-ratings-in-cee-and-turkiye-s101677706</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. The seven economies covered in this report--the Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania, Slovakia (CEE5), Serbia, and Turkiye--represent a combined GDP of about $4 trillion, an economy roughly the size of Japan. CEE economies have outsized manufacturing sectors, which is partly why their energy intensity of GDP is 19% higher than the EU average. For the same reason, energy and utilities account for a larger share in domestic consumer and producer</description><title>Scenario Analysis: How The Oil Price Shock Could Affect Sovereign Ratings In CEE And Turkiye</title><pubDate>01 April 2026 15:27:57 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/how-will-the-middle-east-war-affect-the-insurance-sector-s101675506</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. The recent escalation of the Middle East war introduces geopolitical instability with potential long-lasting effects on commodities, financing conditions, global supply chains, and macro-credit conditions, depending on the duration and scale of the war. S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings&amp;apos; base case for the Middle East war assumes that elevated hostilities will persist into early April, with the Strait of Hormuz facing material disruptions. We continue to recogniz</description><title>How Will The Middle East War Affect The Insurance Sector?</title><pubDate>02 April 2026 07:59:06 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/special-reports/energy-transition/2026-trends-in-data-center-services-infrastructure</link><description>Discover the ten key trends that 451 Research analysts anticipate across data center services and infrastructure in 2026.</description><title>2026 Trends in Data Center Services &amp;amp; Infrastructure</title><pubDate>23 January 2026 11:26:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ S&amp;P Global Energy 2026 Trends in Data Center Services &amp; Infrastructure Discover the ten key trends that 451 Research analysts anticipate across data center services and infrastructure in 2026. Learn More Let's Talk Need technology industry data and insights? Connect with us today to explore how 451 Research solutions can help guide strategic decision-making Contact Sales On this page Introduction About this report The Take Trends Methodology Further reading On this page Introduction About this report The Take Trends Methodology Further reading Introduction For decades, data centers have been essential infrastructure for IT expansion worldwide. However, the launch of ChatGPT in November 2022 sparked a generative AI boom and a race to build infrastructure for GenAI model training and use. This AI training infrastructure requires more energy and more efficient cooling than typical IT infrastructure, which impacts data center design, requires new construction and makes access to electricity a key potential bottleneck for the growth of AI. As utilities struggle to determine how much energy data centers will require over the longer term, fears are mounting that infrastructure could be over-built and demand may not materialize. The size and quantity of data centers have attracted scrutiny from governments, local citizens and environmental groups. Governments (and utilities) have restricted data center development in various markets even as the industry becomes more efficient and seeks to use renewable energy. AI training facilities can theoretically be placed in locations where electricity is available, away from population centers; however, it is not yet clear how much AI inference can be performed from those locations. Data gravity, as well as regulations, will impact IT workload placement, along with the need for interconnection between data, software, AI models and end users. We believe that the need for data centers will continue; however, some of the current build plans may not materialize or may be delayed. Back to Top About this report Reports such as this showcase insights derived from a variety of market-level research inputs, including financial data, M&amp;A information and other market data sources both proprietary to S&amp;P Global and publicly available. This input is combined with ongoing observation of markets and regular interaction with vendors and other key market players. This report specifically includes data from the following sources: Data Center Services &amp; Infrastructure Market Monitor &amp; Forecast Voice of the Enterprise: Data Centers, Colocation 2025 Voice of the Enterprise: Data Centers, Liquid Cooling Technology 2025 Back to Top The Take We continue to see large-scale plans for data center construction around the world to serve GenAI needs, even as concerns grow that not all the planned infrastructure will be required (or that it will be commercially viable to build). Although the adoption of generative AI and other types of AI is strong, it is difficult to know how much energy and data center infrastructure will be required and when. We believe that the data center industry itself is relatively agile and can quickly adjust or suspend build plans to match the demand for IT infrastructure. However, power infrastructure is not typically as agile or quick to build, which can create a potential mismatch between electrical system plans and data center demand that may not materialize. Sustainability remains a key concern, and a top question is whether AI infrastructure will lead to extended lives for coal-fired power plants or the construction of additional gas-fired power plants, which could impact carbon targets. We will continue to model how AI adoption is likely to affect data center demand as well as work with our S&amp;P Global Energy colleagues to model the energy industryâs response. We will also continue to examine new technological advances, supply chain challenges and the regulatory environment for data centers. Back to Top Trends we anticipate in 2026 Trend 1: Race to build AI data centers will continue hyperscalers and leading generative AI firms have engaged in what can only be described as an AI arms race. OpenAI, Google, xAI, Microsoft, Amazon, Oracle, Meta, Alibaba and others have committed hundreds of billions of dollars to train large language models in the hopes of gaining first-mover advantage and being recognized as having the âbest model.â This approach is exceedingly resource-intensive: Training a top LLM can use tens of thousands of graphics processing unit chips, each requiring 5-8 times (or more) the energy of other chips. These must be housed in data centers, along with data storage gear, other computational hardware and networking equipment. This AI demand has been particularly strong in North America so far, as most generative AI models have been developed in this region. However, firms have been laying the groundwork to develop large-scale AI data centers outside the US. Although some âprospectorâ data center builders are included in this forecast, as well as some duplicate plans for expansion that may not materialize or be delayed, we expect strong data center growth to continue globally in the immediate future. Back to Top Trend 2: Data center constraints will impact location and speed of builds Multiple factors determine data center location, and several of these are facing growing constraints. The first is related to AI use cases. There are relatively few location requirements related to AI workloads â AI model training can generally be carried out quite a distance away from where end users are located, for example. However, we are tracking AI use cases to monitor the need for AI inference or training that requires rapid connectivity or specific data constraints (e.g., due to data sovereignty requirements) and would need to be in a specific location, such as near urban centers. Another location factor is available power. Firms expecting to benefit from AI infrastructure demand, such as hyperscale cloud providers, are seeking to lock in as much power for future data centers as possible to avoid having their growth restrained by energy availability and potentially losing out to competitors that have access to more power. However, it is unclear exactly how much power will be required. This creates challenges for energy utilities, particularly if they need to build additional generation capacity and transmission lines (which can take years) to meet this expected demand. Many of the most desirable data center markets already face constraints related to power, including potential shortages of generation capacity or challenges in building transmission lines. These include PJM (which covers top data center markets such as Virginia, Ohio and Pennsylvania) as well as ERCOT (Texas). Data center developers increasingly face a choice between waiting years for a grid connection in a desirable location, seeking a less desirable site with faster access to grid power, or using behind-the-meter power (e.g., constructing a natural gas-fired power plant). Additional location factors include electricity costs, taxes, regulations, local resistance to data centers, availability of fiber, type of power available (e.g., from renewable sources), water access, suitable land and the ability to plug into district heating systems or other off-takers for heat. We are developing a model to weigh the trade-offs among data center locations to build scenarios for growth by area and the resulting market for behind-the-meter power options. Back to Top Trend 3: The ability to raise capital will be a key differentiator for data center providers and customers Organizations have invested massive amounts of capital in AI infrastructure so far, with continued eye-watering amounts expected, even without factoring in the costs of AI chips, servers and electrical infrastructure, such as transmission and generation. In the US alone, we project average spending on data center construction of more than $70 billion per quarter from 2025 to 2028. Numerous firms are hoping to enter the sector, and those with access to capital and experience in securing land, power and permits will be better positioned for success. New entrants can add competition in some locations, but they can also offer data center providers the opportunity to sell facilities that are already leased â with predictable revenue and appeal to investors â freeing up capital to build new facilities elsewhere. Vertically integrated models are also emerging, with energy companies, for example, entering the data center industry. Business models are evolving to become more specialized in managing capital, obtaining permits or power and serving particular customer segments. We will continue to explore how these data centers will be funded, how the industry is evolving and the business models that are emerging as a result. Back to Top Trend 4: The AI value chain will continue to support renewable energy Top AI and cloud firms have maintained their renewable energy targets, as have many of the firms that build or lease data centers to these clients, even as their annual electricity consumption rises. Although many technology firms claim to offset 100% of their energy use by procuring renewable energy, they also have data centers that rely on carbon-emitting power generation. This is expected to increase in many locations, as added electricity demand requires utilities to delay the retirement of coal generation or add gas-fired power plants. Additionally, data center firms themselves sometimes build their own gas-fired power plants if the grid cannot accommodate their needs. As a result, there has been a clear trend toward greater renewable procurement among surveyed companies, according to the âGlobal Datacenters Clean Energy Sourcing Strategy â 2025 update,â with the share of power sourced from renewables estimated at 58%, versus about 50% in the 2024 report. Power purchase agreements remain the primary method for renewable procurement, supplemented by unbundled certificates and green tariffs. While solar is a major source of supply, there is a growing emphasis on hybrid and nuclear solutions. However, in many areas, even if sufficient renewable or low-carbon generation is planned, a mismatch may occur between when the power-hungry data centers need that energy and the time it takes to add that capacity (e.g., from nuclear power). We will continue to work with teams across S&amp;P Global to track data center growth and its impact on both utilities and renewable energy. As data center power demand continues to rise, the tech industry may provide financial support for expanding generation across the board, including both renewable and non-renewable resources. But the need to offset increased emissions could drive investment into higher-cost technologies such as nuclear, carbon capture and storage, and battery energy storage systems. Back to Top Trend 5: AI requirements encourage innovation in data center technology AI workloads typically require high-density infrastructure at the data center level; however, this high-density equipment can generate a large amount of heat, testing the limits of standard data center cooling systems. Until recently, most IT equipment has been cooled using fans to pull cold air past the hot elements to remove the heat. However, as these components become smaller and hotter, they can reach the limit of what fans and cool air can do. Liquid is a more efficient cooling medium than air and has been used for some high-performance computing and advanced modeling, but it has not been broadly adopted in the data center industry for a variety of reasons. That may be changing. Our survey of enterprise data center decision-makers reveals that 21% of respondents plan to shift to liquid cooling over the next year, up from 13% in 2024âs survey, with another 25% planning to switch over the next two to four years. It helps that technological innovations have made liquid cooling easier to use and retrofitting operational data centers less costly. Most importantly, the increase in high-density workloads, combined with requirements that data centers be as efficient and sustainable as possible, is set to make liquid cooling a more logical approach than air cooling. After years of adoption for specialized uses, the combination of higher-density servers, liquid cooling innovation and sustainability benefits may finally lead to broad adoption. In addition, the industry is looking at other technological advancements in backup systems, such as using alternatives to lead-acid or lithium-based batteries, using diesel alternatives for generators or replacing generators altogether with hydrogen fuel cells or renewable power sources. Data center firms are also exploring the reuse of heat by plugging into local district heating systems, as well as investigating ways to reduce embodied carbon. We plan to examine and compare many of these proposed technologies in the year ahead. Back to Top Trend 6: Interconnection will continue to drive data center demand Companies that use colocation services increasingly point to interconnection â with public cloud, service providers, networks, partners and customers â as a key reason for leasing space in a data center (see Figure 4). As AI inferencing workloads grow, we expect these workloads to boost demand for interconnection. Inference workloads tend to be more dispersed â analogous to web front ends, as opposed to the training workloads, which are similar to back-end resources. This dispersed nature will impact network requirements, and these workloads are expected to require interconnection between AI modeling resources, data potentially stored outside of public cloud and diverse end users. Leased data center providers focused on interconnection typically have higher network density than other data centers and often have more large-capacity networks connected, which could help solve a key problem for enterprises regarding their AI workloads: network performance. To improve interconnection services, data center operators should consider a cloud-native approach. This could include partnering with cloud-native wide area network providers to offer connectivity in a self-service form with quick turnaround. This would allow networking to become a fluid proposition that could respond to the needs of both AI and non-AI workloads flowing between public cloud (possibly from multiple cloud providers), as-a-service providers and private cloud. In addition, data centers should think beyond interconnection to focus on helping enterprises wrestle with growing quantities of data. Leased data centers can offer a secure place to store data at a lower cost than public cloud storage, and with automated interconnection enabling that data to be used by applications residing in various clouds. This could be a differentiator for leased data centers, making them more appealing than public cloud for data storage and preferable to on-premises facilities for enterprises, thanks to their connectivity options. We expect to see continued growth and innovation around interconnection. Back to Top Trend 7: Data centers at the edge will become more important in an age of AI inferencing AI inferencing, the process that a trained AI model uses to analyze new data, creates an unprecedented opportunity for edge computing. Inferencing must run somewhere, and every computing venue is a candidate, from processors on devices such as cell phones to large-scale public cloud venues. While some inference will certainly run on public cloud, some will also likely run closer to end users, at the edge. Much will depend on the use cases for AI: Applications that need to respond in real time will be more likely to run edge inferencing. However, the edge may also be attractive for enterprises that want more control over data. Enterprises have already noted in our surveys that top reasons for processing AI tasks at the edge include security and data sovereignty, not just performance requirements. Key questions for enterprises will be: Which venue will provide the necessary AI inferencing performance at the lowest cost and with the least complexity? Network growth and innovation will also affect what data will be processed and stored at the edge and what will be moved elsewhere, as will changes to the infrastructure required to support these deployments (e.g., compute, storage, content delivery, accelerators, power, footprint, noise level, ruggedization). Edge vendors or operators will need to satisfy requirements for low maintenance, space constraints and power conservation. Still, the use cases will vary enormously, so it may be hard for vendors to gain scale in an atomized market. The ecosystem of vendors, operators, financiers and network providers at the edge is evolving rapidly, so we will continue to follow this market. Back to Top Trend 8: Blockchain, cryptocurrency will offer both pros and cons for the data center industry The cryptocurrency mining industry continues to add data center capacity, in many cases taking advantage of renewable energy or stranded energy, thanks to the relative flexibility of its workloads. Most miners build and operate their own data centers, and some are considering offering these capabilities to other enterprises, particularly those with similar computing profiles and requirements, such as firms with high-performance computing (HPC) and AI workloads. However, when mining companies build facilities specifically for AI or HPC workloads, they are typically closer to more traditional data center builds (e.g., with backup power and some redundancy of equipment) than mining facilities, largely due to client requirements. Thus, cryptocurrency firms are in some cases becoming competitors to traditional leased data center providers. We continue to monitor the cryptocurrency industry and its requirements, as well as blockchain, and the impact both have on the data center industry. Back to Top Trend 9: Geopolitics, regulation will continue to shape data center industry dynamics Data center developers and operators will need to navigate an increasingly complex web of geopolitical pressures and regulatory requirements for AI infrastructure. Export controls on high-performance AI chips, particularly between the US and China, are affecting hardware availability and influencing which countries require the highest-density data centers. Data sovereignty and privacy regulations continue to drive demand for local data centers or edge deployments. In addition, some governments are offering incentives â such as tax breaks â to attract sustainable, high-tech infrastructure. Other countries are imposing strict environmental or water-use restrictions that constrain data center growth. Political stability and energy policy are emerging as key factors that AI players need to consider. Regulators could add requirements to planning and approvals, such as targets for power use and efficiency or penalties that apply when data centers create a potential power imbalance in the regional grid. AI infrastructure players may need to seek off-grid or hybrid power sources to mitigate regulatory risk and reduce the time to market for their sites. We anticipate that regulatory and geopolitical factors will continue to influence global growth patterns. Companies with experience navigating these challenges that can rapidly adapt their infrastructure and sourcing strategies and coordinate well with local authorities will have a competitive advantage, particularly for large-scale facilities. Back to Top Interested in learning how 451 Research Solutions can help you navigate market disruption and technology innovation? Contact Sales Methodology S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons 451 Research provides essential insight into key trends driving digital transformation across the entire technology landscape. By offering a combination of expert analyst insight and differentiated data, 451 Research enables the industry with the information and perspectives they require to make more effective decisions. Reports such as this offer a holistic perspective on key trends and themes driving the technology space over the coming year. These markets evolve quickly, so 451 Research offers a wide range of research services that provide critical marketplace updates on an ongoing basis. These reports, datasets and perspectives are published frequently, in numerous short- and long-form formats. Forward-looking M&amp;A analysis and perspectives on strategic acquisitions and the liquidity environment for technology companies are also updated regularly, backed by industry-leading databases such as the 451 Research M&amp;A KnowledgeBase. Our research is organized into channels that align with the prevailing key issues driving digital transformation. These channels are: Applied Infrastructure &amp; DevOps; Cloud &amp; Managed Services Transformation; Customer Experience &amp; Commerce; Data, AI &amp; Analytics; Data Center Services &amp; Infrastructure; Fintech; Information Security; IoT, Edge &amp; Digital Industries; and Workforce Productivity &amp; Collaboration. For more information about 451 Research, please go to: spglobal.com/451research. Back to Top Further reading âBring your own powerâ is an option for those that cannot wait, November 2025 2026 US Data Centers and Energy Report, November 2025 What happened to the data center slowdowns? October 2025 The Nordics: Sweden Leased Data Center Market, October 2025 State-level data center policies, then and now: Part 1, the major markets, October 2025 India: Leased Data Center Market, October 2025 Asset-backed securities pave the way for a new data center financing model in Europe, September 2025 Air cooling remains prevalent, but liquid cooling is gaining momentum â Highlights from VotE: Datacenters, September 2025 Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei datacenter market remains one of the largest globally, July 2025 Truths about how the power sector can (and cannot) respond to datacenter needs, April 2025 Back to Top Authors: Kelly Morgan , Perkins Liu, Mai Barakat, Brian Partridge, Filippo Bonanno, Matthew Richesin, Soon Chen Kang, Dan Thompson, Leika Kawasaki, Stefanie Williams Design: Content Design ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/energycents/040226-return-of-thecrux-ob3-and-tax-credits</link><description>Co-founder and CEO of Crux, Alfred Johnson, returns to EnergyCents and hosts Hill Vaden and Sam Humphreys to catch up on what has been happening in the US tax credit space since the introduction of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act at the end of 2025. They discuss the uncertainties companies have faced at the end of 2025 and how things are moving forward into 2026. Find out more about Crux at:</description><title>Return Of The...Crux: OB3 And Tax Credits</title><pubDate>02 April 2026 10:17:28 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samantha Humphreys</name><name>Hill Vaden</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Carbon, Emissions April 02, 2026 Return Of The...Crux: OB3 And Tax Credits Featuring Samantha Humphreys and Hill Vaden HIGHLIGHTS Crux CEO discusses US tax credit changes One Big Beautiful Bill Act creates uncertainty Companies navigate 2025-2026 transition period Co-founder and CEO of Crux, Alfred Johnson, returns to EnergyCents and hosts Hill Vaden and Sam Humphreys to catch up on what has been happening in the US tax credit space since the introduction of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act at the end of 2025. They discuss the uncertainties companies have faced at the end of 2025 and how things are moving forward into 2026. Find out more about Crux at: https://www.cruxclimate.com Learn more about S&amp;P Global Energy coverage at: https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en Also available on Apple Podcasts | Spotify US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/en/research-insights/podcasts/leaders/goldman-sachs-from-intern-to-international-co-ceo</link><description>Joe Cass sits down with Kunal Shah, Co-CEO of Goldman Sachs International &amp;amp; Global Co-Head of FICC, to unpack the surprising story behind becoming one of the firmâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s youngest-ever Managing Directors at 27â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x94;and what that experience taught him about performance, mentorship, and taking the right risks at the right time.</description><title>Goldman Sachs: From Intern To International Co-CEO</title><pubDate>01 April 2026 13:30:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Joseph Cass</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Leaders 1 April 2026 Goldman Sachs: From Intern To International Co-CEO By Joseph Cass Joe Cass sits down with Kunal Shah, Co-CEO of Goldman Sachs International &amp; Global Co-Head of FICC, to unpack the surprising story behind becoming one of the firmâs youngest-ever Managing Directors at 27âand what that experience taught him about performance, mentorship, and taking the right risks at the right time. View Full Transcript Joe Cass: [00:00:00] How did you become one of the youngest ever managing directors in the history of Goldman Sachs? At only, I think 27th. Kunal Shah: One day my then boss Guy Saidenberg came over on the trading floor, shook my hand and said, congratulations, you become your managing director. Joe Cass: Hmm. Kunal Shah: Of course the press loved it. If I look back, I think there were few things to probably help me. Now when that happens, you roll up your sleeves and you do it. Any LLM of your choice can give someone a nice market wrap. Joe Cass: Yeah. Kunal Shah: There's no edge in that anymore. What you mentioned around intuition to me is like a really key skill. Joe Cass: What do people frequently assume about working at Goldman Sachs? That just isn't true. How did you become one of the youngest ever managing directors in the history of Goldman Sachs that only, I think 27 years old. Kunal Shah: Okay, so you're going straight there. Joe Cass: Exactly. Kunal Shah: Look, you asked me a question about something that happened one other 15 years ago, so my memory is [00:01:00] probably a bit hazy. Look, I started at Goldman Sachs as an intern. As an analyst. I've been a lifer there. Now, look, I was young, I was quite junior. I was quite oblivious to this whole nominations process that happens around these types of promotions. We call it a Goldman Sachs cross roughing. At the time, I didn't even know I was in the mix until one day my then boss Guy Saidenberg came over on the trading floor. Shook my hand and said, congratulations, you become your managing director. So there was never a plan. I was very fortunate though, to have that, you know, acceleration early in my career. If I look back, I think there were a few things that probably helped me. I'd say number one, it's the culture of the place. Okay. As soon as I hit that trading floor as an intern, felt that intensity was quite addictive, right? But what I think was very true at Goldman Sachs then it has always been a place that is meritocratic. It's not about. How many gray hairs you have. It's not about who you know. It's been about what you bring. And that meant early on in my career, I could speak up, I [00:02:00] could express opinions. I had access to some of the very senior partners and the people like Ashok Varadhan, who I still work with to this day. I knew as an analyst and I felt empowered to be able to talk to him and tell him what I thought about the business or markets. And that helped me, of course, add value to the business, but get noticed and that helps. At a place like Goldman Sachs look, I'd say secondly. Just really having access to some phenomenal people at the start of my career. So my first boss was a legend, Driss Ben Brahim. He hired me when I was an intern. I joined him as a trader on the rates desk at the time. But very early on, he then took over what became our global macro proprietary trading group, and it was this mythical group of prop traders. Now this is obviously a different world pre-financial crisis, but Driss took me under his wing. He really invested time teaching me. And he had views and ideas across every different asset class imaginable. But he gave me a book. He gave me control of what he was thinking and doing, and that really helped me learn a lot [00:03:00] early on, and this wasn't your typical junior trader job because I was sitting there with a bunch of guys who were all in their forties and fifties. It was in some ways the ultimate retirement gig. But I was lucky to be there as an analyst and he really helped me. And look, I only worked with him in reality for four years out of my now 22 odd years at Goldman Sachs, but it was very formative. And he's still like a big brother mentor to me now. And then I'd say the third thing that helped with that career progression early on were just some choices I made and some risks I took earlier in my career. You know, as I mentioned, I ended up on a great desk early on. I was having fun. I was there on that prop desk from 2004 to 2007. But it was around that time when the firm was really thinking through, should we build a business in emerging markets? And from a fixed income context across the region in London, there wasn't much left in that space after the Russia default in the late nineties. But a few key people building that business up. And there was a point in 2007 where they asked me, look, do you wanna take this jump over to join the franchise side of [00:04:00] the business of Goldman Sachs? Not just on the proprietary side. Pretty much everyone I asked at the time said, why would you do that? You've already got this great gig. But I could have had this itch to actually join the business and not just be in this risk-taking market focus group that sat on the corner and look hit the ground running in 07. We had some ups and downs over the financial crisis, but three years later, in 2010, you know, we started to really build up a strong presence in emerging markets. And I think that's what ultimately really helped me, you know, reach that MD title quite earlier. Joe Cass: And did you notice any change kind of before and after? Receiving that. Was there a note or was it just another day? The day after was just another day. Kunal Shah: Look, for me, it was a surprise. I just kept my head down and kept working. Joe Cass: Hmm. Kunal Shah: Of course the press loved it. Joe Cass: I read the articles. Kunal Shah: There were a few of them. I tried to avoid all of that and stay low key and just focus on, you know, learning, growing the business and look for me. [00:05:00] Of course, it's nice to get that recognition, but again, what really sets you up to continue on that path? Is what you keep bringing day to day in the business there. Joe Cass: Yeah. What does a co-CEO of Goldman Sachs International do on a daily basis? How do you really allocate or decide to allocate your time? Kunal Shah: So I stepped into that role just over a year ago, alongside me, my co-CEOs, Anthony Gottman. Now together, both of us also still have global divisional jobs, so I'm also still a global head of our fixed income business. Anthony's a global head of our investment banking business, but together. Look, firstly, we are responsible for GSI, which is our global broker dealer, which is really responsible for a lot of our international markets activities, things like wealth management, but functionally sitting here in London. The two of us together are really driving the firm across the region. If I think about the EMEA region, we have almost 10,000 people operating around 29 different offices. So two of us are spending our time really thinking through our strategy for the broad business [00:06:00] in this time zone. So we're thinking through our global banking and markets business, our asset wealth management business, and how we can really position ourself to stay. We hope the preeminent financial services firm and keep growing also in a way that, you know, has one eye on growth, but also on the risk we're running and the controls around that. And to do that successfully. We also spend a lot of time really thinking about our culture and our people, right? Making sure that we have the best talent, making sure we're empowering them to also help drive us forward. And look, it pulls us in many different directions. So when we then balance that with our divisional jobs, where, look, markets are fixed income, they've always been in my blood since I started at Goldman Sachs. So look, we get pulled in various different directions. One of the key things is then how I manage my time. I wouldn't say that I have to think too much about which hat I'm, there's a lot of synergy between those two different roles. But we have to really think consciously about where we're present, where we're spending time, how we stay commercial. But of course, you know [00:07:00] when I got your nice invite to join this podcast, how could I say no, Joe Cass: I didn't pay you to say that either. If you could share anything more about your clients, the type of institutions you serve, and also what you are hearing from them at present. Kunal Shah: So my traditional client base will really the institutions on the market side, the hedge funds, the real money funds, more so now in my other role, I'm getting to know all the corporates. Yeah, all of our asset management clients. Also some of our ultra high net worth clients. So it's a broad mix. If I think about even the past 24 hours, yesterday was dinner with a credit hedge fund, CIO this morning was a couple of hundred commodity investors around their International Energy week. Tonight's dinner at the house of what could become a very significant IPO prospect. So it's a broad range of clients. I think the themes though, there's a lot of commonality. Joe Cass: Yeah. Kunal Shah: Okay. No doubt right now, a lot of discussion around geopolitics. Joe Cass: Mm-hmm. Kunal Shah: It's a changing new world order and what the people thinking through that in the lens of the markets and how to react to these constant headlines, be grappling with or [00:08:00] strategically for our investors or corporate client base, how they should navigate these shifting wins. That always comes up. The second thing is then just given the economic cycle, all of the stimulus from. The monetary policy side. The fiscal policy side, there's huge amount of liquidity in markets. But at a time when strong fundamentals are there across the time zones, market valuations are high. So a lot of discussion around actually where that marginal dollar should go. And then linked to that, just given some pockets of froth, what are the risks? What can turn these markets around? What are the blind spots they should be looking at? And that always then evolves into debate around. Financial assets versus non fiat markets. Crypto's not really working right now. Should they have more gold? It's hard to sit in a meeting, but that doesn't come up. And then of course, AI and technology, both from a market angle, but also how do we all embrace it? Joe Cass: Yeah, I, that's an interesting one. I mean, I'm sure you, we hear this all the time in terms of kind of the risks from [00:09:00] AI where, I mean, what kind of things are you, you being asked at these kind of, these dinners or these events around ai? Is it always the same type of question or is it kind of diverse? Kunal Shah: There's always a similar question linked to what's happening in markets and how much of the CapEx, for example, that we're seeing in the us. Joe Cass: Mm-hmm. Kunal Shah: And we naturally have a lens as Goldman Sachs, given our role on the financing side of some of these deals, how sustainable is it? Who the winners and losers will be. And that can always be a healthy debate. Joe Cass: Yeah. Kunal Shah: But I'd say what becomes more interesting than becomes a discussion of what are we, as Goldman Sachs actually doing with this technology and the applications that we are finding now. We're very focused on it. Of course. It's an early day in this experimentation for all of us. But if we look forward now at some of the things that we have been investing, we're starting to really see some practical applications we're excited about. So, you know, we love just sharing some of those thoughts. Joe Cass: That's interesting. So you're using them kind of internally. Do you have like a, a tool you're building? I mean most companies do, but do, how are you kind of exploring that? Kunal Shah: So we have what we call the GS AI assistant. That's now been rolled out across the [00:10:00] entire firm, and that really brings in some of the cutting edge LLM models in a compliant way within our own firewalls and controls. And that now just allows a low level experimentation across the entire firm, and we have to allow our people to experiment because we can't dictate everything top down. We need our people, especially those that are very tech savvy outside of the office, to come in and just find different ways of making their own jobs more productive or more efficient. Joe Cass: When it comes to something that isn't ai when it comes to building, you know, human relationships, whether that's with the clients or or otherwise, internally. What are some of the most important skills or traits you think you need to be successful? Kunal Shah: So I think there's some common themes, whether it's my teams and colleagues internally, or if it's clients. I think for me a very important one is being seen as someone that is trusted, transparent, and fair. And I think within the building of Goldman Sachs, it becomes increasingly important the more senior you become. 'cause you wanna make sure you're still approachable and people are coming to you [00:11:00] actually soliciting your view. And crucially actually giving you information unfiltered. And you're not just getting the sanitized version because you wanna really keep an ear to the ground of what clients want, what the risks in the business are, what the opportunities are, and not just get the sanitized version. So I think you have to have an approach where people trust that what they tell you will get listened to. Whether you agree or disagree. You can have an active debate, but you have to stay someone that's seen as fair. And I'd say the same set of skills are important on the outside. When I think about the relationships we build with that broad mix of clients we talked about. Particularly in our markets business, we made a really conscious pivot to become extremely client-centric in recent years. To build up that long-term partnership, you have to be seen as a trusted advisor that they wanna come to when they need that guidance and that they feel that they can open up to you. So I think that's important. I'd say the second thing when it comes to relationships is you have to lead with content. You need to be bringing something that is [00:12:00] differentiated. Now going back to your AI point, we're in a world where access to information is democratized. Any LLM of your choice can give someone a nice market wrap. Joe Cass: Yeah. Kunal Shah: There's no edge in that anymore, so you have to come with some unique insights, which for us can be anything from what we see through our lens across global markets and the deal flow or the flows and volumes that we're picking up in certain markets, but also to just the relationships we have and the conversations we may be in. That gives us more than just what may be there in those LMS and those models. So keep bringing Alpha, that's why people will come to you. That's why I hope my teams internally may still listen to me because they think I've got something to say. They should still hear out and our clients come to us when they really want guidance on whether it is the geopolitics or the uncertainty in markets. 'cause they think we're gonna say something that's differentiated. Joe Cass: Yeah. So to what extent are credit ratings from S&amp;P important for, you know, sovereign or corporate entities? To really successfully access this [00:13:00] international capital market? Kunal Shah: That's a good question. Look, when we think about capital markets, lemme talk about public markets 'cause that's a place where credit ratings are prerequisite and we can have a intellectual discussion around, do the credit agencies lead or lag markets, and which one of the big three is the one that leads the others. But look, as I've seen through my lens, particularly for the years when I was running my emerging markets business. Credit ratings have just been a fundamental prerequisite to tap international capital. And I think beyond just the reach it has in terms of bond issuance, it's also what I've seen it does at a sovereign level. So I'll give you an example. Take South Africa, it was a market that I traded for many years. There was a very active debate about sovereign ratings when it was starting to get downgraded from investment grade to sub investment grade. I think it was around 2017 when S&amp;P actually downgraded them first, and there was a multi-year period where the question was. Would the other main rating agencies follow and would, does composite rating become sub investment grade and if so, the passive benchmark indices, like the [00:14:00] WBE would lead to bond outflows. So sure. Our clients from the institutional side cared. What I found very interesting though, were the dialogues I would have with the then finance minister and also the president who would ask me about the impact to the rating agencies on their economy. And you could see that actually this external check and balance also fed through to their own policy when they thought about the fiscus. Now, ultimately those downgrades happened. It was a pandemic, which I think was the last straw on that. But we're now at a point where that's an economy that's turning around, and I think the ratings outlook is now positive and there's a path to regaining it back. So that was a perspective where I think the ratings were important, all sort of policy level on the ground in some of these countries. Look, there are similar analogies when you think about Southern Europe. We all lived through that European financial crisis. You've now really seen a resurgence of the likes of Greece, Portugal, Italy, which are really outpacing from growth side. They've been on upwards ratings trajectory, their spreads have been compressing or inside of the so-called historic, high rated core European countries, [00:15:00] and that's a place I think the market is rewarding. Again, that ratings trajectory improving. And the third example I'll give you is just a sheer scale of capital that can come when this works. There, I think from a sovereign perspective, the biggest one has really been the issuance coming from the Middle East of the past decade. Now, I was there a decade ago around that first KSA sovereign issuance when they came out with the high rating and started tapping again, international sovereign markets. It flew and it flew of course, because of the high rating, but because it started being compared not just to the typical emerging market issuers, but also the broad G 20 issuers. But then given the rating, people looking at that and saying, here's long duration in a high rated sovereign that's actually rated in line with some of these US tech companies, and I'm getting paid more. And I mean the books were much broader and more diversified. The rating definitely helped that, and we led the KSA deals and they came with the quasi sovereigns, the PIF Aramco, the Saudi banks. We're now talking about tens of billions of issuance. I think the ratings really helped catalyze. Joe Cass: Yeah, very [00:16:00] interesting. Would you be able to give an insiders view of maybe a typical day in the life on an EM trading desk at Goldman Sachs? Kunal Shah: Good question. Now, the good thing is there is no such thing as a typical day. And I think that's what's really kept me energized and motivated, you know, a couple of decades on. But the things though, which are always true, first thing, pick up your phone check do in, check your dollar, check S&amp;P futures, right? Just get a pass on what happened while you were trying to sleep. Of course, when you get on the trading desk, you're catching up with what happened overnight In Asia, that can be the rambi fix. If you wanna see what's the time for currency markets right now, it's look at the Japanese market. What's up, the JDB and the Nikkei, but there's always something that's happening in Asia time zone that can tell you maybe what's next to come in terms of client activity or risks through the EMEA session. I think the rest of the day it can be fluid, and I think it's also quite varied depending on what type of trader you are. Within a broad business like that, you know, we've got some traders with trading with a very systematic lens. Joe Cass: Mm-hmm. Kunal Shah: They're dealing [00:17:00] with order flow from clients that are coming through automated electronic channels. So for them that they can really be deep technical research. They're coding, they're tweaking algorithms. You've got others that we call the high touch traders, dealing with our clients where they are on chat or they're calling clients, sharing views, pricing, block liquidity, and the rest is then managing positions, keeping on top of the news flow, the benefit being in emerging markets. There's always a story, could be a headline, could be a crisis, but just being in that kind of environment, access to experts across the space, whether it's our strategists, our research teams, and just seeing those teams in action. Has always been fun, but it's varied. Joe Cass: Yeah. I mean it's, it is a, I always think it's very interesting to get kind of inside the head of a trader to understand more about the, kind of the psychological impact. I mean, I interviewed, uh, Andrew Balls, uh, a month ago, the Chief Investment Officer at PIMCO, and I, I said, um, on fixed income particularly, and I, we [00:18:00] talked about this and I said, you know, in terms of sleepless nights, Kunal Shah: Yep. Joe Cass: And stress, how, how's this kind of impacted you? Has that. Is that a feature? When you're a trader? Are you kind of always thinking about the morning or next positions, how you can react? Is that part of the game I guess? Kunal Shah: So I was actually with Andrew on Monday, so he's a good guy. Talk about this with what I would say, every single trader investor, including all my teams and people I've worked with, there is no cookie cutter model. Everyone approaches this differently though. Some of my teams and colleagues that are up multiple times a night. Checking their orders, checking markets. I've got others that sleep like a baby. Right. You know, for me personally, to keep the resilience to do this couple of decades in and to have that hunger every day to get at it, I do need to make sure I sleep well. And obviously we're all obsessed about tracking these things now with our apps. So I can tell you firsthand, I've got no trouble sleeping at night. Joe Cass: I've got my own. Kunal Shah: There you go. But the way I can do that is by really making sure I've got a great team that is up through the night, particularly those that are. Trading, you know, the late session in the US or through [00:19:00] early Asia hours, they can watch out for what's significant. So I know that it's in good hands. Joe Cass: Mm. Kunal Shah: I don't need to worry about it when I'm asleep. Typically, I can't change it anyway if I'm there. And it's very rare that there's something that's significant enough to have to do something in the middle of the night. Now when that happens, you roll up your sleeves and you do it. So Absolutely. When it was the Brexit night or the US elections mm-hmm. Jumped in the car and I was in the office at 1:00 AM Okay. But, you know, these are things that hopefully don't happen too frequently, but it's important to look after yourself because to do this and to be focused day in, day out, you know, I think sleep is a very important part of that recovery. Joe Cass: Yeah. You've got graduates coming into Goldman Sachs, knocking in the door, I'm guessing, uh, frequently. Trying, trying to break into, particularly on the trading site, is there something that's hard to teach? A young trader that's difficult to learn just from a model or from a screen? Is that kind of a intuition? Kunal Shah: So look, we get a fantastic crop of junior talent coming to the firm, and it's an increasingly [00:20:00] broad range of profiles that we get from a growing list of schools. But most of 'em come with academic excellence from what they've done over the years. And of course, we always look out for others who may excel, whether it's sports or other types of activities, but what you never really know is how they may perform. In a trading desk, right? And their just ability to think clearly, react under pressure, keep a level head. What you mentioned around intuition to me is like a really key skill. And of course you can look at someone's CV and see that they've got excellence, but really looking at that book smarts and that intuition is I think something that you can only really see in terms of how someone behaves. And in an environment like a training floor, that's different to maybe sitting there. You know, in a school or university, because that's why for us, we really like to have our talent spend time with us. You know, my own way of getting integrated with the firm was a 10 week internship where I could really get tested out and people could see not just what I knew about how I react to that next bit of information. And intuitively, what's my [00:21:00] play? They're asking me brain tease back then. So brain tease don't work because everyone now knows the answer or no one is gonna tell them it. To test it, Joe Cass: how many tennis balls can you fit in a Boeing seven fourty seven. Kunal Shah: There are all these classics. Okay. But we have to keep innovating in terms of how we test that new crop of talent on that intuition. But I think that is a key one. Look at then alongside that comes that resilience that I mentioned, and also the grit, right? Because there's always gonna be ups and downs in testing times, right? But you want someone that can really persevere, grow the business, be there for our clients, and keep a level ahead in the managing risk. Joe Cass: It's interesting, I've heard a couple of hedge funds who are starting to look at, graduates who come from a more arts background. Yeah. Um, kind of, kind of future proof. So did studies, drama, et cetera, which is, you know, when I was coming through, would've, would've never been an option. But it's interesting to see how there's like kind of diversity of your skills and your background is now almost embraced, um, in, in the modern kind of graduate, uh, [00:22:00] intake. Kunal Shah: Absolutely. I think historically people would say an economics or STEM background lends itself to finance. Look, there's important skills, but we really do try and think expansively. I was a mathematician. My wife's a classist. We have lots of debates around what's the right education for our kids. Look, it's a rapidly evolving world, right? But you know, I do think it's something to think through the education of the next generation of talent. It's gonna have to change and keep base with all of this. Joe Cass: What do people frequently assume about working at Goldman Sachs? That just isn't true. Kunal Shah: Good question. I should probably ask you what you assume, but I'd say, look, from my side. Goldman Sachs has a reputation for excellence. Okay? That's something that's always been there. It's in one of our core values and we have a lot of highly motivated, driven people. So there's almost an assumption often that people are gonna be aggressive and really trying to fight to be number one. And I think for me, one of those key things that I mentioned when I referenced culture earlier were just how collegiate the place is. Every company talks about teamwork [00:23:00] for Goldman Sachs. I really feel it. And I think some of this really comes down to the legacy of what we were, which was a private partnership. And that's been over 26 years since we've been a public company. But we've really fought hard to keep that collective partnership culture in what is now a much larger global firm. Look. I'm also one of the co-chairs of our partnership committee, so I'm very hands on with how we think through that culture piece. But I think that shared ownership of the senior levels of the firm, that interconnected. Nature across our different offices and businesses just means that our approach, whilst everyone is focused on how to remain at the front, it's done in a very team oriented way. We have our committees, we have our processes. We keep nimble, but we also gain a consensus, and I see it through my own roles over the years. In my global thick role, I've got two co-heads in my GS international role. I've got a co, CEO. Almost all of our leadership positions are done collectively. [00:24:00] And that's something which often people on the outside don't naturally assume. Joe Cass: Can you talk a bit about Empower? So what's the goal of this organization and also what are you doing within it? Kunal Shah: So Empower is an emerging markets foundation. I've been involved in it for quite some years. It's been going now for 25 years. It was set up by people like me that had actually come from the finance industry having traded or invested in emerging markets, and it was their way of giving back. Now the way Empower works is it operates in 15 different countries across the emerging world, and it tries to identify grantee partners on the ground in communities that can really help with the livelihoods of young people. My own involvement was through, some friends and colleagues that were involved invited me to dinner. I went, heard about it. It resonated. For me, part of that was because my own roots, okay, my parents grew up in East Africa. My heritage is Indian. So despite the fact I was born in bred London, there was always a desire to try and give back to where [00:25:00] my ancestors came from. And also having traded emerging markets for many years, there was also a desire to give back. So this was a fit, and it was great to actually see my peers in the industry. My clients also involved, so I got more involved. I joined the board. There was in a period just at the start of 2020 where they asked me to become the chair of the board here in the uk. Then the pandemic hit. So we had some fun few years really trying to help steer the organization through that time and pivot from those large gala dinners to ways of raising funds through these virtual channels, but also to help our grantee partners at a time of need, given all the stresses, particularly the emerging world. For me, it's been a fantastic way of actually doing something constructive with my colleagues in the industry. It's now a large global organization. Last year I became the chair of our leadership council. So it's one that I'm passionate about. You know, it's one where I support myself personally. It's got a fantastic team and they [00:26:00] really have impact. I think now over 25 years, they've affected their lives of over 1.1 million young people. So it's been a real passion of mine. Joe Cass: Fantastic. So a couple more questions may be a bit easier. So what are your favorite finance TV shows or, or movies? We've got industry, everyone seems to talk to me about industry recently. Mm. But then we've got the old school ones like Wall Street or Billions. Or is it just something else entirely? Or do you not watch this kind of stuff because it's your job? Kunal Shah: Look, when I was young growing up, of course I watched Wall Street. I watched the Boiler room. Okay. I didn't know much about finance. That was a glimpse into it. So of course it piqued your interest. I haven't re-watched them. I probably should. Let's see if I still think whether they're good or they're not. Look as for industry, I've seen it. I'm watching. I'm still working my way through the new series. Of course, you can see elements that reflect part of the reality of actually what we do in this industry. And then there's a whole lot that is totally dramatized, and I think increasingly so as they keep trying to [00:27:00] get one more season with a lot of typical cliches. Mainly the British Indian fixed income trader. Right. So that's probably where I think the similarities end. Right. So I think it's a bit of lighthearted viewing. Definitely not a fair, balanced reflection, I think of actually what happens. Joe Cass: Yeah, totally. Finally, if we imagine a world, you know, without finance, without Goldman Sachs, god forbid, what would your, you know, your dream pursuit or your dream career be in, you know, an alternative life? Kunal Shah: That's a good question. It's not one where I've ever had a great answer. I stumbled into this career, but I found that calling. So I hope I don't have to think about the alternative. If I look what my path could have been. Look, my parents were immigrants to this country and with that typical mentality, my mom wanted me to be a doctor. Joe Cass: Mm. Kunal Shah: I have a lot of respect for that profession. It's very noble and honorable. I don't think it was one for me. My dad wanted me to go into, at the time what he called IT now, one of my side hustles when I was young [00:28:00] was. Helping internet companies, and I was coding websites, and this was really into that peak of that.com boom. But I didn't go that route, right? I went and I studied maths, not computer science, and then ultimately found finance. Now, I felt good about that when the.com crash happened, and obviously that space was a bit more challenged, and now I look at that tech space and think, yeah, maybe that was a good alternative where I could have actually gone deeper in that space. Look, otherwise, I think it would've to be something totally left field and different. You know, I spent quite a few years and my friends know quite deep in a property renovation that just cascaded outta control. But spending time looking at those architects drawings and trying to micromanage parts of that project. I put up, you know, even maybe architecture could have been something that, uh, that I'd like to apply myself to. But you know, I'm very happy that I am, uh, in finance, Joe Cass: Unfortunately. I know the exact feeling you're talking about because I've done a couple in my time as well. But anyway, canal shut. Um, thank you so much for your time and thanks for joining us today. Kunal Shah: Joy's been a pleasure. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/energycents/040126-contracted-offtake-us-clean-energy-procurement-set-for-evolution-as-market-matures</link><description>Power Purchase Agreements, or PPAs, contractually guarantee revenues to power-generation projects for a fixed number of years and have underwriten the boom in renewable electricity development. The US tech sector dominated PPA activity in 2025 as it seeks to increase installed generation capacity in North America and maintains prior commitments to net-zero pledges. S&amp;amp;P Global Energy Experts Bruno</description><title>Contracted offtake: US clean energy procurement set for evolution as market matures</title><pubDate>01 April 2026 15:22:18 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samantha Humphreys</name><name>Hill Vaden</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables April 01, 2026 Contracted offtake: US clean energy procurement set for evolution as market matures Featuring Samantha Humphreys and Hill Vaden HIGHLIGHTS Tech sector dominates US PPA activity in 2025 Initial PPA contracts begin rolling off soon Clean energy procurement market set to evolve Power Purchase Agreements, or PPAs, contractually guarantee revenues to power-generation projects for a fixed number of years and have underwriten the boom in renewable electricity development. The US tech sector dominated PPA activity in 2025 as it seeks to increase installed generation capacity in North America and maintains prior commitments to net-zero pledges. S&amp;P Global Energy Experts Bruno Brunetti and Francis Browne join hosts Hill Vaden and Sam Humphreys to discuss recent trends in clean energy procurement and why market participants should expect evolution as the initial wave of PPA contracts rolls off and corporate buyers consider future commitments. Learn more about S&amp;P Global Energy coverage at: https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en Also on Apple Podcasts | Spotify US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/spains-solar-boom-some-producers-at-risk-utilities-protected-s101627699</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. The increasing penetration of solar energy in Spain is transforming the country&amp;apos;s electricity system. Rapid growth in solar production has led to excess electricity generation and low solar prices. S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings expects this trend to only intensify. Even if the Middle East war eases the downward pressure on Spanish solar capture prices in 2026, the market will remain fundamentally oversupplied. We anticipate low solar capture prices of close </description><title>Spain&amp;apos;s Solar Boom: Some Producers At Risk, Utilities Protected</title><pubDate>26 March 2026 16:58:15 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/040126-et-highlights-low-carbon-feuel-energy-security-market-cement-decarbonization</link><description>Energy transition highlights: Our editors and analysts bring you the biggest stories from the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices.</description><title>ET Highlights: Low-carbon fuels for energy security, energy shock carbon market opportunity, EC sets cement decarbonization roadmap</title><pubDate>31 March 2026 20:05:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Renewables, Emissions, Carbon April 1, 2026 ET Highlights: Low-carbon fuels for energy security, energy shock carbon market opportunity, EC sets cement decarbonization roadmap Energy Transition Highlights: Our editors and analysts bring together the biggest stories in the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices. Top story CERAWEEK: In the case for clean resources, 'energy security' tops 'energy transition' Clean hydrogen and ammonia backers are making the case that alternative fuels can lower nations' reliance on imports of fuel from the Middle East, as public and private climate goals fall by the wayside. Green and blue hydrogen are still touted as lower-emission substitutes to conventional "gray" hydrogen -- used in fertilizer production and refining -- and fossil fuels. But the corporate climate case has largely been supplanted by the case for diversification, industry participants said at the CERAWeek by S&amp;P Global Energy conference in Houston. "Four or five years ago, it was a climate-driven conversation," Rik Sneep, senior vice president at Spain-headquartered integrated energy and chemicals company MOEVE, said during a March 25 panel. "I think it's now more of a security-driven conversation. But in the end, the target is the same." The war with Iran has added to the sense of urgency. "It's terrible what's going on in the world right now," Woodside Energy Group Vice President Rick Beuttel, head of the Australia-headquartered oil and natural gas producer's New Energy division, said on the sidelines of CERAWeek. "But it's a good time to bring in a new ammonia plant where the ammonia can get to market without having to pass through the Strait of Hormuz." Benchmark of the Week $29.19/allowance California carbon allowance prices on March 24, compared with $65.26/allowance in Washington state, where demand is outpacing supply. Explore Platts Energy Transition Price Assessments Editor's Picks: Free and premium content SPGlobal.com CERAWEEK: Energy system shock brings long-term opportunity for carbon markets Market-driven climate solutions will continue to advance as policymakers shift focus to geopolitical uncertainty, creating an opportunity for carbon markets to turn the Middle East war from a headwind into a tailwind, conference speakers said March 24. The major disruption to the global energy system from the war in the Middle East poses a significant challenge to global energy transition efforts, Dirk Forrister, CEO of the International Emissions Trading Association, said during a panel discussion at the CERAWeek by S&amp;P Global energy conference in Houston. INTERVIEW: Elengy sustains European LNG offerings, advances transition aims French LNG terminal operator Elengy anticipates its existing import infrastructure will remain key for the country over the coming years, even as the company positions itself to develop low-carbon energy system infrastructure, the company's chief strategy, sales and business development officer told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Elengy plans to convert one terminal into a CO2 export and ammonia import facility. "We don't see any risk for the French gas supply," Christophe Thil said. EU, cement industry set roadmap to accelerate clean transition, cut CO2 The European Commission convened a high-level policy dialogue with cement producers and stakeholders to accelerate the sector's clean transition amid rising energy costs and direct process emissions, which account for over 60% of the industry's CO2 footprint, the EC said in a statement March 25. Europe's cement industry faces significant decarbonization challenges as it seeks to maintain competitiveness and meet net-zero targets, the EC said. S&amp;P Global Energy Core CERAWEEK: CEO says Ford must compete on low-cost EVs or it âwonât exist' Ford Motor Co. is restructuring its electric vehicle production from the ground up, a necessary step to compete with China, the worldâs dominant EV market, CEO Jim Farley said March 23. Chinaâs electric vehicle dominance poses an existential threat for manufacturers of gasoline-powered vehicles, Farley said during a panel discussion at the CERAWeek by S&amp;P Global energy conference in Houston. South Korea eyes local sourcing of clean hydrogen amid Middle East war South Korea is considering allowing only domestically produced hydrogen in its clean hydrogen power auction to reduce reliance on overseas energy suppliers, a climate and energy ministry official told Platts. The nationâs shift toward local sourcing of lowâcarbon hydrogen/ammonia would represent a significant shift in its strategy, which has so far signaled a need to import large-scale clean fuels to meet its net-zero target by 2050. The ministry is discussing a measure to ban imported hydrogen from joining the auction so as to boost the role of domestically produced hydrogen to cope with mounting concerns about global supply disruption. China's Sungrow Hydrogen ships PEM, alkaline electrolyzers to Oman, Italy, Brazil Chinaâs Sungrow Hydrogen has delivered alkaline and proton exchange membrane electrolyzers to clean hydrogen projects in Oman, Italy and Brazil, expanding its global presence in the renewable hydrogen equipment sector. The renewable energy technology company said it will continue to provide flexible solutions and work closely with global partners to scale up renewable hydrogen projects. Sungrow Hydrogen has executed complex utility-scale projects, supported by advanced in-house production management and automated electrolyzer assembly lines. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/033126-feature-low-gas-storage-lng-disruption-to-test-european-resilience-in-q2</link><description>As the Middle East war bleeds into a second month, unprecedented disruptions to global LNG supply, low gas storage levels, and geopolitical uncertainty have primed the European gas market for a potentially tumultuous second quarter. The conflict continues to choke transit through the Strait of Hormuz, cutting off roughly 20% of the world&amp;apos;s LNG supply from international buyers. Even if fighting</description><title>FEATURE: Low gas storage, LNG disruption to test European resilience in Q2</title><pubDate>31 March 2026 10:24:22 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Andreas Franke</name><name>Eklavya Gupte</name><name>Matt Hoisch</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Coal, Electric Power, LNG, Natural Gas, Carbon, Emissions March 31, 2026 FEATURE: Low gas storage, LNG disruption to test European resilience in Q2 By Andreas Franke, Eklavya Gupte, and Matt Hoisch Editor: Jonathan Loades-Carter Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Qatari LNG outage key uncertainty for storage fill Power price evolution to vary according to market Carbon allowances in period of high volatility As the Middle East war bleeds into a second month, unprecedented disruptions to global LNG supply, low gas storage levels, and geopolitical uncertainty have primed the European gas market for a potentially tumultuous second quarter. The conflict continues to choke transit through the Strait of Hormuz, cutting off roughly 20% of the world's LNG supply from international buyers. Even if fighting were to subside, the war has already dealt a significant blow to gas markets, with Iranian attacks curtailing some 17% of Qatar's LNG export capacity for three to five years. QatarEnergy's other LNG production also remains offline after it halted output in early March. The EU itself has limited direct exposure to Qatari LNG. In 2025, Qatar accounted for about 8.2% of its total LNG imports, according to data from S&amp;P Global Energy CERA. And EU leaders have repeatedly maintained in recent weeks that the continent's gas supply is secure. However, Europe's deepening reliance on LNG for baseload gas needs since the 2022 outbreak of the Russia-Ukraine war means it remains exposed to price risks in the intensely global market amid heightened competition with LNG buyers in Asia, the main offtake market for Persian Gulf exports. With cold weather waning, Europe's focus is shifting to rebuilding gas storage ahead of next winter. That will be an uphill effort. Stocks entering spring are at their lowest level since March 2022. EU-wide gas storage was 28.1% full as of March 28, according to data published by Gas Infrastructure Europe. At the same time in 2025 and 2024, it was 33.5% and 58.7% full, respectively. The duration of the full-scale Qatari outage remains a key uncertainty. CERA analysts expect European gas storage could reach roughly 78% full by the end of October if Qatari production is offline for three months and takes eight weeks to ramp up. While lower than recent years, it would still surpass a theoretical minimum fill level allowed under flexibilities in the EU's latest storage regulation. But if the outage stretches to five months, the CERA analysts project EU storage would only hit 67% full by next winter, leaving the continent a diminished buffer against price spikes heading into next winter. "Any extension of disrupted Qatari/UAE gas flows beyond the [three-month] base case would significantly tighten Europe's end-summer storage outlook," said Dominic Simmons, senior principal gas analyst for CERA. Demand-side responses to the recent market turmoil could offer a tailwind to the storage fill, with elevated gas prices expected to temper European consumption, according to CERA analysts. They project industrial gas demand across the EU and UK -- previously forecast to rise -- will now fall by 0.8% year over year in 2026. Power variations The outlook for power prices in the second quarter varies significantly across Europe, with more gas price-linked markets like Italy and the UK most affected, while French and Iberian power prices remain decoupled from other markets due to oversupply from solar and nuclear. Solar is forecast to exceed nuclear at the top of the Q2 power mix across the 10 core nations in the CERA forecast, with solar capacity now above 400 GW across the EU27. Germany alone has almost 120 GW of solar capacity installed, but output could be lower year over year, with curtailments and zero prices still an issue despite higher prices outside solar peak hours. CERA analysts forecast a nearly 20% year-over-year increase in the number of low-priced hours (below Eur10/MWh) in the second quarter. "This adds pressure on prices during solar peaks," said Kerry Thacker-Smith, senior power analyst at CERA. "However, higher gas prices provide support to early morning and evening prices, resulting in higher intraday spreads." This dynamic could further boost battery economics, but Europe's current installed 60 GW of home and utility-scale battery capacity is not yet sufficient to significantly narrow intraday spreads during spring. German lignite is set to see the biggest year-over-year gains in the second quarter, while Italian gas-fired generation could see the biggest year-over-year decline across markets covered by CERA forecasts. Overall, CERA analysts forecast a 14% decline for gas-fired generation across core markets compared with Q2 2025, with only limited gas-to-coal/lignite switching potential during the spring. However, some of the gas-switching could be across borders, with lower carbon prices benefiting coal burn in Eastern Europe. The biggest forecast swing is on external borders, with core markets set to swing from 2 GW net exports in Q2 2025 to 2 GW net imports. "Poland and Czechia are the main beneficiaries of the current fuel switching dynamics, with Germany set to swing to net imports," said Dan Muir, German power analyst at CERA. "A lot of this is then being re-exported either towards the British or Italian markets." Hydro remains a key variable to European power prices this spring, particularly in light of the exceptional wet conditions in Q2 2025. While a hydro deficit looms in the Nordics, Iberia faces a third consecutive oversupplied spring after a wet winter. The expected demand recovery could face headwinds if prices remain high for longer, with CERA currently forecasting a 2.4% year-over-year increase across core markets. Carbon volatility The EU carbon market, meanwhile, endured one of its most volatile periods in over two decades during the first quarter of 2026, as prices swung sharply in response to mounting policy uncertainties and reform pressures. With the Middle East conflict still unresolved and gas prices on the up, increased gas-to-coal switching among power generators is expected to provide underlying support for EU Allowances in the coming months. EUAs surged to 30-month highs of Eur92.09/metric tons of CO2 equivalent on Jan. 15, according to Platts data, before plunging by almost Eur30/mtCO2e to reach lows around Eur62/mtCO2e by mid-March. The dramatic reversal came as leaders from Italy, Germany, France, Czechia and Slovakia intensified calls for an overhaul of the bloc's emissions trading system, arguing that the current rules were undermining industrial competitiveness. The political pressure prompted the European Commission to announce reforms to the Market Stability Reserve -- a move signaling additional allowance supply entering the market in the near term. The MSR, a mechanism designed to address supply-demand imbalances in the EU ETS, has held surplus allowances since its launch in January 2019. Changes to its operation could fundamentally alter the market's supply dynamics going forward. However, countervailing support emerged in late March, with the EC unveiling measures to strengthen price-stability mechanisms alongside a Eur30 billion investment fund backed by allowance sales. These initiatives helped lift prices back above Eur70/mtCO2e by the end of the first quarter, though market participants remain measured about the outlook amid ongoing policy debates. "Despite the gains, sentiment remains cautious, with EUAs largely macro-driven and sensitive to geopolitical shocks," CERA analysts said in a recent note. "Markets are now focused on forthcoming EU ETS reforms, which are expected to determine the next directional move." The coming months are likely to see continued price volatility, according to analysts and traders, as the market digests the implications of MSR reforms and awaits clarity on the investment fund's implementation timeline. The European Commission has till the end of July to present a formal ETS review to help curb the volatility of the carbon price and mitigate its impact on electricity prices. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/032626-ceraweek-executives-say-utilities-preparing-for-more-extreme-weather</link><description>US utilities are having to prepare for extreme weather in ways they&amp;apos;ve never thought of before, from more devastating wildfires in the West to increased flooding and more hurricanes in the Southeast, executives said March 26. At the same time, utilities are also facing the challenge of meeting increased electrification and rapid demand on the electrical system while keeping power reliable and</description><title>CERAWEEK: Executives say utilities preparing for more-extreme weather</title><pubDate>26 March 2026 19:12:46 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Kassia Micek</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Emissions March 26, 2026 CERAWEEK: Executives say utilities preparing for more-extreme weather By Kassia Micek Editor: Richard Rubin Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS 100-year events now repeat more frequently California to see 20% more impact from wildfires US utilities are having to prepare for extreme weather in ways they've never thought of before, from more devastating wildfires in the West to increased flooding and more hurricanes in the Southeast, executives said March 26. At the same time, utilities are also facing the challenge of meeting increased electrification and rapid demand on the electrical system while keeping power reliable and affordable, executives said during the CERAWeek by S&amp;P Global energy conference in Houston. "We have to think about extreme weather in ways we've never thought about it before," said Chris Womack, Southern Company chairman, president and CEO. "We need to make sure we are getting ahead of it and be prepared for the most extreme conditions." The country needs to accept that there are conditions that are causing more extreme weather, Womack said. The term 100-year events is often used, but Womack said if "100-year" events keep repeating again and again they're not 100-year events. "We have to make sure we are looking a little bit deeper and understanding how extreme this can be and no matter what scenario plays out, making sure we are prepared for it so we can respond and restore service and also defend service as best as we can for all of our customers," Womack said. "We've got to prepare for some conditions that we've never prepared for in the past. Things will be more extreme than we expected." California wildfires Wildfires are the extreme weather issue that has hit California the hardest, Edison International President and CEO Pedro Pizarro said. "We done a lot to harden the grid and decrease the probability of a catastrophic event happening, but we know that risk will never be zero," Pizarro said. Two major fires erupted in Los Angeles in January 2025. "It's likely that Edison's equipment could be found [responsible] of that ignition," Pizarro said about one of the fires. "That coincided with 100-mph winds, ground and aerial firefighters, insufficient water resources, gas continued to flow after the ignition, so a number of things that came together for a heart-breaking catastrophe." Edison has replaced 7,000 miles of bare wire with insulated wire, he said about hardening the grid. "We know a lot more is coming," Pizarro said about extreme weather and wildfires. "We know that by 2050, California will see 20% more impact from wildfires." Utilities have a responsibility to prepare, but it needs to be a partnership with communities, so decisions are made in correlation to community actions, he added. "We're going to see the average sea level rise, which means the storm surge will be even worse," Pizarro said. "We're going to see much more extreme heat. We're going to see more floods and more droughts. We need to be prepared for that now." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/ceraweek-sheds-light-on-six-energy-infrastructure-trends-s101677716</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Between March 23 and March 27, 2026, more than 10,000 energy executives and policymakers from over 80 countries discussed geopolitics, AI, electrification, and the increasing tension between policy ambition and real-world constraints. The message was clear: Despite uncertainty, investment needs in energy infrastructure will continue to rise to meet increasing energy demand, ensure security of supply, and strengthen system resilience. We identified</description><title>CERAWeek Sheds Light On Six Energy Infrastructure Trends</title><pubDate>30 March 2026 16:09:11 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/executive-comment-sector-update-insights-from-power-sector-ceos-at-ceraweek-s101677919</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. More than 10,000 energy executives and policymakers from over 80 countries attended the 2026 CERAWeek conference to discuss geopolitics, AI, electrification, and the increasing convergence and tension between policy ambitions and real-world constraints. In this commentary, we present power sector CEO insights. For our views on the broader themes at the conference, please see â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x9c; CERAWeek Sheds Light On Six Energy Infrastructure Trends ,â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x9d; publish</description><title>Executive Comment: Sector Update: Insights From Power Sector CEOs At CERAWeek</title><pubDate>30 March 2026 19:46:06 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/credit-cycle-indicator-q2-2026-the-middle-east-war-could-accelerate-credit-deterioration-s101677494</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings&amp;apos; Credit Cycle Indicators (CCIs) monitor buildups and corrections in leverage and asset prices over the medium term, as well as financing conditions. They do not directly capture or predict shifts in government policies, geopolitics, or trade, which are heightened risk factors in the global economy today. Nevertheless, we use these tools to gauge developments and turning points in the credit cycle as part of our holistic analysis</description><title>Credit Cycle Indicator Q2 2026: The Middle East War Could Accelerate Credit Deterioration</title><pubDate>31 March 2026 09:23:53 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/crude-oil/033126-ctracker-crude-asia-aluminum-soybean-lng-saf-renewable-diesel-brazil-china</link><description>Asian refiners shift to US crude amid war in the Middle East, while aluminum costs in Japan rise on production constraints. Meanwhile, Brazil solidifies its position as the dominant soybean producer amid US-China trade tensions.</description><title>COMMODITY TRACKER: 5 charts to watch this week</title><pubDate>31 March 2026 12:39:52 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Crude Oil, Maritime &amp; Shipping, Refined Products, Agriculture, Energy Transition, Dry Freight, LPG, Biofuels, Renewables March 31, 2026 COMMODITY TRACKER: 5 charts to watch this week By Staff Editor: Roma Arora Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... Asian refiners shift to US crude amid war in the Middle East, while aluminum costs in Japan rise on production constraints. Meanwhile, Brazil solidifies its position as the dominant soybean producer amid US-China trade tensions. 1. US crude premiums rise amid Middle East war What's happening? Asian refiners are significantly increasing WTI Midland crude imports to compensate for reduced Middle Eastern cargo deliveries, driving spot premiums higher. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed WTI Midland on a CFR Asia basis at an average premium of $16.30/b to second-line Dubai crude swaps in March, up from $7.20/b in February and $6.20/b in January. Taiwan's CPC purchased two VLCCs for June delivery at premiums exceeding $12/b to Platts Dated Brent, while a South Korean refiner secured a cargo at approximately $16/b to Platts front-month Dubai. South Korea's February US crude imports rose 29% year over year to 15.9 million barrels, according to state-run Korea National Oil Corp., data released March 27. What's next? US upstream producers, particularly shale operators, are expected to benefit substantially from higher prices and premiums. SK Innovation estimates $5 billion in additional revenue for US producers in March as prices rose approximately 47%, according to the company's chief research analyst Choi Joon-young in the March market analysis report. Higher US production incentives may increase Atlantic Basin exports over time, potentially offsetting Middle East supply risks, Choi said. South Korea took 174.9 million barrels from the US in 2025, while India imported 116.4 million barrels and Taiwan purchased 84.8 million barrels, positioning the US as a critical alternative supplier. 2. Japan aluminum premiums surge on Middle East conflict What's happening? Platts assessed second-quarter premiums for imported primary aluminum to Japan at $350-$353/mt plus London Metal Exchange cash, CIF main Japanese ports, on March 26, representing a 79.5%-81% surge from Q1's $195/mt. The assessment, based on nine trades between March 13-25, reflects the highest quarterly premiums in a decade. Geopolitical tensions in the Middle East have tightened global aluminum supply, with the Gulf Cooperation Council--the world's third-largest primary aluminum producer, accounting for 8.3% of global output-- experiencing production disruptions. Qatar's Qatalum operates at 60% of capacity, Aluminium Bahrain shut three production lines representing 19% of capacity, and South32 idled its Mozal smelter in Mozambique due to power constraints. What's next? Supply tightness is expected to persist as concerns mount about the security of Middle Eastern facilities and export capabilities during the conflict. Karen Norton, associate director at S&amp;P Global Energy, noted that shipment delays are inevitable due to longer shipping routes. A prolonged closure of the Strait of Hormuz could trigger additional production cuts or shutdowns due to failures in alumina deliveries. Idled production could take 3 months to 1 year to resume, according to market participants. Japanese market participants anticipate restocking activity beginning in Q2 amid the fiscal year start, potentially depleting main port stocks currently at 302,300 mt--the lowest since November 2024. Buyers may increasingly accept Indian and Indonesian-origin aluminum as alternatives to preferred Western brands, as per Japanese market participants. 3. Brazil dominates global soybean market amid tensions What's happening? Brazil is cementing its status as the leading global soybean player with record production and export shares. The 2025-26 harvest enters its final stages as trade tensions between the US, the world's second-largest exporter, and China, the largest global buyer, intensify. S&amp;P Global Energy CERA analysts project Brazil will produce a historic 182 million metric tons of soybeans in 2025-26, accounting for 42.2% of global output, a record share. Ten years ago, Brazil's share was 30.3%. What's next? Brazil's dominance is reshaping the global soybean market and commodity prices. The correlation between Brazilian and US soybean prices has steadily decreased, reaching its lowest level in 2025 amid the US-China tariff dispute. On March 24, Platts assessed Brazilian soybeans FOB Santos for May shipment at $431.39/mt, up 6.5% year over year. US soybeans FOB New Orleans for May loading were valued at $456.72/mt, up 13.8% year over year. Related article: Brazil sets new records as global soybean leader amid US-China trade tensions 4. LNG bunker fuel gains price edge over marine fuels What's happening? LNG bunker fuel in Asia has become more cost-competitive than conventional marine fuels, prompting shipowners with dual-fuel capability to consider switching. Singapore-delivered LNG bunker prices have been lower than delivered marine fuel 0.5% bunker prices on a unit basis over the past 12 Asian trading sessions, according to Platts data. On March 24, Platts assessed Singapore-delivered LNG bunker at $20.836/GJ compared with $21.22/GJ for Singapore-delivered marine fuel 0.5% bunker, implying a $0.38/GJ discount for LNG. The spread first flipped to a discount on March 9, reaching a record $8.49/GJ discount on March 12. What's next? LNG's price advantage over low-sulfur fuel oil is expected to narrow soon as Singapore market participants offer LSFO more competitively amid tepid demand. However, LNG's advantage over low-sulfur marine gas oil is expected to persist longer due to tightness in LSMGO ex-wharf cargo supply. Ships with dual-fuel LNG technology account for 7.8% of total tonnage in operation while representing 36.8% in the order book, according to DNV Energy Transition Outlook 2025. In February, 14 of 17 new alternative-fueled ship orders were for LNG-fueled vessels. 5. European RD-SAF spread narrows as China boosts imports What's happening? Chinese renewable diesel exports jumped over 200% in February, according to data released by the General Administration of Customs on March 20. Nearly all volumes arrived into the Netherlands and Belgium as stronger European prices created attractive arbitrage opportunities. Competitive pricing for Chinese RD, even amid anti-dumping duties, has supported the surge, with European demand bolstered by RED II legislation and broader end-use flexibility compared with sustainable aviation fuel. Chinese SAF exports fell sharply, down nearly 74%, largely due to a weaker immediate focus on SAF markets. What's next? RD exports to Europe are likely to remain strong if pricing and geopolitical volatility persist. SAF supply may tighten if reduced Chinese flows continue, but most market participants expect limited disruption, with alternative supply sources and softer aviation demand likely to offset any shortfall. The narrowing RD-SAF spread reflects fundamental support for RD prices, encouraging imports from China into Europe. Reporting and analysis by Philip Vahn, Leon Wong, Charles Lee, Louissa Liau, Joao Queiroz Cezar Pessoa, Jose Roberto Gomes, Gwen Teo, Yue Wang, Daniel Workman and Olly Wroe. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/austrian-electricity-and-gas-preliminary-regulatory-advantage-assessment-strong-s101670252</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Table 1 Austrian electricity and gas network operators Regulator E-Control Key players Electricity TSOs Austrian Power Grid AG, fully owned by Verbund AG, is the main nationwide TSO operating 7,000 kilometers (km) of lines and covering eight of the nine federal states including Tyrol. Vorarlberger Ã&amp;#x9c;bertragungsnetz GmbH operates an electricity and gas transmission network in the westernmost state of Vorarlberg. Gas TSOs Gas Connect Austria GmbH (G</description><title>Austrian Electricity And Gas Preliminary Regulatory Advantage Assessment: Strong</title><pubDate>26 March 2026 13:46:08 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/special-reports/energy-transition/horizons-top-cleantech-trends-2026</link><description>Discover 2026â&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s top energy trends: AI-driven power demand, Chinaâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s cleantech dominance, grid modernization needs, and the future of global carbon accounting.</description><title>Horizons Top Trends 2026</title><pubDate>09 December 2025 00:09:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons Top Trends 2026 AI growth and geoeconomic shifts in cleantech markets confirm that energy expansion and sustainability are linked imperatives Let's Talk Want to turn uncertainty into opportunity across energy expansion and sustainability? Contact us. Contact Sales On this page AI growth Solar Grids PPAs China's H2 SAF EV sales Carbon Geopolitics Adaptation On this page AI growth Solar Grids PPAs China's H2 SAF EV sales Carbon Geopolitics Adaptation Introduction Download report Profound geopolitical shifts and strategic repositioning in complex, interconnected energy and sustainability ecosystems will shape energy markets in 2026. The US is charting its own course, driven by rapid AI growth and evolving energy priorities. Europe is working to reconcile diverse objectives, while China consolidates its cleantech leadership and seeks to draw global markets closer. AIâs explosive power demand is testing grid limits, revenue models and sustainability goals. The pace of progress will depend on unlocking new capacity and flexibility, with grid modernization a key constraint on energy security and competitiveness. Geopolitical alignment is reshaping the trajectories of renewables, hydrogen, sustainable aviation fuel (SAF), electric vehicles and climate policy, with supply chain and carbon accounting battles intensifying. Chinaâs dominance in clean energy supply and technology is growing, while Europe and the US navigate policy swings and market volatility. Mounting physical and financial climate risks are turning adaptation from optional to essential. The interplay of these trends â AI-driven demand, grid bottlenecks, evolving procurement strategies, scaling technologies for hard-to-abate sectors, disjointed carbon rules, rising costs of climate risk and the urgent need for resilience â highlights how energy expansion and sustainability are not parallel ambitions, but intertwined imperatives shaping the global energy future. Back to Top Upcoming Horizons Top Trends Webinar: AI Growth and Geopolitical Shifts Reshape Global Energy Markets Register Now AI growth tests Download report As AI uptake soars in 2026, energy supply and sustainability commitments face a breaking point Access to sufficient energy is a critical enabler of a transition to an economy supercharged by AI. Energy may be the gating factor that will determine countriesâ speed of progress and, by extension, their geoeconomic competitiveness. S&amp;P Global Energyâs high-growth view shows global data center power demand increasing 17% to 2026 and 14% per year through 2030, reaching potential demand of over 2,200 TWh , roughly equivalent to Indiaâs current total electricity consumption. $500B Spending on US data centers nears $500 billion in 2026 Projected global data center power demand vs. total generation (TWh) Source: S&amp;P Global Energy; 451 Research 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 Data center demand (low end) Demand Data center demand (high end) 31,854 32,977 34,103 35,055 35,935 1,388 1,003 1,618 1,168 1,832 1,322 2,030 1,464 2,192 1,580 As of September 2025. Although uncertainties around the magnitude of growth are considerable, expansion at this rate â or anything approaching it â will reverberate across the economy, influencing infrastructure planning, investment flows and national policy, as well as raising environmental concerns. The year 2026 will increasingly shine a spotlight on whether the industry can maintain rapid growth while balancing the sustainability side of the equation. Economics and speed to market will remain key determinants of data center power supply choice, particularly where there are options in supply, and those two top priorities will not always align with sustainability goals. Data center sustainability commitments vary significantly, and net-zero ambitions are not a given. Data from the 2024 S&amp;P Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment (CSA) shows that 38% of assessed companies with data center operations lack a net-zero commitment. Major tech firms have made net-zero commitments, including companies leading the AI charge such as Microsoft Corp., Alphabet Inc. and Meta Platforms Inc. However, meeting those commitments is getting harder, as is being acknowledged in the most recent company sustainability reports. Data center companies have been leading clean power procurement efforts to meet their power needs and climate ambitions, and we look for these to continue, although the pace of new near-term power purchase agreement uptake has been slowing. In 2026, we could see the start of revisions to existing targets and some fracturing of policies by key players and regions. Back to Top Solar growth peaks Download report Solar peaks (for now): First annual slowdown in renewables additions in 2026 The end of 2025 will mark a high point for renewables installations. By this time, the global solar market will have reached an extraordinary milestone, with installations surpassing 500 GW AC â an achievement unimaginable when the industry was in single-digit gigawatts just over a decade ago. This surge has been driven largely by China, which accounts for more than half of global additions. Our analysts now forecast that Chinaâs annual additions will fall from approximately 300 GW in 2025 to about 200 GW in 2026, a decline so steep that no other region will be able to compensate. A major policy shift in mid-2025 â from guaranteed pricing to competitive bidding â triggered a dramatic slowdown after an initial rush of installations. This led to a sharp drop in Chinese volumes in the second half of the year, creating intense price pressure and ultra-thin margins across the supply chain. 10% decline For the first time ever, global solar additions are expected to decline year over year, albeit by less than 10%. This anticipated contraction marks a turning point. For the first time ever, global solar additions are expected to decline year over year, albeit by less than 10%. While this signals the end of uninterrupted growth, it does not imply stagnation. Over the next five years, cumulative photovoltaic capacity will still double, supported by emerging markets, diversification into storage and innovation in operations and maintenance. The industry faces a new dynamic â growth without the guarantee of ever-increasing annual volumes â forcing consolidation and strategic shifts. But low module prices and solarâs inherent scalability will continue to unlock new markets. Such a prediction comes with caution. Analysts have systematically under-called the solar market for many years. Policy changes can alter the outlook significantly and suddenly, and market elasticity continues to surprise. Whether the market declines or not, what is significant is our arrival at the point where we can start talking about a peak in global demand growth. Back to Top Grid infrastructure key Download report Grid modernization becomes a key constraint in energy security, transition and competitiveness In 2026, grid infrastructure moves center stage. For decades, grid investment has lagged the pace of energy decarbonization and energy innovation across many markets. This underinvestment has now become a critical bottleneck. As the world races to address expanding energy needs â electrification, decarbonization and digitalization â the grid must evolve or risk becoming the weakest link in power systems. Power sector decarbonization in the EU â where 40% of EU grids are over 40 years old and built for a fossil fuel era â requires increasing investment in grid infrastructure to improve reliability and reduce dependence on gas. The European Commission estimates that â¬584 billion in grid capital expenditure is needed by 2030, rising to â¬1.2 trillion by 2040. Yet, permitting delays â averaging 12 to 17 years for new transmission lines â and the lack of dedicated investment vehicles make upgrading existing mid- and high-voltage infrastructure a more viable near-term solution. The US faces its own grid challenges. Explosive data center growth and power needs, driven by AI and cloud computing, are straining local and obsolete grids. Without urgent investment and smarter planning, the US risks a capacity crunch and even grid instability. Across the industry, calls are mounting â from hyperscalers to utilities and policymakers â to tackle structural roadblocks to power infrastructure buildout. Proposals range from expanding tax credits to streamlining permitting and accelerating component manufacturing, signaling a shared recognition that grid modernization is now a national competitiveness issue. The grid is no longer just enabling infrastructure. It is critical infrastructure. For policymakers, utilities and investors, the message is clear: The energy expansion required to satisfy AI-driven demand growth will only move as fast as the grid allows. The energy expansion required to satisfy AI-driven demand growth will only move as fast as the grid allows. Back to Top Hybrid PPAs rise Download report Flexible PPAs become the new standard as price volatility reshapes risk management Increasing renewable capacity â especially solar PV â is leading to more zero- and negatively priced settlements in wholesale markets. This volatility is forcing a rethink in commercial structures: The market is moving from plain PPAs to flexibility-backed hedges, with hybrid PPAs combining multiple technologies and storage, to manage risk and monetize flexibility. For now, the market is in a âbrainstormingâ phase: Utilities and energy companies are early adopters of structured and flexibility products, while corporates and renewable developers are still catching up and often rely on simpler structures with less-nuanced risk allocation. A shift toward shorter contract terms and stronger downside protections could follow as capture rates deteriorate. Extreme price swings are most visible in Europe, where Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, reports that PPA price indexes in Spain and Germany remain well below solar PV cost-based levels. Platts also notes wide spreads between buyer and seller expectations, reflecting changing perspectives amid rising risks of declining capture ratios and increasing zero and negative prices. Meanwhile, standalone and co-located battery energy storage systems (BESS) deals are rising, with strong growth underpinned by additions expected through 2026 in the US (Texas, California ), Europe (Germany, UK) and Australia. The US will be installing almost 15 GW of new BESS capacity in 2026, with Germany and Australia following with 5 GW, and the UK with 3 GW. In an environment of slowing sustainability commitments and uncertainties tied to greenhouse gas Scope 2 protocol guidance revisions, we are seeing fewer announced clean energy procurements, with S&amp;P Global Energyâs Corporate Renewables Contracts database showing that global corporate PPA activity has slowed. After a strong start to the year, third-quarter 2025 activity has touched a multiyear low across the globe, with only 9.5 GW in announced deals, compared with 13.9 GW in third quarter 2024. However, data centers have continued to procure clean power at the same level as in 2024, with 27 GW of PPAs announced through October 2025, accounting for over 43% of the total PPAs, compared with 36% in 2024. They remain the largest PPA offtakers globally in 2025, a trend expected to continue. Back to Top Chinaâs green H2 Download report As the rest of the world slows down, China gets serious about green hydrogen Hydrogen has been presented as the leading âgreen moleculeâ needed to decarbonize hard-to-abate sectors. However, even as global uptake has fallen short of ambitious expectations, China has emerged as the global leader in electrolytic (âgreenâ) hydrogen, with domestic deployment and exports set to grow exponentially in 2026. Green hydrogen is central to Chinaâs plan to dominate clean energy supply chains, mirroring its approach in solar and batteries. Policy support (including mentions in the 14th and 15th Five-Year Plans), regulatory changes and supply-side engineering have laid the foundation for rapid growth. This began to materialize in 2025: Chinese projects will install about 1.5 GW of electrolyzers in the year, nearly doubling the 1.7 GW total installed globally at the end of 2024. Almost 10 GW is under construction, and deployment is projected to reach 4.5 GW in 2026 and 6.9 GW in 2027, expanding global electrolysis capacity eightfold in just three years. Companies have piled in, creating over 50 GW per year of stated manufacturing capacity. Oversupply is driving fierce competition and steep price declines: Electrolyzer stack prices have plunged from $250/kW in early 2024 to under $100/kW, with similar system cost reductions. Chinese suppliers are also ramping up exports, with projects in Central Asia, Africa, South America and the Middle East procuring Chinese equipment over the past 18 months. Chinese firms aim to export energy as well as technology. At least two green ammonia plants have received EU renewable fuels of nonbiological origin (RFNBO) certification, paving the way for clean molecule exports. Price indications suggest Chinese players will sell at about $600per metric ton of ammonia FOB â about double the gray ammonia but competitive in Europeâs tight market. Prices should fall as first-of-a-kind challenges ease. Renewables oversupply creates pressure on power sector margins and utilization. Green hydrogen offers a strategic outlet: Converting excess electricity into molecules enables China to âmove electronsâ from northern provinces to other markets. To support this, China is investing heavily in hydrogen pipelines and port facilities for ammonia and methanol exports. The global hydrogen revolution has, so far, not materialized. But it is clearly emerging in the worldâs largest consumer of energy. In 2026 and beyond, one question looms: Will China export technology, molecules or both? Back to Top SAF grows up Download report Global SAF capacity expands by one third in 2026; Asia leads, Europe pays Horizons data show aviation accounts for about 3% of global energy-related CO2 emissions . Air travel has rebounded strongly after the COVID-19 dip, and continued growth is projected. Many airlines have pledged to reach net-zero carbon emissions, and current decarbonization efforts focus on reducing the carbon intensity of existing fuels, scaling up use of SAF, enhancing aircraft efficiency and utilizing carbon offsets. SAF growth will continue in 2026, but the pace slows. Global dedicated SAF capacity is expected to rise by about one third to 8 MMt; a strong increase but below the near-doubling seen annually from 2022 to 2025. The SAF market is still very small, at less than 0.5% of global jet fuel consumption. 3% in 2025 S&amp;P Global Energy data show aviation accounted for about 3% of global energy-related CO2 emissions in 2025. The industry is responding to trends in SAF consumption, which has surged since the start of the decade. The year 2025 was particularly strong, with SAF mandates introduced in the EU and the UK boosting demand. S&amp;P Global Energy estimates that SAF consumption more than doubled in 2025 to reach 2 million metric tons (MMt). In contrast, growth in 2026 will be less pronounced as EU targets remain unchanged and policy shifts in the US make SAF production less attractive. Investments are accelerating in Asia, where producers benefit from lower production costs and abundant feedstock supplies, particularly used cooking oil (UCO). More than half of global SAF capacity will be concentrated in Asia in 2026, even though regional demand remains modest. Asian producers are targeting the European market, which is forecast to face a supply shortfall and where willingness to pay is high. Beyond 2026, investments in SAF plants could accelerate sharply, with capacity potentially increasing eightfold to 42 MMt by 2030 if all announced projects materialize. Most projects are in North America (15.8 MMt), Asia (13.4 MMt) and Europe (7.2 MMt). However, only 7.3 MMt of capacity has reached a final investment decision, leaving 28.5 MMt still awaiting approval. Today, SAF is produced mainly via the commercially mature and cost-effective hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids (HEFA) pathway. One third of announced projects by 2030 plan to use newer technologies such as alcohol-to-jet (ATJ), gasification + Fischer-Tropsch (FT), methanol-to-jet (MTJ) and others. These face structural headwinds: technical challenges with integrating early-stage processes, high capital expenditure and production costs, reliable feedstock supply chains, and demand and price uncertainty. Overcoming these hurdles will be key to scaling up capacity if SAF is to remain a critical lever for decarbonizing aviation. Back to Top Global EV sales surge Download report China shows that EVs can be price-competitive with conventional ICE vehicles Global EV sales appear set to climb further in 2026. Yet, as in years past, adoption rates are likely to be uneven among key markets. An examination of world EV adoption begins and ends with China. Owing to the large size of Chinaâs vehicle market and its relatively large EV share, about two out of every three light EVs sold globally in 2025 are estimated to have been sold in China. Further, China is increasingly âexportingâ EV price deflation to the rest of the world. In 2025, China accounted for nearly two-thirds of global light EV sales. China appears on track for the full-year 2025 to become the first major âEV majorityâ new sales market globally â with battery-electric vehicles (BEVs) and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs) representing about 50% of new light vehicle (LV) sales in the first three quarters of the year. This is because EVs in China have, generally speaking, reached price parity with conventional internal combustion engine (ICE) vehicles, spurred by intense competition among automakers and suppliers. With EVs price-competitive with conventional ICE vehicles, Chinaâs EV share is set to keep rising in the years ahead as public chargers become more ubiquitous â and faster â reducing the âcost of inconvenienceâ of driving an EV. In Europe, after two years of stagnation, the EV market is showing signs of life in 2025. A key reason is a step-up in the stringency of EU CO2 standards. Automakers in Europe have brought new EV models to market and offered discounts to consumers to help meet the tighter standards. Looking ahead, the prospect of tighter EU CO2 regulations in 2030 and 2035 â even if potentially looser than what is currently in place â together with intensifying competition from Chinese automakers, is likely to spur the regionâs current market leaders to develop and price competitively new BEV models, supporting EV adoption. As for the US, in 2025, domestic EV policy once again swung sharply, with the federal government undoing support for EVs â both âcarrotsâ and âsticks.â The year 2026 will be the first in the modern EV era in which federal EV tax credits are not available to US consumers. The US auto industry is now undergoing a test of the strength of âorganicâ consumer demand. One trend that bears watching is how automakers position their EVs in a post-subsidy world as they move beyond the early adopter market. The rest of the world is a diverse grouping, and thus EV adoption will vary widely from market to market. A common variable, though, will be the extent to which policy constrains imports of Chinese EVs and localized production, with more open markets experiencing a tailwind. Recent analysis by S&amp;P Global Energy suggested that Thailand, Indonesia, Pakistan, Mexico, Nigeria and Malaysia are among the emerging market economies relatively ripe for the adoption of Chinese EVs. Back to Top Aligning carbon standards Download report Global trade and climate policy is increasingly focused on harmonizing emissions reporting What are GHG emissions? When it comes to corporate reporting, the definition can and often does differ. Early efforts to standardize emissions reporting were designed to be flexible so that they could apply across sectors. This intentional flexibility, however, has resulted in differences in how emissions are quantified and reported, limiting its utility. There is growing consensus that inconsistencies in product-level carbon accounting need to be addressed, and harmonization is a prerequisite for the market to differentiate products based on carbon intensity. The Sustainable Business COP, which was launched ahead of the 30th Conference of the Parties (COP30), featured carbon accounting as a key issue, with a new industry association, Carbon Measures, looking to accelerate the rollout of more robust product-level carbon accounting. Meanwhile, major revisions are being proposed for the worldâs leading emissions accounting standard â the GHG Protocol â to align reporting with current market realities. Changes in Scope 2 treatment can have wide-ranging implications for corporate choices to address power emissions. In 2026, carbon accounting is expected to heat up as a high-profile topic. Potential proliferation of regulations like the EU Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) require companies to report different emissions to different regulators, complicating trade. The CBAM will take effect on Jan. 1, 2026, requiring accountability for the carbon intensity of goods imported into Europe, even as key policy elements will only be finalized at the 11th hour. Key countries around the world are introducing their own emissions pricing systems, which would lessen the impact. Among key policy questions is: Will the EU introduce export rebates to reimburse carbon costs for EU products to boost their competitiveness on global markets? Some of the EUâs major trading partners pushed back on CBAM at COP30. Criticism made it into the final COP Presidency report, promising more debate to come. Back to Top Energy geopolitics evolve Download report China leverages global clean energy leadership as US influence wanes The strategic energy divide between China and the US will widen in 2026. China has consolidated its leadership in clean energy technologies and supply chains, reinforcing its influence through state-led industrial policy and active climate diplomacy. Chinaâs cleantech overcapacity and weakening domestic demand make the export of cleantech products an economic imperative and a tool for geopolitical power projection. The US, meanwhile, is prioritizing fossil fuel exports. However, this approach depends on stable trade relationships at a time when tariff measures and shifting trade policies add complexity to global energy markets. These dynamics may influence how emerging economies weigh their options between fossil fuels and clean technologies. Chinaâs offering aligns more closely with long-term climate strategies, even as export controls on rare earth elements highlight supply chain vulnerabilities. 30% increase in cleantech spending over the next five years, with most of it moving East. Global financial flows in the energy sector reflect this trend. Spending in cleantech grows by nearly 30% over the next five years, while upstream spending remains roughly constant in real terms. The majority of new spending is moving East. Washington is adopting a more interventionist industrial strategy. Expect greater government involvement through equity stakes, price floors for critical minerals and targeted support for technologies such as nuclear and advanced geothermal. This marks a significant shift from the USâ historic model of funding early-stage innovation and letting markets pick winners and losers. A more interventionist approach provides clear signals for private capital as to which sectors and companies are favored. However, it also introduces new questions about competitive dynamics and the conditions for government backing. Meanwhile, surging AI-driven electricity demand is accelerating an energy expansion mindset, echoing Chinaâs decades-long linkage of energy policy with national security. Diplomatically, the contrast remains sharp. China continues to position itself as an active participant in climate negotiations, building on its role since the Paris Agreement and having recently released new emissions targets. The U.S., by comparison, has taken a more selective approachâskipping COP30 and challenging multilateral efforts such as International Maritime Organisation (IMO) shipping emissions pricingâcreating space for China to expand its influence. Back to Top Adaptation gap Download report With emissions potentially driving a 2.3-degree-C temperature rise by 2040, adaptation shifts from optional to essential in 2026 Extreme weather and climate hazards are creating on-ground risks for infrastructure, physical assets and the companies that operate them. The global average temperature from January to August 2025 was 1.4 degrees C above preindustrial levels â just short of the Paris Agreementâs 1.5-degree-C limit â and Horizons climate scientists estimate that there is a 50% likelihood of it exceeding 2.3 degrees C by 2040. A warmer, more volatile climate means extreme heat, drought, tropical cyclones and other hazards are likely to become more common and more severe and will incur heavy costs. These hazards are already posing challenges to communities and industries. A historic drought in Iran has led to the prospect of water rationing in Tehran and the near depletion of hydropower capacity. Soaring summer heat across Europe â where temperatures are expected to rise faster than in many other regions â is driving rapid adoption of air conditioning, stretching electric grids in countries where per-capita electricity consumption has been much lower than in the US. The cumulative economic effects of climate hazards â lost revenue from business interruption, repairs to physical damage and reduced employee productivity â translate into rising financial costs for companies. Given the observed trajectory of climate change, these costs will increase alongside physical risks. The Horizons Physical Risk dataset projects annual costs of about $885 billion in aggregate for large publicly traded companies in the 2030s. About $885B annual costs at risk The increasingly urgent question is no longer whether companies will adapt, but how â and how quickly. Climate risk assessments and physical risk adaptation planning are critical for resilience. Yet uptake across sectors remains patchy, according to data collected in the S&amp;P Global CSA. Industries historically under greater climate scrutiny, and with operational exposure such as electric utilities, grid operators, and oil and gas companies, show the highest rates of risk assessment and adaptation planning. In other parts of the global economy, risk assessment and adaptation planning remain the exception rather than the rule. Back to Top What's next? Download report In 2026, AI-driven load growth, grid bottlenecks, cleantech market fragmentation and geopolitics, evolving energy procurement strategies and carbon accounting, and rising physical climate risk will redefine the terms of progress. Chinaâs dominant position across cleantech supply chains â from solar and storage to green hydrogen and EVs â drives deployment but also generates new risks and will be a key factor in shaping the outcome of the China-US AI race. Back to Top Authors: Roman Kramarchuk, Francesco dâAvack Contributors: Anna Mosby, Brian Murphy, Bruno Brunetti, Christoph Berg, Conway Irwin, Cormac Gilligan, Edurne Zoco, Ina Chirita, Jeff Meyer, Kelly Morgan, Kevin Birn, Matt Macfarland, Sam Wilkinson Design: Content Design Let's Talk Interested to learn more? Contact our sales team. Complete the form and a team member will reach out to discuss how our solutions can support you. Section Section Section First Name* Last Name* Business Email address* Company (full legal entity)* Job Function* Job Function Industry* Industry Country/Region* Country/Region State* State City* Zip/Postal code* Phone Number* Country/Region of Residence* Country/Region of Residence [Yes] I would like to receive S&amp;P Global Energy promotional emails. Clicking on the confirm button means that you acknowledge that you have read and agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, including transfer of your personal information outside of the jurisdiction in which you are located . Confirm ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/japans-power-industry-recovers-momentum-10-years-after-liberalization-s101672328</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Japan&amp;apos;s power industry has favorable momentum. Future power policy will center on stable electricity supply, prices, and decarbonization. In tandem, institutional treatments and support are likely to increase. Regulatory changes are afoot that could impact the industry. April 2026 marks 10 years since Japan&amp;apos;s full retail market liberalization, one of the key facets of its regulatory framework reform. In December 2025, the government presented its </description><title>Japan&amp;apos;s Power Industry Recovers Momentum 10 Years After Liberalization</title><pubDate>26 March 2026 06:57:33 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/sustainability-insights-climate-transition-trends-real-estate-faces-concrete-challenges-to-decarbonizing-s101675864</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. In this report, S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings applies its CTA approach (see &amp;quot; Analytical Approach: Climate Transition Assessments ,&amp;quot; May 29, 2025) to estimate the Shade of Green for a global sample of 63 real estate companies, including REITs, real estate operating and management (REOMs), and diversified real estate. The business activities encompassed by this sample include real estate development and operations. We selected a sample of real estate operator</description><title>Sustainability Insights: Climate Transition Trends: Real Estate Faces Concrete Challenges To Decarbonizingâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x8b;</title><pubDate>26 March 2026 12:13:21 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/033026-ineratec-tertu-form-jv-to-build-france-e-fuels-plant-amid-eu-saf-demand-push</link><description>German cleantech firm INERATEC and France-based TERTU have formed a joint venture to develop a synthetic fuel production plant in Normandy, targeting startup by 2029 as Europe accelerates efforts to scale sustainable aviation fuel supply. The joint venture, T.H2, will develop the &amp;quot;BELair&amp;quot; project near Caen, converting locally sourced wood residues into synthetic fuels, including e-SAF and</description><title>INERATEC, TERTU form JV to build France e-fuels plant amid EU SAF demand push</title><pubDate>30 March 2026 17:20:05 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel March 30, 2026 INERATEC, TERTU form JV to build France e-fuels plant amid EU SAF demand push By Samyak Pandey Editor: Karla Sanchez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Plant to convert 60,000 mt wood to SAF by 2029 SAF prices fall 5% to $2,871.75/mt German cleantech firm INERATEC and France-based TERTU have formed a joint venture to develop a synthetic fuel production plant in Normandy, targeting startup by 2029 as Europe accelerates efforts to scale sustainable aviation fuel supply. The joint venture, T.H2, will develop the "BELair" project near Caen, converting locally sourced wood residues into synthetic fuels, including e-SAF and e-naphtha using Fischer-Tropsch technology, the companies said March 27 in a statement. The facility, to be located near Caen under the BELair project, will convert approximately 60,000 metric tons/year of locally sourced wood residues into synthetic fuels and chemicals using Fischer-Tropsch technology. The partners are preparing an application for funding support from the European Innovation Fund. The project marks INERATEC's expansion beyond its existing e-fuel operations, following the commissioning of its ERA ONE commercial-scale plant in 2025. The company will contribute its modular gas-to-liquids platform, while TERTU will supply biomass feedstock and leverage its regional industrial network. Feedstock will be gasified into synthesis gas and subsequently upgraded into synthetic hydrocarbons, including e-SAF and e-naphtha. The companies said the project aims to establish a circular value chain by utilizing regional forestry and industrial residues to produce low-carbon fuels. The project marks a shift toward biomass-based e-fuel pathways, complementing INERATEC's existing projects that primarily combine renewable hydrogen with captured CO2. "This creates a circular industrial value chain, transforming local waste into high-value fuels," the companies said. The development is supported by French public investment bank Bpifrance and regional authorities in Normandy, reflecting broader European efforts to scale domestic synthetic fuel production and strengthen energy resilience. The project has completed initial engineering phases and remains under development, with commissioning planned for 2029. Policy-driven demand outlook The project comes amid rising momentum in Europe's e-fuels sector, driven by tightening regulatory mandates. Under the EU's ReFuelEU Aviation regulation, SAF is expected to account for at least 10% of aviation fuel by 2030 and up to 70% by 2050. Parallel measures under FuelEU Maritime are also expected to boost demand for low-carbon fuels in shipping. The use of waste-based feedstocks also aligns with EU policy preference for advanced biofuels and synthetic fuels with lower lifecycle emissions. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, last assessed the SAF FOB FARAG outright at $2,871.75/metric ton in the week ended March 25, down $150.25, or 5%. The SAF premium to ICE gasoil in the over-the-counter market was heard to be relatively steady, with indications in a range of $1,150/cubic meter on the bid side and $1,250/cubic meter on the offer side. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/podcasts/private-markets-360/private-markets-360-episode-40-resilient-growth-shifting-capital-macro-signals-for-private-markets-in-2026</link><description>In this episode of Private Markets 360Â°, we take a deep dive into the macro signals shaping private markets in 2026 with Nicholas Brooks, Head of Economic and Investment Research at ICG. Nicholas brings a thoughtful, data-driven perspective on where global private markets may be headed, sharing insights on resilience, risk, and developments across regions and asset classes. </description><title>Private Markets 360 | Episode 40: Resilient Growth, Shifting Capital: Macro Signals for Private Markets in 2026 </title><pubDate>31 March 2026 04:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Chris Sparenberg</name><name>Christina Christina</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Podcast â 31 Mar, 2026 Private Markets 360Â° | Episode 40: Resilient Growth, Shifting Capital: Macro Signals for Private Markets in 2026 By Chris Sparenberg and Christina Christina In this episode of Private Markets 360Â°, we take a deep dive into the macro signals shaping private markets in 2026 with Nicholas Brooks, Head of Economic and Investment Research at ICG. Nicholas brings a thoughtful, data-driven perspective on where global private markets may be headed, sharing insights on resilience, risk, and developments across regions and asset classes. Credits: Host/Author: Chris Sparenberg and Christina McNamara Guests: Nicholas Brooks, ICG Producer: Georgina Lee Published With Assistance From: Feranmi Adeoshun View Full Transcript Christina McNamara [00:00:00]: Welcome to Private Markets 360, your insider's guide to the world of private investments. Today we are tackling one of the most important questions facing private market investors. How do you navigate a macro environment that has defied expectations? Growth has remained resilient. Markets have performed strongly. The US economy continues to outpace much of the developed world. And yet uncertainty has not gone away. Rates, fiscal dynamics, currency shifts, and geopolitical risks are still very much at play. And in private markets, the macro backdrop isn't just a headline. Christina McNamara [00:00:41]: It shapes deal flow, capital structures, M&amp;A activity, portfolio company performance, and ultimately returns. From lower rates potentially supporting deal activity to the rise of hybrid capital structures, to divergence between US and Europe, the macro lens is becoming increasingly central to private capital allocation. To help us unpack all of that, we are joined today by Nicholas Brooks, Head of Economic and Investment Research at ICG. Nicholas is responsible for formulating the firm's top-down macro and market views and works closely with investment teams across sectors and geographies. Before joining ICG in 2016, he held senior roles at ETF Securities, Henderson Global Investors, and Deutsche Bank. Nick, welcome to Private Markets 360. It's a pleasure to have you with us today. How are you? Nicholas Brooks [00:01:40]: I'm great, and thank you very much for having me on. Christina McNamara [00:01:44]: Of course. Let's jump in. Start with your professional career journey. You're originally from the United States, but you've built most of your career in London. Could you share how that path developed? Nicholas Brooks [00:01:59]: To go back to the very beginning, I spent a lot of my younger years growing up overseas, going to international schools because of my father's work. So I spent a lot of time abroad. We were in North Africa for a bit. We were in Asia for a lot of that, and that stimulated my interest in broader macro and geopolitical issues as well as cross-cultural issues and a general interest in the world. Then I went back to the US for undergraduate and graduate school. I finished graduate school in New York at Columbia. And when I first got out, I got a role at Citigroup in New York City. And I enjoyed it tremendously. Nicholas Brooks [00:02:48]: I then moved to Hong Kong where I first worked with a company called James Capel, a global securities broker (later bought by HSBC), covering China, Hong Kong economics initially. Nicholas Brooks [00:03:37]: And then that broadened out to Southeast Asia, as well. And as my career progressed, I moved to Deutsche Bank as part of their global markets macro team covering Asia macro and strategy. It was a fascinating time, and we had a lot of access at that time. Where I could go down to Bank Indonesia and meet with the deputy head of research or the head of research or go to Bank Negara Malaysia or go up to Beijing or go into China and travel and, meet with, CEOs of companies and meet with key policymakers. So it was an exciting and very interesting time. Fast forwarding, I ended up moving to London to do my PhD focusing on the dynamics of financial crisis, or actually I think the title was something like the Debt Dynamics of Financial Crisis. Nicholas Brooks [00:04:32]: Very appropriate given where we are today in the world. And I've been in London ever since. I joined ICG about 10 years ago, having been in public markets most of my career. It's been a very steep learning curve and it's been a fantastic place to work. Chris Sparenberg [00:04:51]: Certainly the right background for someone who's the Head of Economic and Investment Research at ICG. You've described your role as sitting at the intersection of macro and private markets. Could you tell us what that looks like day to day in, in your job. Nicholas Brooks [00:05:07]: As you know, in our industry, we tend to be very bottom-up, very deal-focused, very focused on company fundamentals and understanding quality of management. And those really are, I'd say, the key drivers of how our investment process is run. I provide an overlay and a structure. So one of my key roles is to provide a house view on the macro outlook. I've been doing this long enough, and I think most of the people in our industry are sophisticated enough, to know that giving a 1 or 2-year forecast is probably not going to be massively accurate, or if it is, it's probably luck. So I look at it more as trying to understand structural risks that could affect our industry as a whole and individual businesses we invest in. I look at the big picture - what are the risks of a financial crisis? What are the risks of a deep recession? What are some of the structural factors that might be affecting bilateral currency rates? What are some of the structural factors that might be affecting the interest rate outlook at the long end and the short end? I think these areas, again, one can get these wrong as well, are areas where I think one can discuss the issues with more confidence and be able to put a context around investing. One of my other roles is to work more on a sectoral level, understanding thematics that are driving parts of the market as well as broad country-level analysis. That all comes together. So I will work with our senior management team as needed on a variety of issues. I will meet with and work with our investment teams more on an ad hoc than in a systemic way. And, and then also, of course, I work very closely with our key LPs and help them understand what is going on in our markets and what is going on with our investment theses. I also run a database which we call the ICG Private Company Database, where we track the fundamentals of close to 500 companies in Europe and the US, and we track Asia as well, though we don't publish that just because the sample size is a bit small, smaller than what we have in Europe and the US. But that allows us to track what's going on with company EBITDA at a sector, subsector level, look at key debt characteristics, look at margin and revenue trends. And that gives us insights into what really is going on at the micro bottom-up level and allows us to draw conclusions more broadly. Nicholas Brooks [00:07:58]: And again, with our LPs we will provide this analysis as well. Christina McNamara [00:08:08]: Now that data set is probably one of the most expansive in private markets today. It gives you certainly a uniquely granular vantage point. How does that bottom-up perspective inform your broader top-down views? Nicholas Brooks [00:08:25]: That's a great question. Actually, quite a bit. I've always found, one of the issues with macro is you're dealing with very high-level numbers. You're looking at GDP, you're looking at a CPI number or in the US, a PCE number. And of course you can cut that into smaller segments. You can look at what's going on with private consumption and what's going on with different aspects of investment, but it's all very high level. And frankly, I think that's why economists have a reputation for not necessarily forecasting well, because you're dealing with some really high-level numbers. One of the advantages of having this database is you get a feel quite quickly for what's going on at the corporate level, which is really what drives the economy. Nicholas Brooks [00:09:12]: So whether it's driving employment and therefore private consumption, or whether it's driving investment, exports and imports, this is all coming obviously from the micro level. So I get a lot of insights - one, looking at the data, but also being able to talk to our investment teams across all of our strategies from the more liquid to the less liquid strategies. It gives a lot of insight into key issues like are they passing on the cost increases? Are there price increases? Are there wage increases coming through? You'll see that at the micro level before you'll see it in the CPI numbers or in US payrolls numbers. And then are they passing it on or not? That gives you an insight into one, whether we're going to see CPI inflation rise swiftly, or if we're going to see a downturn in company investment if their margins are getting squeezed. So, you learn a lot from micro data, and I think you get ahead of a lot of the macro data by having access to the company-level information. Chris Sparenberg [00:10:18]: That's great. Why don't we shift gears a little bit and look back at 2025? I think it's fair to say that the year surprised a lot of people. Growth remained resilient, markets performed strongly. What are your views on what has held the economy up so well? Nicholas Brooks [00:10:36]: I tend to look at things from a medium-term structural point of view, partially because I think it's easier to get that right than the short-term twists and turns of markets and economies. But also, critically, it's far more important from the point of view of the way we invest. Our industry tends to invest on a medium to long-term basis. So it's really the structural factors that matter most. And to me, actually one of the best ways to look at risks and understanding where we are is to look at balance sheets. The obvious ones are corporate balance sheets. But you need to also look at household balance sheets, look at the balance sheets of systemically important banks. Nicholas Brooks [00:11:25]: And I think probably becoming increasingly important now is understanding the balance sheets of governments. So my view would be that as long as you can look at the balance sheets of systemically important financial institutions, Are they well ring-fenced? Do they have, adequate liquidity? Are they being supervised properly? I would argue yes, they are. That was not the situation in the run-up to the 2008-9 crisis. But one thing regulators learned from that crisis was you need to have a sound banking system that's well regulated. And that has been the case. We're seeing some potential loosening in the US. In Europe, we have not. Currently banks' balance sheets are in pretty good shape. Then if I look at household balance sheets, it may surprise some, but if you look at aggregated data from the BIS or the IMF or from national government sources, you'll see that actually households have generally de-levered since 2008-9 in the US, across Europe, and the UK. Nicholas Brooks [00:12:40]: And although we've heard a lot about the K-shaped economy, which I think is correct. So a lot of the balance sheet improvement is at the higher income levels, and there's certainly some stress at lower income levels, especially in the US. Broadly, at an economy-wide level, at an aggregate level, household and corporate balance sheets are pretty sound on the data that we have for private markets. Public markets data will show similar trend. Actually, corporate balance sheets are pretty strong as well. So again, that doesn't mean that we're not going to have problems in certain segments of the corporate sector, just like we're having some pressure in certain segments of the household sector. But at a systemic level, corporate balance sheets look pretty strong. So we've got pretty strong household, corporate, and bank balance sheets. Nicholas Brooks [00:13:38]: Where I think the real risk is now is government balance sheets. And frankly, my biggest concern right now is in the US where there so far has been very limited attempt to rein in fiscal deficits that, according to IMF data, you're looking at fiscal deficits in the US anywhere from 7% to 8% of GDP. And Europe is also struggling with â certain countries struggling with high government debt and the UK to some degree as well. And I think how this is managed is going to be quite important to how economies perform looking out over the next 5 years. Christina McNamara [00:14:26]: Now, switching gears from an M&amp;A perspective, there's been a lot of noise, higher rates, valuation resets. Geopolitical uncertainty. So the narrative coming into 2025 was cautious at best, but you've referenced that 2025 wasn't that bad. What did you observe on the ground that led you to that conclusion? Nicholas Brooks [00:14:53]: So if we start first at the GDP, broad economic growth level, most economies performed pretty well. I know at the beginning of the year, particularly when the Trump administration started to put in place - or discuss putting in place - tariffs, there was a lot of concern about the potential for a global recession, for certain sectors to be hit particularly badly. But with hindsight, we look back now, we think the US economy grew probably just above 2%. Europe's been growing somewhere around 1.5% to 1.6%. The UK, a little slower than that, but still growing somewhere between 1% to 1.5%. By historic standards, that's pretty good growth, which, from an earnings point of view, should be positive for company performance. Again, of course, certain sectors will do better than others depending on what's driving that growth. So in the US, a lot of it has been tech related. Nicholas Brooks [00:15:56]: One has to take those nuances into consideration. But broadly, growth has been good and broadly public company earnings and private company EBITDA growth has been pretty solid. Now, interest rates obviously went up a lot a couple of years ago due to the big surge in inflation, but they generally, at least the short end, have been trending down over the course of the past year. I mean, in Europe actually we've seen rates halve to 2%. The US is taking a little longer to get down, and I suspect it's going to be a bit of a bumpy road getting those rates down, but ultimately we're moving in the right direction. So lower interest rates and stable economic growth actually provide a pretty good operating environment for corporates. Again, where the really interesting part comes in, which is what our deal teams and other companies' deal teams are focused on, is where can we get that growth, and what sectors and what areas might we want to avoid. But broadly, there is growth and shorter maturity interest rates have come down, and that provides, I think, a generally pretty good environment. Chris Sparenberg [00:17:15]: I think it was easy to observe that in public markets last year. And it seems like on a really granular level, you could observe that in private companies, but as a whole, private markets look quite a bit different than public markets last year. Could you explain what you view as the divergence there? Nicholas Brooks [00:17:34]: Public markets by their nature tend to swing a lot more than you tend to see in private markets. So when the times are good, interest rates are coming down, growth is strong, you'll see generally pretty fast positive moves in public markets such as equity markets, but also in the credit space, etc. So when things look a little wobbly, people get worried or growth starts slowing more sharply than people expected, you get those much stronger swings downwards. On the private side, for structural reasons, we don't see those kinds of swings. Broadly the mindset tends to be to look at the S&amp;P 500 as the key proxy for risk assets and how markets are performing. As everyone knows, a big part of the performance up until recently of the S&amp;P 500 has been 7 critical stocks. Admittedly, the equal-weighted S&amp;P has come up a lot now too, but a lot of the growth and a lot of the performance in public markets has been focused in a few key areas, whereas private markets, I would argue, are more diversified and broadly have less exposure to some of those areas where we saw the highest revaluations across public markets. So to some degree, it has to do with different types of exposures in benchmark public indices versus what we in the private markets tend to invest in. Christina McNamara [00:19:30]: Let's zoom out for a moment to the bigger picture. Private markets don't operate within a vacuum. They're heavily influenced by a number of conditions within the market. What matters most right now, and where should investors really be focusing their attention? Nicholas Brooks [00:19:52]: The way I look at it is, as long as the underlying fundamentals of the companies that one is exposed to are solid, investments will work out. Now, determining what the ultimate return is will depend on factors that are at times harder to control - whether it's interest rates or whether it's broader market valuations. But if you have a company that's growing its EBITDA at a good pace, it's managing its balance sheet well, ultimately you're generally going to end up with a good return and a positive investment. So to me, it's about what's the broader growth environment like? Are economies going to remain solid? What sectors within economies are likely to grow faster than others on a sustained basis? And are the companies that you're invested in or thinking about investing in, are they going to be able to grow their EBITDA in that type of environment? To me, my bias being top-down, is these fundamentals are key to good investing. Things like valuations and things like interest rates - these are harder to predict. But I think if you find a company with good management and good EBITDA prospects in sectors that are growing, ultimately you will usually do well. Chris Sparenberg [00:21:47]: And on the private company side, as we observe portfolio companies becoming more proactive about their capital structure, their strategies, Are you seeing some of those private companies start to take a proactive approach to using hybrid or structured solutions to fuel that growth? Nicholas Brooks [00:22:05]: Thatâs not my normal territory, to be honest, but I would certainly say that at ICG, we have always had an expertise in working across balance sheets, and hybrid solutions come naturally to us. And certainly, for companies, as their sophistication grows, understanding how different methods of financing can be beneficial and provide flexibility, I think is certainly there. As our industry has become more sophisticated these types of solutions are becoming, I wouldn't say more of the norm, but let's just say I think that these types of structures are becoming probably better recognized as good methods of financing, both for the corporate and also for the investor. Christina McNamara [00:23:15]: Over the past few years, interest rates have seen the single biggest variable shaping private market activity. If rates continue to edge lower, what does that mean for private markets activity going forward? Nicholas Brooks [00:23:33]: I think certainly lower interest rates are a positive for our industry, as well as financial markets more broadly. So I think certainly it will help stimulate activity and perhaps stimulate more M&amp;A and provide more of a tailwind to the industry broadly. Again, I don't think it's absolutely necessary to keep businesses moving along well. It's just that lower rates certainly provide a tailwind. Chris Sparenberg [00:24:11]: Let's talk geography for a moment. Especially looking back, we've seen the US economy growing faster than much of Europe. What's your view on the divergence there? Nicholas Brooks [00:24:23]: I'd say that a lot of US growth has been focused in a few key sectors, with tech being the main one. If we look at US final demand growth to get rid of the distortions that can be caused by net exports, we look at final demand growth, meaning investment in private investment or private consumption. A big chunk of US growth has been driven by investments in AI and related industries. So outside of that area, the growth rate differential between Europe and US is actually much smaller than I think most investors perceive. I would also say that as we move into 2026 and beyond, I think that Europe has one advantage in that I think it has more scope and will move forward with more substantial spending on the fiscal, on the defense and infrastructure side. Obviously it's been talked about a lot, but Europe, Germany in particular is very serious about increasing and has already started increasing its defense and infrastructure spending. And while France and Italy are a little more constrained because they have relatively high debt-to-GDP levels, most of the rest of Europe have quite a bit of scope to invest and spend more on infrastructure and defense. On top of that, I think because of the change in the geopolitical atmosphere over the past year, I think it's also very clear that Europe feels quite strongly, or leaders of Europe feel quite strongly, that they need to become a little more resilient and perhaps a little more independent from the US than in the past. Nicholas Brooks [00:26:40]: I think we are seeing a real mindset change in Europe that, frankly, is a good thing. That I think should help move the reform agenda more quickly over the coming years. So it's not going to happen overnight, but things like having properly working Europe-wide capital markets, working more closely on increasing the competitiveness of region-wide industries. There are a lot of efficiencies that I think can be pushed in the coming years. And again, if you step back, looking at Europe, the savings rate in Europe, the household savings rate tends to be quite high, and a large portion of household savings are in bank deposits and in very low-yielding debt-like structures, unlike the US, for example, where savings rates are much lower but a lot more of the savings is in equities and in more risk-oriented asset classes. So I think to the degree that Europe can start to channel more of these savings into productive investments, that also is an area that could help Europe increase its productivity and growth levels. It's all out there. We'll have to see how this progresses. Nicholas Brooks [00:28:17]: As I said earlier, it's not going to happen quickly, but I do think that there's a lot of potential in Europe to boost productivity and growth in the coming years. Chris Sparenberg [00:28:26]: So Nick, the trade-weighted dollar has fallen roughly 10%. How important is that move? Nicholas Brooks [00:28:32]: I think it matters a lot. We have seen downward pressure on the dollar over the past year or so. I think it stems from growing concerns about the dollar as the dominant reserve asset globally. And I think there are a lot of reasons for that, but at the bottom of it, I think is really this continued rise in the US government debt. So at the end of last year, the US debt-to-GDP level was at its highest point since the end of World War II. And when you look at independent forecasts, for example, from the US Congressional Budget Office or the IMF or the Yale Budget Lab and a variety of other sources that are independent, the trajectory of US debt is quite concerning. And the US has continued to run large fiscal deficits, and there is no prospect in the near term â at least there's been no indication from the Trump administration that they are planning to rein that in. And the US can get away with it for a while, as the world's main reserve currency. But I think investors are starting to become a little bit worried and are starting to diversify holdings. So that doesn't mean they're selling the US dollar wholesale, but investors, I think, are â and flow data would certainly indicate this â are starting to allocate more to alternative currencies and the assets in those regions. On top of that, of course, the ultimate, one might say, anti-dollar trade is gold. And I think one of the reasons the gold price has been moving up so quickly, and I think potentially could go further, is this diversification away from holding dollars, both by central banks, but also by individuals and by institutional investors. There are other factors such as concerns about Fed independence and what that might mean for long-term inflation, which of course has an impact on perceptions of where currency should be since that will affect real interest rate differentials. Nicholas Brooks [00:31:05]: I think there are concerns just about institutional stability in the US right now because policies seem to be quite ad hoc. So I think there are a variety of factors behind the weakening of the dollar. And I think until those issues are dealt with, that weakness probably continues. So currencies rarely move in a straight-line fashion, but I think structurally, there are good reasons for there to be pressure on the US dollar. And also, just to throw one more thing in, there are indications that many in the Trump administration, perhaps not all, but many in the Trump administration are happy or are okay or think a US dollar, a weaker US dollar is a good thing. Stephen Miran, who's on the Fed board now and the former head of the Council of Economic Advisers to the president, has written a paper that highlighted that a weaker dollar would be good for the US from a trade deficit point of view and potentially to bring investment back into the US manufacturing sector. There are also perceptions that perhaps the Trump administration isn't against further weakness in the dollar. Of course, nobody wants to see disorderly moves in the dollar, but there are also perceptions that a weaker dollar is not viewed necessarily as a bad thing by the Trump administration. Christina McNamara [00:32:44]: So to continue on that topic, there's certainly been a lot of focus on monetary policy over the last couple of years. And you've just suggested that we may need some fiscal tightening and that we could face potential further weakness of the dollar in 2026. Those are pretty significant calls. Can you walk us through the connection and why might the fiscal tightening become necessary? And how does that feed into your outlook for the dollar for this year? Nicholas Brooks [00:33:17]: As you indicate, everything tends to be linked. There are a few ways to look at this. The US is running large fiscal deficits and it doesn't look like that's going to change anytime soon. I'd be watching very carefully. If it does change, then the whole dynamic shifts. But at the moment, there doesn't seem to be much being done to rein in the fiscal deficit. That means the US debt-to-GDP continues to deteriorate. So far, bond investors have more or less ignored it. Nicholas Brooks [00:33:47]: We've had a few jitters. Back when Trump first made his announcements on reciprocal tariffs we saw some disorderly moves in the US government bond market, but it stabilized pretty quickly. So far the bond market has taken all this pretty much in stride. But if there's anything I've discovered from many years of being in public markets and watching bond markets is usually the way things work is everything's fine until one day they're not. It doesn't usually move in a gradual fashion when you're dealing with debt markets or frankly when you get into these situations with currencies and other liquid markets. When I look at the situation in the US my feeling is at some point the bond vigilantes are going to come out and start testing the US bond market. What triggers that is hard to know. Nicholas Brooks [00:34:42]: It's always hard to know what the trigger is, but I could see that scenario happening. Getting timing right on that is nearly impossible. And in that situation, my sense would be the way the Fed would probably react â and it's not about Fed independence or being independent or having a lack of independence â I think the way the Fed would react would probably be if it looked like it was really getting out of hand, they would intervene and probably move back towards some form of quantitative easing to stabilize US government bond yields. Now, I think they could do that and probably there'd have to be some adjustment on the fiscal side, or at least some indications that there was a desire to rein in the fiscal deficit. And then probably the bond market would stabilize. But I think the casualty in that type of scenario would be the US dollar because you're moving back into a QE scenario, which would be viewed, I think rightly, as potentially inflationary. And therefore, you would see a further weakening of the dollar. Nicholas Brooks [00:35:52]: So again, we'll have to see how this all plays out, but I do think that there is a growing risk of that type of scenario occurring down the line. Chris Sparenberg [00:36:06]: Since we're peering into 2026 and beyond with some monetary and fiscal policy, are there other key scenarios that you're modeling, just broadly speaking, for 2026? Nicholas Brooks [00:36:18]: I would say that at a macro level as I just highlighted what I think one of the biggest risks is government bond markets - in particular, the US. Though what's going on in Japan is interesting as well. But after that, I would say that it really becomes more about bottom-up analysis because I think the systemic risks are relatively low. And the likelihood of a big, broad crisis in the corporate household or banking system is pretty low. There are clearly idiosyncratic risks out there relating to sector and subsector dynamics. An obvious one, which has become a focus of investors' attention more recently is how will AI affect companies? I donât think this is going to go away anytime soon because it's very hard to have a resolution to this anytime soon. That's one example. I also think the fact that longer-end rates are pretty high and in my view are likely to stay high for a while given government deficits - how are different corporates dealing with that? There are some areas that are benefiting from tailwinds and growth and some that are not. So I think as we move into 2026, with dispersion in performance growing, micro bottom-up analysis is going to become increasingly important. Christina McNamara [00:38:08]: We've talked about momentum in the market, improving activity, and where the cycles may be headed, but prudent investing always comes back to risk, especially in private markets. When you survey the landscape today, what are some of the biggest risks that private investors should be focused on? Where are you seeing some potential fault lines over the next 12 to 24 months? Nicholas Brooks [00:38:36]: I think at a broad macro level, as I've said, I don't see too much systemic risk. Corporate balance sheets broadly are in pretty good shape, as well as households and banks. It's really the government sector that I think is more worrying. But within private markets, because I don't see any major systemic risks, I think it really becomes a micro-analysis. There has been in public markets as well, but we also see in private markets more performance dispersion between companies. And I wouldn't say there's one theme that's driving this dispersion. Ultimately, often it comes down to management. Nicholas Brooks [00:39:26]: Sometimes there's just a bit of bad luck. And sometimes there's good luck. But I don't see any one single area of major risk. Of course, there's been a lot of focus recently on the potential disruption that AI might cause to business models. And I think that's valid. I think that needs to be looked at very closely. But again, from looking at some of the analyses that we've done at a micro level, you can have companies in almost precisely the same sector, and some are going to benefit from or are going to potentially benefit from developments in AI, and there are going to be others that do less well. So I guess to put it in a nutshell, I'd say I don't see any one area of key risk. We are dealing with interest rates higher than where they were a few years ago. Nicholas Brooks [00:40:29]: We're dealing with economic growth concentrated in a few key sectors. So I think that one has to be cautious about investing and very selective investing. But I think in the end, it's going to come down to company-by-company analysis. Chris Sparenberg [00:40:51]: And where do you see the opportunity in private markets? Nicholas Brooks [00:40:55]: I think there are a range of areas where there are some pretty good opportunities. Private credit yields are still attractive. So I think, structurally overall one is getting a pretty good return. There is an increasing move towards structured capital solutions. When you get into environments that are more complex and that are less unidirectional, I think structured capital solutions come into play. I think they come into play in most environments, but I think particularly in this kind of environment, they're attractive both to the corporates and to investors. Investors are able to get downside protection with still quite solid returns. From a regional point of you I think Europe is at a turning point. Nicholas Brooks [00:41:50]: I don't think we're going to see some massive V-shaped recovery coming through. But I think with the kind of reforms that Europe is moving ahead with and with the kind of fiscal spend that puts a floor under growth, I think that's providing positive momentum. And we have seen that in the relative performance of public markets, Europe versus US, so far this year as well. With liquidity an issue, I think secondary market opportunities are going to continue to see strong demand. And lastly, the trickiest one, and what investors need to focus on, is looking at the dispersion between companies, which means really rigorous bottom-up analysis. And this also likely means increasing dispersion between managers. So I think there are a number of levers that investors can pull, but broadly the outlook for quite a few segments of private markets is looking quite positive in my view as we move into 2026, 2027. Christina McNamara [00:43:04]: Now, you're certainly not new to sharing your thoughts and weighing in on macro trends, always reacting in real time to data releases, policy shifts, market swings, headlines. That kind of visibility can create pressure to have an immediate take on the market. How do you stay disciplined amid all that short-term noise? Nicholas Brooks [00:43:32]: I've been doing this a long time now, so I recognize how difficult it is to get short-term calls right on a consistent basis. Also the nature of our business, as I highlighted earlier, tends to be a longer-term time horizon on investing, which I appreciate and I think is the best way to invest. I do have to keep on top of what's going on every day, every week. We do have some higher frequency funds in liquid markets where we do need to be very much aware of what's happening more short-term. So I do keep on top of that. But really for me as I highlighted earlier, it's about having a framework on structural risks. And I think taking a balance sheet approach to analyzing the economy and global risks sets a good framework. And that's where I tend to keep my focus. And then overlay that with thematic and sector analysis where we see certain sectors with tailwinds and other sectors and other themes that might have headwinds. Nicholas Brooks [00:45:00]: I think these medium-term thematic and sectoral analyses provide value. That's where I try to focus my attention. It's always interesting to see how markets react to a payrolls number or to the latest news on AI. But ultimately, I think it's those structural and thematic factors that really drive performance in the long run. We have certainly seen resilient global economies and markets. And I'm not the only one that's been highlighting this. But I think a critical point to make is that underneath that resilience, there are a lot of crosscurrents. And there are sectors, themes, and specific companies that are performing well, and there are those that are performing less well. Nicholas Brooks [00:46:03]: So there are risks out there, no question. But I believe they are mostly idiosyncratic. I think one should not view macro resilience as meaning there's limited risk. It's just a different type of risk, and that tends to be the micro bottom-up risk that I think investors need to be watching. Obviously, we need to be watching for those systemic and structural risks as well, but on my analysis, those are pretty well contained for now. Chris Sparenberg [00:46:38]: And that brings us to the end of today's episode of Private Markets 360. We hope you enjoyed this deep dive into the macro signals shaping private markets in 2026 with our guest Nicholas Brooks, Head of Economic and Investment Research at ICG. Nicholas, thank you again for sharing your expertise and giving us such a thoughtful, data-driven view of where the global economy private capital may be headed. Your insights on resilience, risk, and opportunity across regions and asset classes add invaluable context for investors navigating an environment that remains anything but predictable. For our listeners, thank you for spending time with us. If today's episode sparked new ideas or sharpened your perspective, please subscribe and share it with colleagues and peers to help them discover the show and join the conversation. On behalf of our team, thank you for tuning in. We look forward to having you with us next time on Private Markets 360 for more expert insights and in-depth discussions shaping the future of private markets. Chris Sparenberg [00:47:37]: Until next time, take care and stay informed. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/energy-evolution/033126-political-pressure-mounts-on-europes-flagship-carbon-policy</link><description>The EU Emissions Trading System is facing its greatest test yet. European leaders and companies are sounding the alarm, warning that high carbon prices are undermining the bloc&amp;apos;s industrial competitiveness and threatening to drive manufacturing offshore. In this episode of Energy Evolution, host Eklavya Gupte examines what&amp;apos;s driving the turbulence in Europe&amp;apos;s carbon market and what it means for</description><title>Political pressure mounts on Europe&amp;apos;s flagship carbon policy</title><pubDate>31 March 2026 10:37:09 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Eklavya Gupte</name><name>Irina Breilean</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Electric Power, Carbon, Emissions, Renewables March 31, 2026 Political pressure mounts on Europe's flagship carbon policy Featuring Eklavya Gupte and Irina Breilean HIGHLIGHTS EU carbon prices fall on pressure concerns ETS reforms target industrial competitiveness Carbon policy shifts toward trade protection The EU Emissions Trading System is facing its greatest test yet. European leaders and companies are sounding the alarm, warning that high carbon prices are undermining the bloc's industrial competitiveness and threatening to drive manufacturing offshore. In this episode of Energy Evolution, host Eklavya Gupte examines what's driving the turbulence in Europe's carbon market and what it means for the bloc's energy transition. First, Irina Breilean, carbon price reporter at Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, explains how political pressure from member states has dragged EU Allowance prices down by almost Eur30/metric tons of CO2 equivalent in recent months. The conversation then turns to Julia Michalak, EU policy director at the International Emissions Trading Association, who breaks down the ETS reforms now under consideration: extended free allocations, the modified Market Stability Reserve and why industrial competitiveness concerns are dominating the climate policy debate in Brussels. Eklavya also speaks with Pedro Barata, associate vice president for carbon markets and private sector decarbonization at the Environmental Defense Fund, who offers a perspective on the political economy of carbon pricing and how the EU's Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism is evolving from a climate tool into an instrument of industrial policy -- with major implications for global trade. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/033026-near-record-week-for-european-wind-solar-power-output</link><description>European wind and solar power generation had a near-record week in the seven days to March 29, system data analyzed by Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy, showed. Wind output rose by about a third, week over week, in Week 13 (March 23-29), averaging near 90 GW, with Germany and Great Britain setting new peak records, preliminary data by WindEurope, as well as BMRS showed. Combined wind and solar</description><title>Near-record week for European wind, solar power output</title><pubDate>30 March 2026 13:17:11 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Andreas Franke</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables March 30, 2026 Near-record week for European wind, solar power output By Andreas Franke Editor: Giselle Rodriguez Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS EU27 wind, solar generated 18.4 TWh in Week 13 Record week for spring, third highest ever Easter weekend wind forecast revised lower European wind and solar power generation had a near-record week in the seven days to March 29, system data analyzed by Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, showed. Wind output rose by about a third, week over week, in Week 13 (March 23-29), averaging near 90 GW, with Germany and Great Britain setting new peak records, preliminary data by WindEurope, as well as BMRS showed. Combined wind and solar output across the EU27 reached 18.4 TWh for Week 13, the highest during spring and the third-highest overall, according to Entso-e data aggregated by Fraunhofer ISE. Volatile supply from wind and solar, alongside demand swings and overall elevated gas prices, are shaping hourly power prices, with large fluctuations ranging from negative hours during periods of oversupply to spikes above Eur200/MWh during evening peaks, according to exchange data. Wind is forecast to fall sharply from April 1, before a new surge is expected for the Easter weekend, April 4-5, according to data from spotrenewables.com. German wind is projected to decline from an average of 36 GW on March 30 to 3 GW on April 1, before rebounding to about 20 GW for the Easter weekend, according to a late March 30 forecast by spotrenewables.com, down from earlier forecasts of over 50 GW on April 5. There was a similar forecast for British wind, to fall from nearly 20 GW on March 30 to an average of about 7 GW for March 31-April 3, before surging to about 17 GW by April 4. For Spain, the forecast was reversed, with wind set to remain low over the Easter weekend, while Spanish solar was forecast to be high throughout the Easter week, with peakload hours averaging about 15 GW, according to spotrenewables.com. Europe's rising wind and solar capacity, with now about 700 GW installed across the continent, is expected to reduce demand for gas this spring and summer, according to analysts at S&amp;P Global Energy CERA. The impact on capture prices differs markedly across markets and technologies, with higher gas supporting outright power, but surges in wind and solar still deflating prices quickly amid widespread zero and negative hourly prices over the past week, especially during hours with both high wind and solar output. Platts assessed the daily UK offshore wind capture price at GBP39.59/MWh on March 25, down from GBP138.51/MWh on March 20. German onshore wind was pegged at Eur21.58/MWh on March 25, the lowest since the start of the year, according to Platts data. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/032326-ceraweek-us-to-refund-1-bil-to-totalenergies-in-deal-to-drop-offshore-wind-lease</link><description>TotalEnergies will cancel its US-based offshore wind projects and invest approximately $1 billion in fossil fuel development, as part of a March 23 deal with the US Interior Department. After investing in the fossil fuel infrastructure, including oil, gas and LNG production, the French energy company will receive reimbursements of $1 billion from the US government, reflecting the total cost the</description><title>CERAWEEK: US to refund $1 bil to TotalEnergies in deal to drop offshore wind lease</title><pubDate>23 March 2026 19:05:09 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Noah Schwartz</name></author><content><![CDATA[ LNG, Natural Gas, Electric Power, Energy Transition, Renewables March 23, 2026 CERAWEEK: US to refund $1 bil to TotalEnergies in deal to drop offshore wind lease By Noah Schwartz Editor: Markham Watson Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Company shifts investment to fossil fuels Deal blocks offshore wind project development TotalEnergies will cancel its US-based offshore wind projects and invest approximately $1 billion in fossil fuel development, as part of a March 23 deal with the US Interior Department. After investing in the fossil fuel infrastructure, including oil, gas and LNG production, the French energy company will receive reimbursements of $1 billion from the US government, reflecting the total cost the company paid for offshore wind leases off the coast of North Carolina and New York in 2022. The agreement is the latest move from the Trump administration to stymie the development of offshore wind in the US. "We're partnering with TotalEnergies to unleash nearly $1 billion that was tied up in a lease deposit that was directed towards the prior administration's subsidies that were pushing expensive, weather-dependent offshore wind," US Interior Secretary Doug Burgum said at the CERAWeek by S&amp;P Global conference. "With this agreement, we're allowing this great company to redirect those dollars that have been paid in the Treasury to affordable, reliable and secure oil and natural gas production in the US." In 2022, Attentive Energy, a joint venture between TotalEnergies and Corio Generation, acquired a lease in the New York Bight area for a payment of $795 million. New York authorities canceled the results of an offshore wind solicitation in April 2024, affecting TotalEnergies' proposed 1,404-megawatt project in the region. TotalEnergies also acquired an offshore wind lease in the Carolina Long Bay area in June 2022 for approximately $133 million. In November 2025, after the election of President Donald Trump, TotalEnergies CEO Patrick PouyannÃ© indicated that the company would pause the development of its US offshore wind projects, citing the incoming administration's stance on offshore wind energy. "Considering that the development of offshore wind projects is not in the country's interest, we have decided to renounce offshore wind development in the United States, in exchange for the reimbursement of the lease fees," PouyannÃ© said in a March 23 statement. As part of the deal, TotalEnergies agreed not to develop any new offshore wind projects in the US. The company develops offshore wind projects in European and Asian markets. PouyannÃ© said at CERAWeek that the agreement will not affect its non-US offshore wind investments. "Our decision on US offshore wind, which is to renounce this technology here, does not mean we will renounce in another place," PouyannÃ© said. "There are different setups." TotalEnergies will use the proceeds from the refunded leases to finance the construction of the Rio Grande LNG plant in Texas and also to develop conventional oil in the Gulf and shale gas in the US. These investments would support the company's role in supplying Europe with LNG and meeting US data center demand for gas, according to PouyannÃ©. Environmental groups criticized the deal, arguing that it will not bring down energy prices and will harm reliability. "This deal is an outrageous misuse of taxpayer dollars to prevent Americans from having clean, affordable power exactly when they need it most," Ted Kelly, director and lead counsel of US clean energy at the Environmental Defense Fund, said in a statement. "As fossil fuel prices swing wildly from global shocks and extreme weather, the answer is obvious: We should be building more homegrown clean energy with stable costs." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/02/us-resin-shippers-look-to-tap-new-customers-amid-iran-war</link><description>US resin exports have ticked higher as the war in the Middle East shuts off the largest source of global plastics supply.</description><title>US resin shippers look to tap new customers amid Iran war</title><pubDate>30 March 2026 12:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Michael Angell</name></author><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Mar 30, 2026 US resin shippers look to tap new customers amid Iran war By Michael Angell US resin exports have ticked higher as the war in the Middle East shuts off the largest source of global plastics supply. The sustainability of the export demand, though, hinges largely on the warâs duration and the capacity of North American producers to make more resin. Export container bookings for resins hit 6,191 on March 16, according to maritime visibility provider Vizion. That compares with the nearly 3,500 to 4,500 daily bookings typically made throughout all of 2026. The first week of March saw the highest number of export resin bookings, 22,653, since the last week of January. Most bookings occur during weekdays. The bookings come as Iranâs attacks on commercial shipping through the Strait of Hormuz have cut off the Middle Eastâs resin producers from world markets. The Middle East accounts for 15% of global polyethylene supply, the most widely traded type of resin, according to S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence. The disruption in the Gulf has already sent US polyethylene prices higher. Asia and Europe are the most affected by the disruption in Middle East resin exports, Shruthi Vangipuram, an analyst with Wood Mackenzie, told the Journal of Commerce. While both regions have their own resin production, they depend on crude oil feedstocks that have also become more expensive. âSoutheast Asia, Japan, South Korea and Taiwan have been impacted the most,â she said. âProducers in the region are struggling to secure feedstock and operating rates in these countries have been severely curtailed.â Vangipuram estimates that resin plants in Asia and Europe are running at only about 70% of their production capacity due to higher prices for feedstock crude oil. In contrast, US producers are running at about 90% utilization. She said US producers can delay maintenance to keep production levels high through the second quarter, but that would still not fill the gap in global demand. âWe can flex to 95%, 98% utilization, but it depends on which markets it makes sense to sell to,â Vangipuram said. Pricing arbitrage favors trans-Atlantic Export capacity from the US to Asia is ample, according to an executive of a third-party logistics provider, who estimated that backhaul utilization for most ocean carriers hovers near 50%. Spot rates for dry freight to Asia from the US Gulf, which dominates resin exports, are currently running between $500 and $700 for a standard-sized container, while shipping a 20-foot container used primarily for resins runs about 80% of that rate. Trans-Atlantic rates have also been stable, hovering near $1,100 for a 20-foot container from the US Gulf to Northern Europe, according to Xeneta. The rate for shipping a 20-foot container out of the Southeast Atlantic ports has moved higher since the start of the year, going from just over $700 to $757 this week, Xeneta said. Carriers are removing ships and port calls from trans-Atlantic services, tightening up some of the capacity in that market. Outbound US cargo does not face any significant delays with bookings available about two weeks out. The real risk for shippers will be in fuel surcharges that are being applied on global trades due to the Middle East war, as well as a potential general rate increase in April. Outside of freight rates and vessel space, Vangipuram said the real driver for US exports will be the direction of local pricing. Asian prices will still need to move higher to attract more US imports. With a four- to six-week lead time for imports, Asian buyers will need to see the conflict drag out before buying from the US. Europe, which is the second-biggest market for US resins after South America, has seen its benchmark polyethylene prices rise by one-third since the end of February. Vangipuram said Europe would likely be the first market to see additional US imports thanks to the much shorter voyage time and the sharper price move. âThe arbitrage works out better in the Atlantic than to Asia because of freight rates and shorter shipping times,â Vangipuram said. âWe may not see the volume from the US make it into those markets that would appear to need it most.â This article was originally published in the Journal of Commerce on March 20, 2026. Subscribe to JOC.com Learn more about our data and insights Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/electric-power/033026-north-americas-ppa-market-beyond-volumes</link><description>Three major themes are driving today&amp;apos;s US power purchase agreement (PPA) market: demand growth, market complexity and policy uncertainty. Rapid load expansion from artificial intelligence (AI) and hyperscalers is pushing multigigawatt procurement into a grid that was not built for speed. At the same time, congestion and curtailment are changing renewable capture rates, while interconnection queues</description><title>North America&amp;apos;s PPA market: Beyond volumes</title><pubDate>30 March 2026 15:23:33 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Bruno Brunetti</name><name>Francisco Sequera</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Nuclear, Renewables March 30, 2026 North Americaâs PPA market: Beyond volumes By Bruno Brunetti and Francisco Sequera Editor: Barbara Caluag Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... Three major themes are driving today's US power purchase agreement (PPA) market: demand growth, market complexity and policy uncertainty. Rapid load expansion from artificial intelligence (AI) and hyperscalers is pushing multigigawatt procurement into a grid that was not built for speed. At the same time, congestion and curtailment are changing renewable capture rates, while interconnection queues are ballooning and being reformed, adding more timeline uncertainty. As developers and buyers navigate a more complex market, policy and execution environment, North American PPA activity accelerated in early 2026, after a slow finish to 2025. An analysis by S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons shows PPA activity totaled about 36 GW in 2025, down from around 60 GW in 2024, when deal flow was supported by improved project economics under the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) as the AI rush had just started. Horizons analysts characterize 2025 less as a demand collapse and more as a recalibration period, reflecting higher development costs, supply chain constraints and increased uncertainty around the ability of some projects to monetize the full value of IRA tax credits. From the start of 2026 through February 23, roughly 11 GW of clean energy PPAs had been announced, according to Horizons, signaling a rebound in contracting pace just as market participants work against a July construction-start window that is acting as a near-term catalyst for dealmaking. What changed is not the direction of demand, but the terms under which demand clears: greater scrutiny of tax-credit bankability, wider pricing dispersion tied to capacity factors and curtailment assumptions, and more attention on the shapes or timing of the power delivered, which is elevating the strategic importance of firm- and hybrid-based resources. Hyperscalers shape the market Corporate buyers--especially the "Big Four" hyperscalers: Meta, Google, Amazon and Microsoft--continue to drive the majority of PPA activity. They accounted for 76% of volumes in Q4 2025, and that share rose to 90% in early 2026. Data centers have become the single most important source of PPA demand, and their influence continues to grow. According to S&amp;P Global Energy analysts, data centers consumed roughly 270 TWh of electricity and procured about 180 TWh of clean energy through PPAs in 2025. US data center loads may reach about 765 TWh by 2030, the analysts project. Sustainability remains a top priority: over half of data center operators surveyed by Horizons' 451 Research say it directly influences their vendor selection. Even so, grid connection availability constraints are increasingly forcing developers to consider alternative strategies, with an increasing number of behind-the-meter gas projects â an option that was almost unthinkable a while ago. More complex policy environment The policy environment is playing an increasingly central role in PPA execution. New US Treasury and Internal Revenue Service guidance issued Feb. 12 clarified some of the detailed compliance expectations around Foreign Entities of Concern and "material assistance" demanding deeper cost tracing, more extensive documentation and new supplier certifications. More regulation is expected. As a result, tax credit eligibility and the bankability of those credits remain a top concern for both developers and financiers.The complexity has not stopped deals from being signed, but it has hindered a stronger contracting rebound. Nuclear, hybrid PPAs take center stage It is increasingly becoming a "multitechnology" market, according to Horizons analysis, with meaningful commitments to nuclear and hybrid structures alongside solar photovoltaics' (PV) continued dominance. The motivation is clear: hyperscalers are increasingly prioritizing scale and firm, 24/7 zero-carbon resources over purely variable renewable generation. In 2025, data centers procured nearly 6 GW of nuclear capacity. In January 2026, Meta alone announced 6.6 GW of nuclear PPAs with TerraPower, Vistra and Oklo. Hybrid PPAs--especially solar-plus-storage--also rebounded, with 2.4 GW contracted in Q4 2025, a ninefold increase from Q3, according to the S&amp;P Global Energy PPA database. While still below the 2024 highs, the upswing signals growing comfort with more complex structures that can mitigate intermittency and price volatility. Battery energy storage systems (BESS) show a mixed picture. While standalone BESS contracts remain limited, installed capacity is growing, with 18 GW expected in 2026, rising to 21.5 GW by 2028, according to the S&amp;P Global Energy analytics dashboard for clean energy technology. Many storage projects are advancing without longterm PPAs, instead relying on merchant opportunities, ancillary services and state incentives. Regional trends: ERCOT, PJM dominate As for the regional trends, the Electric Reliability Council of Texas (ERCOT) remains central to PPA activity, benefiting from comparatively faster development timelines and a large pipeline of solar and hybrid projects. Texas remains the US solar powerhouse, adding about 7.4 GW of utility scale solar in 2025, with total capacity additions expected to exceed 9 GW in 2026. At the same time, congestion risk and cannibalization are becoming more pronounced, sharpening location specific differentiation. PJM Interconnection has been gaining strategic attention as data center demand accelerates, with the recent nuclear deals signed this year propelling the region to the top of the national leaderboard by contracted volume early this year, but interconnection constraints for clean energy projects are increasingly binding. The Midcontinent Independent System Operator (MISO) has seen renewed interest, while California Independent System Operator activity has been more muted over the past year. CAISO has seen contracting fall sharply to about 2 GW in 2025, down from over 6 GW the prior year, weighed down by interconnection delays, curtailment concerns and rising development costs. Pricing: wider dispersion around risk Platts assessments on the ERCOT market for short term (12-60 months) solar PV PPAs were stable in the mid-$30s since the launch in February until mid-March. Short-term wind PPAs were assessed at a slight premium, ranging from $37.7/MWh (ERCOT South) to $38.3/MWh (ERCOT West). Platts is part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Long-term solar PPA prices for newbuild projects were assessed in a range of $40.59 (ERCOT West)-$41.33/ MWh (ERCOT South) as of March 12. The premium for long-term newbuild solar PPAs over short-term PPAs is currently running at approximately $3.2-$3.9/ MWh depending on the hub. The spread has widened in early March from levels closer to $1-$2/MWh seen in mid-February, indicating stronger demand for long-term offtake contracts relative to spot/short-term arrangements. Platts also reported in early February that in PJM, bids for long-term solar newbuild virtual PPAs with 2027 start dates were at $75/MWh, while offers on REsurety's CleanTrade platform were in the $80-$83/ MWh range in early March. S&amp;P Global Energy has exclusive access to transactional data on REsurety's CleanTrade platform to explore the development of spot market price assessments for PPAs and other clean energy instruments. In the Southwest Power Pool (SPP), traditionally a wind-driven market, activity was seen mostly around solar newbuild projects in the South Hub, mainly for tenors of 15 years or more and generally starting post2028, with several at end-2029. Offers in February and March were in the $58-$75/MWh range, according to CleanTrade, with no bids seen. Some offers were also reported for the SPP North Hub in the $69-$72.5/MWh range. Wind PPAs are predominantly operational projects. The MISO region saw bids for postbuild assets at $35$36/MWh while prices for long-term newbuild assets were reported between mid $50s-upper $60s/MWh during February and March. By integrating S&amp;P Global Energy's forward-looking cost models with real-time Platts assessments and transactional data from the REsurety CleanTrade platform, a clearer picture emerges around how PPA prices will be moving against fundamentals. Horizons forecasts show prices will be increasingly reflecting both market fundamentals and delivery certainty. Horizons cost-based PPA forecasting indicates base-case solar PV PPA prices for 2027 commercial operation date projects ranging from April 2026 about $39/MWh in ERCOT West to $75/MWh in PJM Western Hub. A key shift is how strongly price responds to performance risk. Under a lower-output case (capacity factor 15% below base), Horizons shows modeled 2028 solar PPA prices rising to about $52/MWh in ERCOT West and nearly $100/MWh in PJM, underscoring why buyers are increasingly focused on production uncertainty, curtailment exposure and settlement design. Moving from volume to selectivity Despite the resurgence in early 2026 deal activity, the next phase of the PPA market will not be necessarily defined by record-breaking volumes. Projects that can demonstrate bankable tax credit eligibility, realistic performance assumptions and credible timelines will increasingly stand out from the pack. Volume alone is no longer enough to win offtake. Buyers that underwrite shape, curtailment exposure and tax credit risk up front will clear deals faster â and avoid unpleasant surprises post-COD. In this environment, operational assets are increasingly advantaged, capturing market share as buyers place less weight on additionality and more on delivery certainty. Pricing expectations for newbuild projects reflect tighter market fundamentals and increasing sensitivity to risks around capacity factors. Solar newbuild PPA prices for 2027 range from $39/MWh in ERCOT West to $75/MWh in PJM Western Hub. Lower capacity factor assumptions can push prices 20%-35% higher, especially in constrained regions and nodes. Looking ahead to 2028, Horizons base case price forecasts for newbuild solar rise into the $60s in ERCOT and $80s in PJM â levels that may test some buyers' willingness to transact. But with tax credit eligibility tightening and clean energy demand still accelerating, contracting is likely to persist. In this context, short-term PPAs are well-positioned to gain traction, particularly as a growing share of operational fleets roll off legacy long-term contracts. Offtakers have also been less inclined to publicly announce short-term PPAs, reinforcing the perception that headline PPA volumes may be understating underlying contracting activity. The early months of 2026 demonstrate that North American PPA markets are not slowing â they are evolving. And as the energy transition accelerates, the foundations being laid this year will shape the next generation of clean energy procurement, technology adoption and grid transformation. This article contains views and forecasts from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons analysts. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/zh/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/032426-ceraweek-energy-system-shock-brings-long-term-opportunity-for-carbon-markets</link><pubDate>24 March 2026 21:38:17 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Daniel Weeks</name></author></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/032626-hydrogen-cost-remains-significant-barrier-for-adoption-in-shipping-howden-cco</link><description>The high cost of hydrogen remains one of the most significant barriers to its adoption as a marine fuel, despite growing interest in the fuel, according to Hari Subramaniam, chief commercial officer at maritime insurance company Howden. Industry estimates suggest that hydrogen is currently 10-12 times more expensive than liquefied natural gas and four-five times costlier than alternative fuels</description><title>Hydrogen cost remains significant barrier for adoption in shipping: Howden CCO</title><pubDate>26 March 2026 08:58:30 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Donavan Lim</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Maritime &amp; Shipping, Hydrogen March 26, 2026 Hydrogen cost remains significant barrier for adoption in shipping: Howden CCO By Donavan Lim Editor: Anoop Menon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Hydrogen costs 10-12 times more than LNG Policy delays slow green fuel adoption Multifuel potential for shipping The high cost of hydrogen remains one of the most significant barriers to its adoption as a marine fuel, despite growing interest in the fuel, according to Hari Subramaniam, chief commercial officer at maritime insurance company Howden. Industry estimates suggest that hydrogen is currently 10-12 times more expensive than liquefied natural gas and four-five times costlier than alternative fuels such as ammonia and methanol. At those price levels, widespread adoption remains commercially challenging for shipowners, Subramaniam told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Platts assessed the Indian renewable hydrogen long term contract at $3.163/kg on March 19, down 0.84% week over week. Hydrogen also requires significant investment in specialised storage, transport and bunkering infrastructure. This adds another layer of complexity and cost for both ports and ship operators. Hydrogen will need to achieve price parity with other emerging green fuels before it can be considered by shipowners at scale, according to specialists at Howden Group. "At present pricing levels, hydrogen is simply not competitive ... until costs fall significantly and infrastructure becomes more widely available, its uptake in the maritime sector will remain limited," Subramaniam said. Green fuel policy The International Maritime Organization's Net Zero Framework saw a delay in 2025 due to a lack of consensus among member states. The framework aimed at accelerating progress toward the sector's decarbonization. "If member states are unable to reach an agreement on measures such as the Net Zero Framework, it affects confidence across the market," Subramaniam said. "That inevitably slows the adoption of alternative fuels more broadly -- not just hydrogen." Battery-electric advances Compared with fuels such as methanol or biofuels, hydrogen presents significantly greater operational and technical challenges. The fuel's extremely small molecular size makes it prone to leakage, while its flammability introduces heightened explosion risks. In addition, hydrogen flames are nearly invisible to the human eye, requiring specialised detection systems. Robust ventilation systems are also necessary to prevent the accumulation of hydrogen vapours onboard ships. While hydrogen faces these hurdles, battery-electric propulsion is gaining traction in certain market segments, particularly for inland craft and short-distance operations. Electric propulsion systems offer advantages in terms of availability and ease of handling, and they require significantly less specialised infrastructure than hydrogen. However, Howden does not see batteries and hydrogen as competing solutions. "Different technologies will serve different operational needs," Subramaniam said. "Battery-electric systems are well suited to shorter routes, while hydrogen may eventually play a role in longer-distance voyages where battery technology is currently less viable." As the maritime sector works toward its long-term climate goals, Subramaniam expects a multifuel future rather than a single dominant solution. "The decarbonisation of shipping will involve a combination of technologies and fuels," Subramaniam said. "The key is helping the industry manage the risks while enabling progress toward lower-emission operations." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/032726-ceraweek-in-the-case-for-clean-resources-energy-security-tops-energy-transition</link><description>Clean hydrogen and ammonia backers are making the case that alternative fuels can lower nations&amp;apos; reliance on imports of fuel from the Middle East, as public and private climate goals fall by the wayside. Green and blue hydrogen are still touted as lower-emission substitutes to conventional &amp;quot;gray&amp;quot; hydrogen -- used in fertilizer production and refining -- and fossil fuels. But the corporate climate</description><title>CERAWEEK: In the case for clean resources, &amp;apos;energy security&amp;apos; tops &amp;apos;energy transition&amp;apos;</title><pubDate>27 March 2026 21:00:59 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Siri Hedreen</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Energy Transition, Agriculture, Refined Products, Renewables, Emissions, Hydrogen, Biofuels, Jet Fuel March 27, 2026 CERAWEEK: In the case for clean resources, 'energy security' tops 'energy transition' By Siri Hedreen Editor: Markham Watson Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Europe may boost domestic hydrogen production Middle East conflict threatens ammonia supply Clean hydrogen and ammonia backers are making the case that alternative fuels can lower nations' reliance on imports of fuel from the Middle East, as public and private climate goals fall by the wayside. Green and blue hydrogen are still touted as lower-emission substitutes to conventional "gray" hydrogen -- used in fertilizer production and refining -- and fossil fuels. But the corporate climate case has largely been supplanted by the case for diversification, industry participants said at the CERAWeek by S&amp;P Global Energy conference in Houston. "Four or five years ago, it was a climate-driven conversation," Rik Sneep, senior vice president at Spain-headquartered integrated energy and chemicals company MOEVE, said during a March 25 panel. "I think it's now more of a security-driven conversation. But in the end, the target is the same." The war with Iran has added to the sense of urgency. "It's terrible what's going on in the world right now," Woodside Energy Group Vice President Rick Beuttel, head of the Australia-headquartered oil and natural gas producer's New Energy division, said on the sidelines of CERAWeek. "But it's a good time to bring in a new ammonia plant where the ammonia can get to market without having to pass through the Strait of Hormuz." Europe If the conflict continues, industry watchers see several potential outcomes for clean fuels. The first is an uptick in demand for domestically produced renewable-powered fuels and biofuels, despite their green premium. In the EU, some hydrogen end-users were already switching from gray to green to comply with the trade bloc's emission caps. The EU's new carbon tax on foreign imports, known as the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, has also encouraged some domestic and international producers to reduce their emissions. But the clean hydrogen market is still smaller than many had forecast due to regulatory delays and weak voluntary demand. A prolonged fossil fuel shortage could expand that market, industry watchers said. "A concrete example of this is [the] production of sustainable aviation fuel, not for the compliance market anymore, but also for the defense sector," Yassir Ghiyati, chief commercial officer for equipment manufacturer Topsoe, said. Renewable power is also more stable in price than fossil fuel feedstocks, added Michele Azalbert, chief hydrogen officer at PETRONAS subsidiary Gentari. Furthermore, Azalbert said, producing green fuels domestically may be seen as a hedge against logistics costs, which spiked in Europe during the coronavirus pandemic and the Russian invasion of Ukraine. "I think Europe has still to realize what is going to hit," Sneep said. Before the Iran conflict, Europe imported 20%-25% of its refined products through the Strait of Hormuz, whereas Asia imported 70%-80%, Sneep said. As a result, European energy consumers may be temporarily insulated from the strait's closure, he added. North America Customers in the EU and Japan -- another early adopter -- could also become more dependent on North America over the Middle East for low-emission hydrogen and its derivatives. While the US green ammonia pipeline is negligible, fertilizer producer CF Industries Holdings recently began shipping blue ammonia from its Louisiana plant, which was retrofitted with carbon capture in 2025. Woodside Energy is also targeting EU ammonia customers. The Australian company recently inaugurated a plant in Beaumont, Texas, and expects to start capturing CO2 from the facility in 2027, yielding blue or "low-carbon" ammonia. As of a few months ago, Woodside had expected to start capturing CO2 in 2026. But the delay is not due to a lack of demand; instead, Woodside is waiting for industrial gas producer Linde to complete construction of a hydrogen plant to supply the project, Beuttel told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. "If I had low-carbon ammonia today, I'd be selling it to Europe, so I'd like them to be finished soon," Beuttel said. Longevity of climate goals Not all experts see an energy supply shock as a boon for alternative fuels. As soon as the CBAM was implemented in January, the EU's agriculture industry protested the levy on ammonia imports, fearing a shortage in fertilizer. "Well, guess what? Ammonia prices [are] only going to get worse with all the limitations on LNG," Roman Kramarchuk, head of integrated narratives and policy analysis at S&amp;P Global Energy, said during a CERAWeek session. As a result, "policymakers may put a short-term halt on ambitious efforts, because they're going to have to make sure that the planting season goes forward, that people are fed," Kramarchuk added. Industrial gas producer Air Liquide had already dialed back its clean energy growth strategy in the US. In 2024, the company pledged to invest $850 million in equipment for ExxonMobil's blue hydrogen and ammonia development in Baytown, Texas. But ExxonMobil has yet to find a committed customer for the planned facility, and in November 2025, the project was shelved. Air Liquide was also involved in six of the seven regional hydrogen hub projects that were awarded a combined $7 billion by the Biden administration. But the Trump administration has since paused or canceled those grants, and many of the projects are now dormant. The company is still advancing clean hydrogen development in Europe, where the energy transition remains a "very strong focus," Air Liquide North America CEO Adam Peters said in an interview. The Japanese government's support for low-carbon ammonia has also proven consistent, Peters added. But the crisis in the Middle East could alter the balance of sustainability, affordability and security concerns. "Making sure that supplies are available in Europe, in my view, is going to take center stage for the moment over the carbon intensity of supply," Peters told Platts. The impact on clean fuel investment is unclear, however, and will likely hinge on the length of the crisis, Peters said. "And I think that's a big question nobody knows." During the March 25 panel, Ghiyati echoed Peters' remarks, emphasizing that the war in the Middle East is still recent and that market impacts may be temporary. Others predicted energy security concerns will only heighten. "I tend to think that the world seems to be going in the direction of being more crazy, unfortunately," Clara Bowman, chief operations officer at Chilean synthetic fuels company HIF Global, added during the panel. "Hopefully, everything stabilizes that it doesn't become an issue. But that doesn't look the way that it's heading at the moment." US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/032626-interview-elengy-sustains-european-lng-offerings-advances-transition-aims</link><description>French LNG terminal operator Elengy anticipates its existing import infrastructure will remain key for France over the coming years, even as the company positions itself for greater involvement in a low-carbon energy system, the company&amp;apos;s chief strategy, sales and business development officer told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy, in a recent interview. &amp;quot;We do not see a need for more [LNG]</description><title>INTERVIEW: Elengy sustains European LNG offerings, advances transition aims</title><pubDate>26 March 2026 15:10:21 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Matt Hoisch</name><name>James Burgess</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Energy Transition, LNG, Renewables, Emissions March 26, 2026 INTERVIEW: Elengy sustains European LNG offerings, advances transition aims By Matt Hoisch and James Burgess Editor: Richard Rubin Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS French operator expects near term 60% average LNG utilization Plans to convert Fos Tonkin terminal for CCS by 2030 Eyeing ammonia imports, cracking for local hydrogen industry French LNG terminal operator Elengy anticipates its existing import infrastructure will remain key for France over the coming years, even as the company positions itself for greater involvement in a low-carbon energy system, the company's chief strategy, sales and business development officer told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, in a recent interview. "We do not see a need for more [LNG] capacity in France," Christophe Thil said. "But we think that our current capacity will be useful for the energy system." France was Europe's largest LNG importer in 2025. It brought in some 22.5 million metric tons of the super chilled fuel across the year, according to data from S&amp;P Global Energy CERA. Elengy operates three of the country's four LNG terminals: Fos Tonkin, Fos Cavaou and Montoir-de-Bretagne. Belgian gas infrastructure firm Fluxys runs the fourth terminal in Dunkirk. Elengy expects its LNG facilities will continue to see robust use into the next decade, Thil said. "We should have an average import utilization rate around 60%," he said. "Our view is that LNG will be key in the security of gas supply in the coming years and that we have to be as efficient as possible." Maintaining LNG operations does not preclude preparing to handle alternative energy sources, however. In the near term, Elengy has developed eight bioLNG bays across its three terminals: four at Fos Cavaou and two each at Fos Tonkin and Montoir, according to Thil. However, the service has so far seen low demand absent regulatory incentives, he added. "It's a bit disappointing for us," Thil said. "The market is still in a wait-and-see position but that could accelerate quickly when regulation is in place." Energy transition ambitions Further shifts are set from 2028, when Elengy will move the Fos Tonkin site away from LNG to energy transition efforts. The company does not anticipate the changes will strain France's energy security, as Fos Cavaou is expected to be able to handle added LNG cargoes from the Tonkin transition. "We don't see any risk for the French gas supply," Thil said. Elengy plans to convert the Fos Tonkin terminal into a low-carbon ammonia import and CO2 export facility, where it will receive and liquefy CO2 from industrial emitters before shipment for permanent geological storage. The Rhone CO2 project could reduce CO2 emissions by 4 million mt/year by 2030, Elengy said on its website. Meanwhile, the ammonia import terminal aims to supply regional industries as well as cracking the ammonia back into hydrogen to supply local refineries, Thil said. Elengy is working on the ammonia project in partnership with trading company Trammo, he said. Elengy has completed pre-front-end engineering design work, and is in discussions for FEED studies, targeting a final investment decision in 2027-2028, Thil said. The facilities could be commissioned in 2030-2031. European carbon prices are key to develop the low-carbon projects, Thil said. "The fact that there is some hesitation in the European regulation on ETS could impact some CCS projects," he said. He welcomed the EU's Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism as a tool to level the playing field with higher carbon-intensity imports, saying the tax could help the company to take FID on low-carbon projects. Elengy is also planning a CO2 export terminal at its Montoir terminal, the GOCO2 project, which has carried out feasibility studies and emitter cement companies have received French government backing as part of the project. Heidelberg Materials, Lafarge and Lhoist have committed to working with Elengy on the project, and a further 10 companies have registered expressions of interest, Elengy said on its website. Elengy estimates GOCO2 could ship 2.2 million mt/year of CO2 by 2031. Thil said that CCS was ready to deploy technically, but alignment on specifications and coordination along the value chain could present barriers. "I think the technical issues are not that difficult," he said. "Every piece of the puzzle exists. The capture exists, the geological storage of CO2 is something that exists. But the coordination and the alignment of all the counterparties all along the value chain on spec, on the quality of the CO2, for instance, or the pressure of the cargoes or the type of transportation need to be made before the launch of FEED studies." Middle East war uncertainty Thil was cautious about the potential impact from the US-Israel war with Iran on energy transition projects, noting European industries' vulnerability to high natural gas prices. European LNG prices have skyrocketed amid the war. Platts assessed the DES Northwest Europe marker at $17.466/million British thermal units on March 25, down 1.8% day over day. While it has sunk from recent peaks, the benchmark remains some 77% higher than before the conflict began in late February. "If the situation lasts, it could have a negative impact on industry in Europe," Thil said. "But it could also create a move to accelerate this energy transition." However, he warned that the drive to protectionism could damage ammonia import prospects, should national governments seek to remove dependency on energy and commodity imports. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/032026-analysis-european-power-supply-in-better-shape-than-2022-but-still-lacks-flexibility</link><description>European power markets have become more resilient to external supply shocks and are set to enter the summer 2026 season in much better shape than 2022, when Russia&amp;apos;s invasion of Ukraine triggered price spikes due to the loss of Russian gas. While the price impact of the current Middle East crisis may echo events in 2022, its direct impact on European electricity is different, even if the risk of</description><title>ANALYSIS: European power supply in better shape than 2022, but still lacks flexibility</title><pubDate>20 March 2026 14:14:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Andreas Franke</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Coal, Electric Power, Natural Gas, Energy Transition, Nuclear, Renewables March 20, 2026 ANALYSIS: European power supply in better shape than 2022, but still lacks flexibility By Andreas Franke Editor: Alisdair Bowles Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Solar capacity has doubled, wind hits 300 GW Nuclear has recovered, coal back in the money Demand remains below pre-2022 crisis levels European power markets have become more resilient to external supply shocks and are set to enter the summer 2026 season in much better shape than 2022, when Russia's invasion of Ukraine triggered price spikes due to the loss of Russian gas. While the price impact of the current Middle East crisis may echo events in 2022, its direct impact on European electricity is different, even if the risk of higher prices may trigger intervention and long-term fallouts. "We are not in a security of supply crisis, but we are in a price crisis," EU energy commissioner Dan Jorgensen said March 16, calling for EU member states to accelerate the expansion of homegrown energy and power grids to allow for more electrification. Higher solar and wind capacity, the emergence of battery storage, improved French nuclear availability, but also industrial demand destruction and much slower emergence of new demand, mean that overall European power is well supplied. "In 2022, the gas crisis triggered renewed ambition on the development of renewables as a means of accelerating Europe's move away from coal and gas. One result of that push has been an erosion of value for intermittent assets, particularly solar, as demand growth has not kept pace with renewable expansion," said Glenn Rickson, head of near-term European power analytics at S&amp;P Global Energy CERA. "Gas still plays a dominant role in power price setting. Therefore, in 2026, any new push on renewables must be accompanied by equivalent incentives to develop system flexibility and electrification of heating and transport demand, to both wean European consumers off oil and gas consumption and to minimize the risk of stranded intermittent renewable investments," Rickson added. Overall, Europe's renewable power supply this year, compared to 2021, is forecast to increase by about 462 TWh, while demand still has not fully recovered to pre-crisis levels, according to S&amp;P Global Energy CERA's annual planning case for end-2025. So far, renewables have mainly replaced coal, but higher gas and lower carbon prices are likely to trigger a temporary rebound for coal. Battery boom may follow solar surge Installed solar capacity across the EU27 doubled over the past four years to more than 400 GW, but growth is forecast to stagnate at around 60 GW. Solar summer generation already exceeds gas-fired power generation across the bloc, but while higher power prices may limit the scope of negative hourly prices, curtailments are expected to increase, especially in saturated markets with limited storage capacity. Hydro remains an important flexibility tool to balance solar peaks, while Europe's battery capacity keeps growing, but still lags behind solar. Across Europe, about 30 GW of front-of-meter batteries and a similar amount of behind-the-meter batteries are now online, forecast to rise to 66 GW in 2028, according to CERA analysts. This is underpinned by falling project costs, although some input prices may rebound. Lithium Carbonate CIF Europe has doubled since October to $20,000/mt, while solar modules (DDP Europe 5-50 MW) rebounded to $0.133/W by March 19, according to Platts assessments for S&amp;P Global Energy. Europe also now has over 300 GW wind installed with about 70 GW added over the past four years. Onshore wind continues to dominate, with only 40 GW offshore, mainly across the North Sea, where another 10 GW is set to come online this year and next. German onshore wind is set to add record capacity this year as a result of fast-tracking permits and a boost to support after the 2022 crisis. Wind could become Europe's biggest source of electricity next year, assuming average wind speeds, and already accounts for 20% of Europe's power mix. According to Eurostat, renewables accounted for 47.3% of EU power in 2025. Solar, wind, battery capacity changes EU27+GB (in GW) end-2021 end-2025 chg in GW Solar 180 390 210 Onshore wind 181 240 59 Offshore wind 26 39 13 Battery storage 8 54 46 Source: S&amp;P Global Energy CERA (Connect, March 2026) French nuclear reserves Europe's nuclear capacity has declined by 6 GW since 2022, with new French and Finnish reactors offset by closures in Belgium and the UK. France's nuclear fleet is in much better shape now, however, with nuclear availability already exceeding 400 TWh last year, compared to about 280 TWh in 2022 when dozens of reactors had to be taken offline for stress corrosion inspections and repairs. Long-term, France is also moving towards a final investment decision for six new reactors later this year. Elsewhere, EDF and Centrica extended the lifespans of several British reactors, reducing gas demand by about 120 TWh between 2026-30. Belgium extended the lifespan of two 1-GW reactors by 10 years, while Spain is considering an extension for 2-GW at Almaraz, partly for grid stability reasons after last April's blackout. Nuclear will remain Europe's single biggest source of electricity this year with CERA projecting about 668 TWh generated across the EU27+3. Coal closures, new gas plants Coal and gas account for just over a quarter of Europe's electricity supply with the "thermal gap" shrinking by about 300 TWh over the past four years. Within that gap, the higher gas/lower-carbon price scenario will incentivize gas-to-coal switching, despite Europe having closed over 40 GW of coal and lignite plants since 2022. In addition, newer, more efficient gas-fired power plants not only offer more flexibility, but also require less fuel. Some countries may also consider coal reserve plants for emergency supply measures if needed. Clean dark spreads for coal are back in the money and well above clean spark spreads for gas, although generation economics differ significantly across European markets. Carbon prices are key, with EUA carbon allowances down by a third since peaking above Eur90/mtCO2e in January. Gas, coal, nuclear capacity changes EU27+GB (in GW) end-2021 end-2025 chg in GW Gas 212 226 14 Coal, lignite 124 81 -43 Nuclear 111 105 -6 Source: S&amp;P Global Energy CERA Industrial demand destruction Back in 2022, Europe's demand response to the gas supply crisis was the biggest factor in deflating prices after the first winter without Russian gas. A large chunk of that is now seen as permanent demand destruction in energy-intensive industries. Power demand in 2025 was about 5% below 2021 and was forecast to recover above pre-crisis levels in 2027. CERA analysts forecast a modest 1.5% demand rise in core markets in 2026, amid questions about the economic impact of the Middle East war on Europe's economy. "The current situation has implications for both short- and long-term trajectory of power demand growth, and perhaps not both in the same direction. Wholesale price spikes will act as a severe brake on demand recovery for industry this year without government intervention, as energy-intensive sectors come under further cost pressure," according to CERA analyst Rickson. "For the residential sector, the link between wholesale and retail will be key amid a number of policy measures considered and already implemented across the EU as well as the UK and Norway," Rickson added. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/032026-asias-fertilizer-disconnect-crop-prices-lag-surging-costs</link><description>The ongoing conflict in the Middle East has driven fertilizer prices sharply higher across Asia since late February, but the surge in input costs has yet to translate into corresponding gains for key crop prices, creating a delayed risk to farmer profitability and planting decisions for the coming season. The disconnect between soaring fertilizer values and subdued crop markets reflects a lag</description><title>Asia&amp;apos;s fertilizer disconnect: Crop prices lag surging costs</title><pubDate>20 March 2026 05:58:48 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Hui Min Lee</name><name>Elizabeth Thang</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Energy Transition, Agriculture, Renewables, Rice March 20, 2026 Asia's fertilizer disconnect: Crop prices lag surging costs By Hui Min Lee and Elizabeth Thang Editor: Debiprasad Nayak Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Asia fertilizer prices surge but still below 2022 highs Asian crop prices lag behind input cost jump Government subsidies shield farmers temporarily The ongoing conflict in the Middle East has driven fertilizer prices sharply higher across Asia since late February, but the surge in input costs has yet to translate into corresponding gains for key crop prices, creating a delayed risk to farmer profitability and planting decisions for the coming season. The disconnect between soaring fertilizer values and subdued crop markets reflects a lag effect that could tighten exportable surpluses and eventually push food prices higher, as farmers absorb higher costs or reduce plantings, said analysts. Since late February, disruptions to the Strait of Hormuz have sent nitrogen and phosphate prices soaring. Nitrogen fertilizer prices, in particular, have surged globally. Platts assessed FOB Middle East granular urea at $604-$710/mt on March 19, a sharp jump from $436-$494/mt on Feb. 26 before the conflict began. The Southeast Asia granular urea price was $750/mt FOB on March 19, up from $490-$498/mt pre-conflict. While still under upward pressure, it is below the highs of 2022, and this increase puts prices firmly above levels seen since 2023. The phosphate market faces a similar squeeze. Platts CFR Thailand DAP prices rose to $850/mt as of March 19, compared to $764-$766/mt previously, as importers rushed to secure cargoes. This is driven by a nearly $200/mt jump in the price of Middle Eastern sulfur, a key raw material. This price shock is a direct result of severe logistical disruptions that are tightening supply-demand balances and putting clear upward pressure on prices for key products like ammonia, urea, and ammoniated phosphates. Crucially, this also affects raw materials in these value chains, namely natural gas and sulphur. Compounding this, Chinaâan important urea and phosphate producer for the regionâremains largely absent from export markets due to strict quota controls, effectively removing a key relief valve for the strained global market. Amid the disruptions, offers for key fertilizers have become scarce, with available cargoes commanding steep premiums. While bids have risen to chase the limited supply, a sense of caution is emerging, and some buyers are choosing to delay procurement in the hope that prices will stabilize. Crop prices lag behind soaring inputs Despite the input cost inflation, the effect on crop markets has been uneven. This is most evident in the rice sector, where Platts spot price assessments have declined steadily since September 2025 due to a global supply glut. The Long Grain White Rice 5% Broken FOB India price assessment averaged $343.95/mt in February 2026, down almost $54/mt (13.5%) from a year ago, based on Platts data and was assessed at almost $11/mt lower at $333/mt on March 19. On a delivered basis, Platts' Long Grain Parboiled 5% STX CFR West Africa has gained only $20/mt to $408/mt since Feb. 19, a rise attributed mainly to higher freight costs. In the wheat market, Thailand buyers have seen delivered prices of feed wheat rise 5%-13% ($15-$34/mt) since Feb. 28, based on Platts tender data. But, more striking is the tenor of those purchases: cargoes for shipment as far as February 2027, which multiple sources described as uncommon for such advanced buying. However, for Australia, the region's key milling wheat exporter, the FOB Australia APW price assessment has gained just $4/mt since Feb. 27 to $263/mt on March 18, reflecting subdued demand. "For Australia, the near-term wheat outlook remains relatively insulated given pre-purchased inputs," said Zinkovski Vladimir, Head of Crops at S&amp;P Global Energy CERA. He cautions, however, that "sustained fertilizer and energy inflationâcombined with rising El NiÃ±o riskâcould curb yields and tighten exportable surpluses, while the current higher flat price environment may also trigger demand destruction." Delayed impact Fertilizer price shocks don't translate instantly into crop markets because of timing mismatches built into agricultural cycles. This means the price shock will be most acutely felt by those now procuring inputs for upcoming plantings, where higher fertilizer prices could translate into lower yields and, eventually, higher crop prices. In India, fertilizer availability appears comfortable, and supportive policies like the Minimum Support Price and urea subsidies reinforce farmer incentives to maintain plantings for the kharif season. "Given this, major reductions in kharif rice acreage seem unlikely," said Dipanshi Agarwal, principal analyst for APAC Crops at CERA. However, this protection has a potential downside. Indian farmers have continued to purchase urea at a fixed price, shielding them from global shocks, but yield losses could be a risk if farmers rely solely on nitrogen fertilizer. "India's reliance on imported diammonium phosphate, Muriate of Potash, and complex fertilizers remains a structural vulnerability," Agarwal said. "Any rise in global prices or supply disruptions could push farmers toward subsidized urea, worsening nutrient imbalance and risking yield losses." Alberto Persona, director of Fertilizer Analytics and Sustainability at S&amp;P Global Energy, adds that subsidy and farm support schemes were expanded significantly in many countries during recent global shocks, including the COVID-19 pandemic and the Russia-Ukraine war. While these policies help, the pressure will eventually find an outlet. "Prolonged high prices inevitably end up being transferred on to consumers further down the value chain," says Persona, though he adds that "higher prices today do not necessarily imply a proportional increase in overall farm costs as farmers can adapt their application rates." "Overall, the situation remains concerning, but it is also important not to overstate the magnitude, immediacy, and duration of the impact on everyone's livelihood â despite what some might say," Persona said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/natural-gas/032426-ceraweek-williams-to-use-modular-gas-units-in-early-data-center-power-projects</link><description>Midstream company Williams sees modularization of smaller natural gas-fired power generating units as a solution to the reliability and speed requirements of data centers, its head of power innovation, Jaclyn Presnal, said March 24. Williams announced Feb. 10 a 6 gigawatt backlog of its &amp;apos;power innovation&amp;apos; projects for data centers by the early 2030s, in addition to the roughly 1.4 GW of capacity</description><title>CERAWEEK: Williams to use modular gas units in early data center power projects</title><pubDate>24 March 2026 21:47:14 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Killian Staines</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Natural Gas, Emissions March 24, 2026 CERAWEEK: Williams to use modular gas units in early data center power projects By Killian Staines Editor: Markham Watson Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Batteries to help with uptime Projects may drive pipeline expansions Midstream company Williams sees modularization of smaller natural gas-fired power generating units as a solution to the reliability and speed requirements of data centers, its head of power innovation, Jaclyn Presnal, said March 24. Williams announced Feb. 10 a 6 gigawatt backlog of its 'power innovation' projects for data centers by the early 2030s, in addition to the roughly 1.4 GW of capacity already under development. "That 6GW is what we think we can reasonably achieve between now and the early 2030s," Presnal said in an interview on the sidelines of CERAWeek by S&amp;P Global Energy conference in Houston. Modularization The initial power innovation projects in development will use small open-cycle turbines to ensure speed to market and reliability. "We have multiple generation units that are all tied together from an electrical infrastructure perspective, and that's what's able to deliver the full load of the plant," Presnal said. "Speed to power is an important component of the service that we're able to offer," Presnal said. "Modularization allows us to meet that speed." Modularization will also help meet the high reliability levels required by data center customers, which range from 99.9% to 99.999%. "If you're thinking about downtime, even if you have a unit down, the rest of the facility is able to step in and deliver the energy that's required," Presnal said. "If you have one large combined-cycle plant, you can't do that behind the meter and still meet the reliability, because if that plant has an incident, you can't deliver your full requirements at all." In addition to redundant generation, energy storage can also help with reliability. "Batteries are a solution that helps us in two ways," Presnal said. "We're able to use batteries to help with AI transient loads to protect our mechanical equipment, but we're also able to use batteries if we do have any interruption in our generation because you have available energy that you can deliver if you have a downtime event." Presnal stressed that each project is different, and CCGTs will be an option for some projects. "If you've got a very large facility, you're probably going to have to go towards a combined-cycle plant as some point," she said. But if a project consists of smaller tranches that will gradually scale up, "then combined cycle actually doesn't make a ton of sense." While many of the initial projects will be behind the meter, "the ability to connect those into the grid and have those as distributed grid resiliency resources is an important part of the long-term strategy," she said. Pipeline opportunities The power innovation business may eventually lead to expansions of Williams' mainline pipelines. The Socrates project in Ohio will involve a roughly 20-mile pipeline lateral that connects to two different third-party interstate gas pipelines to source the gas, Presnal said. "There are no mainline expansions yet, but as we continue to scale the business there are certainly opportunities to have expansion projects that serve directly our power innovation projects." Data center demand is already leading to expansion projects in Williams' base business, Presnal said, pointing to the 689 million cubic feet/day Transco Power Express project . "That's delivering incremental gas supply into Virginia, very much to serve power generation growth for data centers there," she said. "We don't have power innovation projects specifically off of that project, but it's more of our base business continuing to provide those solutions." Williams' marketing business, Sequent, will source the gas for the projects, Presnal said. Emissions Williams has several tools available to reduce emissions at the power innovation projects, according to Presnal. These include layering on carbon offsets, supplementing the gas generation with solar and batteries, and using carbon capture and sequestration. She pointed to the Louisiana Energy Gateway gas-gathering pipeline system, where Williams is developing large-scale carbon-capture facilities at its terminus. Williams is exploring ways to improve the efficiency at its sites. "Even on the smaller turbines, you can make them closed cycle to increase the efficiency, that's something we're exploring with our OEMs." Williams is also evaluating waste heat recovery, while fuel cells are "another one to think about," Presnal said. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/energy-evolution/032626-the-imperative-for-measuring-methane-emissions-in-the-us-gas-industry</link><description>Measuring and reducing upstream methane emissions is critical for US gas producers, particularly as they look to export their product to markets like Europe and Asia, and as the tech industry turns to gas as a key solution to its voracious power demand. In this episode, from the CERAWeek by S&amp;amp;P Global conference in Houston, co-host Dan Testa talks with Courtney Loper, head of government relations</description><title>The imperative for measuring methane emissions in the US gas industry</title><pubDate>26 March 2026 19:25:02 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Dan Testa</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Natural Gas, Emissions March 26, 2026 The imperative for measuring methane emissions in the US gas industry Featuring Dan Testa HIGHLIGHTS US gas producers prioritize methane measuring EQT Corp. leads emission reduction efforts Europe, Asia drive demand for clean gas Measuring and reducing upstream methane emissions is critical for US gas producers, particularly as they look to export their product to markets like Europe and Asia, and as the tech industry turns to gas as a key solution to its voracious power demand. In this episode, from the CERAWeek by S&amp;P Global conference in Houston, co-host Dan Testa talks with Courtney Loper, head of government relations and public affairs for EQT Corp., one of the largest US gas producers and pipeline operators, about the steps the company has taken to improve methane measurement. Also joining the episode is Ben Webster, director of policy at MiQ, a nonprofit providing data and certifications to understand and reduce methane emissions. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/031926-sulfur-nitrogen-markets-under-pressure-as-middle-east-war-persists-analysts</link><description>The ongoing conflict in the Middle East has impacted fertilizer markets east of Suez, with potential for significant long-term effects should hostilities persist, panelists said during the S&amp;amp;P Global Energy webinar on March 19. The region accounts for nearly 50% of global seaborne sulfur trade, including shipments through the Strait of Hormuz and from Oman. Additionally, approximately 24% of</description><title>Sulfur, nitrogen markets under pressure as Middle East war persists</title><pubDate>19 March 2026 18:35:03 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Jeffrey McDonald</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Fertilizers, Chemicals, Energy Transition, Renewables March 19, 2026 Sulfur, nitrogen markets under pressure as Middle East war persists By Jeffrey McDonald Editor: Manish Parashar Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Middle East supplies 47% of seaborne sulfur, 35% of urea Sulfur prices may surge above $800/mt India faces acute urea, ammonia shortages The ongoing conflict in the Middle East has impacted fertilizer markets east of Suez, with potential for significant long-term effects should hostilities persist, panelists said during the S&amp;P Global Energy webinar on March 19. The region accounts for nearly 50% of global seaborne sulfur trade, including shipments through the Strait of Hormuz and from Oman. Additionally, approximately 24% of ammonia and 35% of urea transported by sea globally originate from this area. Among the world's 10 largest sulfur importers, seven countries source over 40% of their supply from the Middle East, and five exceed 50%, according to Yuya Pan, senior principal analyst for S&amp;P Global Energy CERA. "This highlights how concentrated exposure is across major demand countries," Pan said. "Why does this matter? Because the large share of the Middle East trade depends on one narrow chokepoint, the Strait of Hormuz." In 2025, the Middle East supplied nearly half of global seaborne sulfur and accounted for 63% of Asia's imports, while Africa relied on the region for about 48% of its sulfur. Conversely, the Americas depend primarily on Canada and the US Gulf Coast for their sulfur requirements, Pan said. Disruptions lasting one month are projected to remove 1 million metric tons-1.5 million mt of sulfur from the market, while three months could result in losses over 4 million mt, likely prompting price increases and substantial downstream demand disruption, Pan said. "If the Strait remains blocked until late April or even beyond, we move into a pronounced supply disruption scenario," Pan said. "Under this case, the sulfur price could rise above $800 per tonne, or even higher." Such pricing would render sulfur uneconomical for certain consumers, including high-pressure leaching nickel producers and low-cost phosphate producers. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the FOB Middle East sulfur price at $695-$700/mt on March 19, reflecting an increase of $200/mt from pre-conflict levels. Long-term impact on nitrogen Regarding volumes, nitrogen-based products such as urea and ammonia are expected to be the most affected if the conflict extends over several months, said Ella Mukerji, associate director, lead ammonia and nitrogen at S&amp;P Global Energy CERA. Mukerji identified two short-term impacts on nitrogen: supply and logistics -- which shape supply and demand balances -- and broader macroeconomic effects, notably elevated energy and feedstock costs in certain regions, coinciding with seasonal procurement periods. "And if the Strait remains blocked, the urea market could face acute short-term shortages, and this will impact import-dependent countries and regions the most," Mukerji said. India is probably the most exposed market from both an ammonia and urea perspective, she said. On the ammonia side, buyers were unconcerned until the Indian government decided March 9 to cut gas supply 30% to fertilizer producers. That led buyers to begin enquiring about deliveries, Mukerji said. On the urea side, the Indian government is not expected to issue a tender until April for May delivery ahead of the kharif, or summer season, in June. "The Indian government is watching closely and is thought to be avoiding tendering now due to current prices," she said. Brazil, which is currently between application seasons and is, therefore, under less immediate pressure to secure prompt cargoes, also remains "structurally import dependent for urea," Mukerji said. "But this essentially gives Brazilian buyers some flexibility to delay purchases and wait out volatility, although that flexibility is naturally going to erode the longer the conflict goes on," she said. "We have seen some domestic production return..., but this capacity is around 650,000 tonnes, and that doesn't cover this import dependence." Ammonia is better covered with additional production capacity coming online in the US Gulf Coast, resumption of production in Trinidad and Tobago, and increased Chinese exports -- potentially up to 2 million mt annually -- expected to enhance the long-term outlook for ammonia supply. Collectively, these sources could contribute up to 6 million mt of additional supply, compared to around 4.3 million mt originating from the Strait of Hormuz region and Oman. However, higher urea prices would likely put upward pressure, she said. "Ammonia and urea prices are very closely linked," Mukerji said. Platts assessed the daily FOB Middle East ammonia price at $550/mt on March 19, up 15.8% from pre-war levels, and assessed the FOB Middle East urea price at $710/mt, up 44.9% from pre-war levels. Related link: Analytics Webinar Series: Global Biofuels and Ags(subscriber content) US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/metals/032626-eu-cement-industry-set-roadmap-to-accelerate-clean-transition-cut-co2</link><description>The European Commission convened a high-level policy dialogue with cement producers and stakeholders to accelerate the sector&amp;apos;s clean transition amid rising energy costs and direct process emissions, which account for over 60% of the industry&amp;apos;s CO2 footprint, the EC said in a statement March 25. Europe&amp;apos;s cement industry faces significant decarbonization challenges as it seeks to maintain</description><title>EU, cement industry set roadmap to accelerate clean transition, cut CO2</title><pubDate>26 March 2026 05:27:11 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Shivam Prakash</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Carbon March 26, 2026 EU, cement industry set roadmap to accelerate clean transition, cut CO2 By Shivam Prakash Editor: Ankit Ajmera Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS High energy costs challenge sector transition Proposes Eur100 bil bank to fund CCS and new tech Industry backs EU ETS, seeks stable post-2030 rules The European Commission convened a high-level policy dialogue with cement producers and stakeholders to accelerate the sector's clean transition amid rising energy costs and direct process emissions, which account for over 60% of the industry's CO2 footprint, the EC said in a statement March 25. Europe's cement industry faces significant decarbonization challenges as it seeks to maintain competitiveness and meet net-zero targets, the EC said. The sector is a cornerstone of European construction but is also among the bloc's largest industrial emitters, with process emissions from clinker production representing the bulk of its carbon output, according to the EC. The EC said it aims to establish leading markets for low-carbon cement and concrete by leveraging public procurement and introducing a new low-carbon concrete label, while also revising product standards under the Construction Products Regulation to mandate lifecycle climate impact disclosure. The proposed Industrial Decarbonisation Bank is intended to provide Eur100 billion in public funding to support initiatives including carbon capture, utilization and storage, clinker substitution and other innovative technologies, according to the EC. In the statement, cement companies reaffirmed their support for the EU Emissions Trading System as the sector's primary decarbonization driver, while calling for a predictable, stable post-2030 policy framework to underpin investment. The EC and the industry also underscored the importance of a strong Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism to prevent carbon leakage and maintain a level playing field for EU producers, according to the statement. High energy costs High energy costs and the urgent need to rapidly develop CO2 transport and storage infrastructure remain the biggest challenges, while the Net-Zero Industry Act's requirement for oil and gas producers to deliver 50 million mt/y of CO2 injection and storage capacity by 2030 is seen as a key enabler, according to the EC. The EC's legislative proposal on the development of CO2 transportation infrastructure and markets, due in the third quarter of 2026, is expected to further help address barriers to the deployment of CCUS and the decarbonization of industry, the commission said. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed cement clinker FOB Turkey at $45.5/mt on March 19, unchanged week over week. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/032426-ceraweek-energy-system-shock-brings-long-term-opportunity-for-carbon-markets</link><description>Market-driven climate solutions will continue to push forward as policymakers shift their focus to geopolitical uncertainty, creating an opportunity for carbon markets to turn the Middle East war from a headwind into a tailwind, speakers said on a March 24 conference panel. The major disruption occurring in the global energy system caused by the war in the Middle East poses a significant challenge</description><title>CERAWEEK: Energy system shock brings long-term opportunity for carbon markets</title><pubDate>24 March 2026 21:38:17 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Daniel Weeks</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Carbon, Emissions March 24, 2026 CERAWEEK: Energy system shock brings long-term opportunity for carbon markets By Daniel Weeks Editor: Markham Watson Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Middle East war disrupts energy transition Market can now âcatch upâ to policymakers: panel Carbon accounting limits market-driven solutions Market-driven climate solutions will continue to push forward as policymakers shift their focus to geopolitical uncertainty, creating an opportunity for carbon markets to turn the Middle East war from a headwind into a tailwind, speakers said on a March 24 conference panel. The major disruption occurring in the global energy system caused by the war in the Middle East poses a significant challenge to global energy transition efforts, Dirk Forrister, CEO of the International Emissions Trading Association, said during a panel discussion at the CERAWeek by S&amp;P Global energy conference in Houston. "We have to figure out ways to work together across international borders to fix the problem," Forrister said. "It's not something any individual country can do, and in fact, if we all try to operate in silos around the world, it's going to cost us more and take longer, and time is not on our side." Panelists noted that LNG supply disruptions tend to be a boon for coal. This leads to cases in which coal-fired products have a significant advantage over cleaner alternatives. However, panelists also made a positive case for the impact of geopolitical whiplash on the energy transition. The climate challenge "is something that will not go away," and a shift in focus toward national and energy security "cleans up" the projects that are less serious or don't "make sense," said Ricardo Mussa, CEO of Sustainable Business COP. "When you have a crisis like that, it's a good moment for us to take a chance and move toward some transformation," he said. This geopolitical shift allows carbon markets to "catch up" with policymakers, said Roman Kramarchuk, head of integrated narratives and policy analysis at S&amp;P Global. "A lot of the time we've seen regulations are being driven by policy; sometimes they're thought through, sometimes they're not measured well," Kramarchuk said. "We are absolutely going to see it slow down in the short run. But that doesn't stop [market-driven] efforts." "If anything, it gives us more time to make sure that when the next round comes around, it's not [carbon] accounting trying to catch up to policymakers and fix it, but it's the other way around," Kramarchuk added. The accounting problem Carbon measurement is acting as a binding constraint in the energy-transition space, Mussa said. He said carbon markets around the world "struggle" with the "fundamentals," especially in carbon accounting. "People are concerned that this discussion of carbon accounting will delay the process... I completely disagree on that," he said. "If we don't fix this fundamental thing and have the right measurement, the right accounting, we will never be able to attract the financial sector, never be able to [make the] carbon markets work properly." How carbon markets "draw the line" is key to properly incentivizing products with lower carbon footprints, Kramarchuk said. One example he gave is found in California, with the state's cap-and-invest program and its Low Carbon Fuel Standard: biofuels count as zero-emissions in the cap-and-invest program, but there is greater scrutiny of feedstocks and land use for biofuels in the LCFS, he said. "Granted, California can be a very complex jurisdiction to play in, but there are two different ways that the treatment of biofuels is being held," he said. Another example is how the EU considers the carbon footprint of aluminum. The EU is "just focusing on the processing of the aluminum," Kramarchuk said, while not considering the type of power used for aluminum production. "If you're a Canadian aluminum maker that is producing its aluminum from hydropower, your total scope is actually really good, but in the CBAM world ... that's not being accounted for," Kramarchuk said. "Another country with somewhat better processing but using coal fire or fossil fuel power to make the aluminum actually comes out ahead in that process ... think about the incentives that that creates." Standardization through collaboration Forrister emphasized the importance of "building cooperative models," pointing to California and Quebec linking their compliance carbon markets. The joint California-Quebec program is also looking to link with the Washington state cap-and-invest program. Forrister also mentioned the EU's 27 member states collaborating in one system while also adding Norway and Switzerland. "It's a lot easier if you've got a system of credits, a pool of credits that can be used, be it from nature or from technology," he said. "It can help to even out the costs in different places if everybody in those covered sectors has access to the same pools of credits." The cap-and-invest program in Washington state has significantly higher emissions allowance costs than those of other North American compliance programs. The state took a more aggressive stance than California, starting off with strict emissions caps and tight supply. The high costs sparked a political backlash, prompting state Republicans to add an initiative to the November 2024 ballot that gave voters the option to repeal the program altogether. The initiative failed by a wide margin, but the state sought to improve the program's political stability by linking it to the much larger California market. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed next-December California carbon allowances at $29.19/allowance March 24. In Washington state, where demand is outpacing supply, the last quarterly emissions auction settled at $65.26/allowance. The process of linking markets has been complicated as each jurisdiction works to align its regulations. Significant steps taken in this process, such as the release of a draft linkage agreement, cause Washington state carbon allowance costs to edge lower, as market participants prepare to see allowance costs anchored to the much lower California price. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/energy-evolution/032526-ontario-power-generation-leads-the-north-american-race-to-build-advanced-nuclear</link><description>When it comes to advanced nuclear generation, most North American power producers are in the study and development phases. But Ontario Power Generation is currently constructing the first of four small modular nuclear reactors at its Darlington facility, with the first 300-megawatt unit scheduled to complete construction and connect to the grid by 2030. The other three reactors are scheduled to be</description><title>Ontario Power Generation leads the North American race to build advanced nuclear</title><pubDate>25 March 2026 21:00:15 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Dan Testa</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Electric Power, Energy Transition, Nuclear, Renewables March 25, 2026 Ontario Power Generation leads the North American race to build advanced nuclear Featuring Dan Testa HIGHLIGHTS 300-MW unit connects to grid by 2030 Public utilities lead North American projects When it comes to advanced nuclear generation, most North American power producers are in the study and development phases. But Ontario Power Generation is currently constructing the first of four small modular nuclear reactors at its Darlington facility, with the first 300-megawatt unit scheduled to complete construction and connect to the grid by 2030. The other three reactors are scheduled to be completed in the mid-2030s, totaling 1,200 MW of firm capacity from advanced nuclear reactors. In this episode, Dan Testa speaks with OPG President and CEO Nicolle Butcher, from the sidelines of the CERAWeek by S&amp;P Global conference in Houston, about the state of the advanced nuclear project so far, how OPG selected this reactor design and why public power providers, like OPG in Canada and the Tennessee Valley Authority in the US, are taking the first steps to build advanced nuclear generation in North America. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/economic-outlook-asia-pacific-q2-2026-geopolitical-strife-stalls-the-momentum-s101675873</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. Our revised outlook highlights a regional economy balancing solid momentum with emerging obstacles. While tech-driven export demand and resilient domestic activity support growth, the region faces intensifying pressure from the Middle East conflict, higher energy prices, and shifting U.S. tariff policy. We expect global growth will mostly hold up even in the face of war. Global activity has derived support from strong AI-related investment spendin</description><title>Economic Outlook Asia-Pacific Q2 2026: Geopolitical Strife Stalls The Momentum</title><pubDate>24 March 2026 23:23:51 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/mercury-rising-european-entities-show-some-adaptation-gains-as-physical-risks-mount-s101676992</link><description>One of the main findings of this research is that, by midcentury, European corporates will face broadly similar climate hazard exposure as their counterparts in other regions. Among our sample of 70 rated entities, 84% disclose adaptation plans versus the cross-sector average of 40% in Europe (of 1,466 companies) and globally (7,509), according to responses to S&amp;amp;P Globalâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s 2025 Corporate Sustainability Assessment. However, adaptation planning is nascent for most companies in our sample, regard</description><title>Mercury Rising: European Entities Show Some Adaptation Gains As Physical Risks Mount</title><pubDate>24 March 2026 17:59:00 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/blog/energy-transition/032526-et-highlights-uber-reliance-samsung-ammonia-renewable-co2-europe</link><description>Energy transition highlights: Our editors and analysts bring you the biggest stories from the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices.</description><title>ET Highlights: Uber invests $1.25 bil in Rivian; Reliance, Samsung C&amp;amp;T ink $3 bil renewable ammonia deal; Rotterdam to become Europeâ&amp;#x80;&amp;#x99;s CO2 gateway</title><pubDate>24 March 2026 20:05:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Staff </name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Renewables, Emissions, Carbon March 25, 2026 ET Highlights: Uber invests $1.25 bil in Rivian; Reliance, Samsung C&amp;T ink $3 bil renewable ammonia deal; Rotterdam to become Europeâs CO2 gateway Energy Transition Highlights: Our editors and analysts bring together the biggest stories in the industry this week, from renewables to storage to carbon prices. Top story Uber invests $1.25 bil in Rivian amid slowing US EV market, new platform launch Uber Technologies will invest up to $1.25 billion in US electric vehicle manufacturer Rivian as the auto company ramps up to its newest more affordable platform, the companies said March 19. Uber will invest in Rivian through 2031 âsubject to the achievement of certain autonomous milestones by specific dates,â Rivian said in a statement. An initial $300 million investment subject to regulatory approval has been committed. The investments aim to accelerate Rivianâs plans to launch fully autonomous EVs in the US, Canada and Europe. The initial 10,000 Rivian so-called ârobotaxisâ are planned to be deployed in San Francisco and Miami starting in 2028, expanding to 25 other cities by 2031, Rivian said. âShould all milestones be achieved, the companies will have deployed thousands of unsupervised Rivian R2 robotaxis across 25 cities in the US, Canada, and Europe by the end of 2031," Rivian said. âThe companies also have the option to negotiate the purchase of up to 40,000 more autonomous Rivian R2 vehicles beginning in 2030.â The EV company is taking aim at the market share of US EV leader Tesla, which dominates the US market with an approximately 50% share in California. Tesla also is pushing towards fully autonomous ârobotaxis.â Benchmark of the Week $19,000/mt Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed battery-grade lithium carbonate CIF North Asia at $19,000 per metric ton on March 20. This reflects a dip based on reduced demand and competitive hydroxide offers. Lithium carbonate is a critical material in electric vehicle batteries. Explore Platts Energy Transition Price Assessments Editor's Picks: Free and premium content SPGlobal.com CERAWEEK: US to refund $1 bil to TotalEnergies in deal to drop offshore wind lease TotalEnergies will cancel its US-based offshore wind projects and invest approximately $1 billion in fossil fuel development, as part of a March 23 deal with the US Interior Department. After investing in the fossil fuel infrastructure, including oil, gas and LNG production, the French energy company will receive reimbursements of $1 billion from the US government, reflecting the total cost the company paid for offshore wind leases off the coast of North Carolina and New York in 2022. Indiaâs Reliance signs $3 bil renewable ammonia sales deal with Samsung C&amp;T Reliance Industries has signed a 15-year binding agreement with South Korea's Samsung C&amp;T Corp. to supply renewable ammonia, the Indian conglomerate said, marking a step toward expanding Asia's emerging market for low-carbon fuels. The supply and purchase agreement, valued at more than $3 billion, plans deliveries commencing in the second half of fiscal year 2028-29 (April-March), according to Reliance Industries. The firm is building an integrated new energy hub in Gujarat state. EU carbon market softening as supply balancing rules face heightened scrutiny The EU's cap-and-trade carbon market, which sets a price on greenhouse gas emissions within the bloc, is set to undergo a policy review in the third quarter of this year, which will define the future direction of Europe's climate framework. Against this backdrop, multiple politicians have been calling for reforms to the flagship scheme. This has led to a sharp drop in the price of EU Allowances, which hit an 11-month low of Eur65.06/metric ton of CO2 equivalent ($75/mtCO2e) during March 17 trading on the Intercontinental Exchange. S&amp;P Global Energy Core Port of Rotterdam positions itself as Europe's CO2 gateway Rotterdam in the Netherlands is positioning itself as Europe's carbon capture and storage gateway, with the Port of Rotterdam's flagship Porthos project set to become operational by the end of 2026, capturing approximately 2.5 million metric tons of CO2 annually, Nico van Dooren, director of new business development and portfolio at the port authority, told the Carbon Capture Europe Summit earlier in March. The Port of Rotterdam started its energy transition program in earnest in the late 2010s, focused on four pillars: infrastructure, renewable energy, alternative carbon sources for industry, and clean shipping. Chinaâs Chifeng renewable fuels hub to reach full commercialization in 2026 Chinaâs Chifeng renewable hub is set to reach full commercialization this year, with a production capacity target of 5 million mt/year of renewable ammonia, Frank Yu, senior VP, hydrogen marketing and sales product line president at Envision Energy said. Envision Energy, housed in Chifeng, made its first shipment of renewable ammonia to South Koreaâs LOTTE Fine Chemical last month, marking a notable development in the nascent clean fuels trade, Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, reported. China to develop low-carbon hydrogen pilots; sees price below Yuan 25/kg by 2030 China will develop low-carbon and renewable hydrogen pilots across regional clusters, supported by subsidies, with the price of the commodity likely to drop below Yuan 25/kg ($3.64/kg) by 2030, the government said. Through the pilot of urban agglomerations, the application scenarios of hydrogen energy will be expanded from fuel cell vehicles to qualified diversified fields such as transportation and industry, a move that would improve the supply capacity of clean and low-carbon hydrogen. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/03/us-exports-to-middle-east-in-limbo-amid-war-zone-service-disruptions</link><description>US exporters are scrambling to locate containers they shipped to the Middle East after ocean carriers halted almost all services due to the war with Iran.</description><title>US exports to Middle East in limbo amid war zone service disruptions</title><pubDate>19 March 2026 12:00:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Michael Angell</name></author><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Mar 19, 2026 US exports to Middle East in limbo amid war zone service disruptions By Michael Angell US exporters are scrambling to locate containers they have shipped to the Middle East but were subsequently dropped off at unknown ports after ocean carriers were forced to halt almost all services due to the war with Iran. While the logistical hurdles for Middle East cargo are more of an inconvenience at this point for US exporters rather than a full-blown crisis, shippers see a bigger risk in the warâs longevity and the downstream effect of higher oil prices. Mediterranean Shipping Co. invoked an âend of voyageâ clause this week on exports into Jebel Ali in Dubai, allowing the carrier to discharge containers at the next available port on the shipâs rotation, forwarders tell the Journal of Commerce. The end-of-voyage clause also includes an $800 surcharge. Stephen Zambo, president of third-party logistics provider AGL Group, said he has about 70 containers on the water with MSC destined for the Middle East. He is now figuring out where the next port of call will be for those boxes and bracing his customers for more costs and delays due to the redirections. Along with those containers, AGL has three containers on the ONE Majesty that was attacked in the Strait of Hormuz on Wednesday. Although the vessel suffered some damage, Zambo was told the ship would continue its original voyage. âWeâre having to figure out each day whatâs going on and what we need to do,â Zambo said. âItâs like itâs been over the last two years with tariffs and other crises, sort of wait-and-see how things play out and act accordingly.â MSC handles about half the container volumes from the US to the Middle East each year, which amounts to about 290,000 TEUs, according to PIERS, a sister company of the Journal of Commerce within S&amp;P Global. Maersk and CMA CGM are the second- and third-busiest carriers on that trade lane. Tim Avanzato, director of global logistics for paper and plastic products maker Lanca Sales, told the Journal of Commerce thereâs little risk of that US export cargo backing up at ports, as most of it can be sold to other markets. However, the shutdown of the Strait of Hormuz and the resulting surge in oil prices is concerning because that raises the cost of the products that Lanca Sales distributes. Water and hygiene services company Ecolab imposed a 10% to 14% energy surcharge on its products on Wednesday due to crude oil futures rising to over $100 per barrel. âThe Mideast situation is more of an inconvenience at this point,â Avanzato said. âBut the fallout if this goes on for weeks? Itâs a catastrophe.â Zambo said there are other markets that US exporters can tap. But some products such as certain softwoods are milled specifically for Middle East markets. âThe lumber producers are now trying to figure out what to do with the product they have,â he said. Higher oil prices have also resulted in escalating fuel surcharges for all trades. Zambo said he has been in discussions about shipping trans-Atlantic cargo into the US, but carriers have been unwilling to commit to rates due to the surge in fuel prices. Reviewing new routes The director of global logistics for a Houston-based chemicals company told the Journal of Commerce he is expecting his iso-tanks onboard MSC vessels destined for Jebel Ali to land in India now due to the end-of-voyage clause. He is now looking at new routes outside of the Middle Eastâs main port. CMA CGM, which last week suspended all Middle East bookings, on Wednesday reopened bookings for alternative ports such as the UAEâs Khor Fakkan or Omanâs Sohar port, which sit outside of the Strait of Hormuz. CMA CGM is also offering service to Saudi Arabiaâs Red Sea port of Jeddah and trucking cargo from there. But Jeddah would also involve transiting the Red Sea, which raises the risk of a potential attack by Iran-aligned Houthi rebels. The source said the regional risk is such that MSC has also suspended bookings into Israelâs Haifa, leaving Zim Integrated Shipping Services as the only carrier to service that port. MSCâs suspension of Haifa service could not be independently confirmed. âThe Red Sea is a mess,â the executive said. âI have no confidence it will get there.â He added that heâs looking to move containers to Egyptâs Port Said, a transshipment hub outside of the immediate warzone at the northern end of the Suez Canal on the Mediterranean Sea. Outside of servicing his customers, the source said his main concern now is how the oil price spike will play out for the economy. The cost of intermediate chemicals from the Middle East, including ammonia and cyclo-hexane, has jumped, resulting in further cost pressures for his own companyâs products. âFuel costs are going to kill everybody,â he said. âThatâs the wildcard.â This article was originally published in the Journal of Commerce on March 13, 2026. Subscribe to JOC.com Learn more about our data and insights Click Here ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/crude-oil/060324-interactive-platts-global-bunker-fuel-cost-calculator</link><description>The Platts global bunker fuel cost calculator shows how Platts price assessments for methanol, ammonia, LNG, bioblends and conventional oil-based fuels can be used to calculate the cost of marine fuels around the world, taking into account the EU Emissions Trading System and adjusted for energy density to put them on an equal footing.</description><title>Interactive: Platts global bunker fuel cost calculator</title><pubDate>24 March 2026 13:30:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Max Lin</name><name>Rowan Staden-Coats</name><name>Abhishek Anupam</name><name>Sophie Byron</name><name>Esther Ng</name><name>Megan Gildea</name><name>Santiago Canel Soria</name></author><content><![CDATA[ March 24, 2026 | 12:30 UTC INTERACTIVE: Platts global bunker fuel cost calculator By Max Lin, Rowan Staden-Coats, Abhishek Anupam, Sophie Byron, Esther Ng, Megan Gildea, and Santiago Canel Soria Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... (Latest update March 24, 2026) The Platts global bunker fuel cost calculator shows how Platts price assessments for methanol, ammonia, LNG, bioblends and conventional oil-based fuels can be used to calculate the cost of marine fuels around the world, taking into account the EU Emissions Trading System and adjusted for energy density to put them on an equal footing. Click here to explore in full-screen mode. Methanol blend Shipping firms are struggling to acquire sustainable methanol due to its scarcity, and some industry participants suggest blending the green fuel with existing gray methanol could alleviate the shortage for now. The Platts sustainable-gray methanol price slider uses the month average prices of delivered sustainable methanol bunker and FOB gray methanol in the US Gulf plus logistics cost to show a representation of the blended price of marine methanol. Biofuel blend Bioblends are emerging as the top choice as an alternative marine fuel for conventional ships as regulators introduce new rules to lower greenhouse gas emissions from shipping. The Platts UCOME-VLSFO price slider uses the month average prices of FOB Straits used cooking oil methyl ester plus logistics cost and delivered 0.5%S marine fuel oil to show a representation of the blended price of biobunker fuels. LNG blend LNG, with its accessibility and competitive pricing, has long been the most used alternative marine energy for shipowners willing to invest in alternative propulsion technology. A growing number of companies operating LNG-capable ships are introducing bio-LNG into their bunker mix for deep decarbonization, and market participants suggest the more expensive green fuel could be blended with fossil LNG -- possibly through mass balance -- for lower fuel expenses. The Platts bio-gray LNG bunker price slider uses monthly average delivered bunker prices of bio- and fossil LNG in Rotterdam to show a representation of the blended price of marine LNG. Further reading: INTERVIEW: Hydrogen to aid shipping decarbonization pathways: MMMCZCS' Norgaard EU tones down low-carbon pledges in policy guides, draws mixed reviews (Subscriber content) ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/us-real-time-data-energy-related-inflation-risks-rise-against-steady-growth-momentum-s101672676</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. The U.S. economy expanded slower in the fourth quarter than initially estimated, with the Bureau of Economic Analysis&amp;apos; revising downward for the second time household spending, government outlays, investment, and exports. Real GDP growth was revised down to 0.7% annualized from 1.4%, after a robust 4.4% expansion in the third quarter, and 3.8% in the second quarter. Part of the weakness was due to the government shutdown, which should have a rebou</description><title>U.S. Real-Time Data: Energy-Related Inflation Risks Rise Against Steady Growth Momentum</title><pubDate>20 March 2026 14:59:02 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/default-transition-and-recovery-repeat-defaulters-reached-a-new-high-in-february-s101675382</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. S&amp;amp;P Global Ratings&amp;apos; global corporate default tally was eight in February 2026, after the following defaults in the month: Luxembourg-based debt collection company Garfunkelux Holdco 2 S.A. Luxembourg-based telecommunications equipment distributor Eos Finco S.A R.L. U.S.-based diversified services provider Atlas CC Holding LLC U.S.-based oilfield services provider Nine Energy Service, Inc. U.S.-based alcoholic beverages brewer Blue Ribbon, LLC U.S.</description><title>Default, Transition, and Recovery: Repeat Defaulters Reached A New High In February</title><pubDate>20 March 2026 12:24:19 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2026/03/picture-this-india-smartphone-supply-chain-incentives</link><description>India is competing for incremental manufacturing investments both with mainland China and other emergent producers of smartphones.&amp;#xd;&amp;#xa;</description><title>Picture This: India Plans New Smartphone Supply Chain Incentives</title><pubDate>24 March 2026 12:45:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Mar. 24, 2026 Picture This: India Plans New Smartphone Supply Chain Incentives By Chris Rogers and Ines Nastali What we know The Indian government will shortly release a new package of incentives for smartphone manufacturers, reports indicate. The plan will adapt production-linked incentives, which end in March, in favor of export incentives including local value-added thresholds to encourage domestic manufacturing of parts and components too. India has been an increasingly important center for smartphone manufacturing over the past 10 years. The country had a one-off boost in 2025 when sourcing for the US from India increased in response to elevated International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA) tariffs on imports from mainland China. That saw Indiaâs share of US imports of smartphones reach 42.2% in 2025 from 13.6% in 2024, S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence data shows. At the same time, Indiaâs imports of electronics have steadily grown, with imports of phone parts having increased by 21.9% year over year in 2025. Over the longer term, imports of phone parts increased by US$10.2 billion in 2025 versus 2022 compared with the equivalent US$21.1 billion in phone exports. Adding in imports of computer chips and circuit boards, which are also used in other electronics, the total value of imported electronic components rose by US$24.5 billion over the same period. Why it matters Indiaâs tariff advantage versus mainland China rapidly eroded as a result of IEEPA (Russian oil) tariffs, which were subsequently removed in February 2026 as a result of both the trade deal reached with the US and the overruling of IEEPA tariffs and their replacement with 10% Section 122 tariffs. Although phones are currently exempt from such tariffs, the Section 232 (electronics) review is underway. India will need to compete for incremental manufacturing investments both with mainland China, which accounted for 70.9% of global smartphone exports in 2025 ahead of Indiaâs 12.6%, and with other emergent producers including Vietnam, which represented 12.5% of total shipments in 2025. Learn about how our data and insights can help you navigate trade policy shifts Click Here This article was published by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/south-and-southeast-asia-energy-transition-will-the-momentum-stay-on-track-s101652625</link><description>Execution challenges, intermittency of renewable power and grid shortfalls are slowing the pace of energy transition in South and Southeast Asia.</description><title>South And Southeast Asia Energy Transition--Will The Momentum Stay On Track?</title><pubDate>22 October 2025 04:20:26 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/electric-power/032326-uk-seeks-views-on-treatment-of-saf-in-compliance-carbon-market</link><description>The UK government launched a consultation March 23 on how sustainable aviation fuel should be treated under the country&amp;apos;s emissions trading system, seeking to align its carbon policy with the country&amp;apos;s sustainable aviation fuel mandate. The UK Emissions Trading System Authority is examining whether to expand the types of SAF eligible for emissions-reduction claims beyond biofuels and whether to</description><title>UK seeks views on treatment of SAF in compliance carbon market</title><pubDate>23 March 2026 19:11:41 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Eklavya Gupte</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Agriculture, Refined Products, Carbon, Emissions, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel March 23, 2026 UK seeks views on treatment of SAF in compliance carbon market By Eklavya Gupte Editor: Richard Rubin Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Consultation examines eligibility criteria for SAF Mandate targets 22% SAF use by 2040 Policy alignment could simplify airline compliance costs The UK government launched a consultation March 23 on how sustainable aviation fuel should be treated under the country's emissions trading system, seeking to align its carbon policy with the country's sustainable aviation fuel mandate. The UK Emissions Trading System Authority is examining whether to expand the types of SAF eligible for emissions-reduction claims beyond biofuels and whether to harmonize eligibility criteria with the SAF mandate's sustainability standards. At the heart of the consultation is how the UK ETS should account for SAF use by airlines. The authority is considering three approaches: maintaining the current zero-rating system, recognizing SAF in proportion to its actual emissions savings, or treating it the same as fossil kerosene without special recognition. How SAF is treated under the emissions trading system will affect both airlines' compliance costs and the economic incentives for producing and using renewable aviation fuels. The UK mandate secures demand for SAF by obligating suppliers to increase its share in the overall UK aviation fuel mix and incentivizes SAF supply through the award of tradeable certificates with a cash value. The SAF mandate started on Jan. 1, 2025, at 2% of total UK jet fuel demand, increases linearly to 10% in 2030 and then to 22% in 2040. From 2040, the obligation will remain at 22% of total UK jet fuel demand until there is greater certainty regarding SAF supply. The SAF Mandate could deliver up to 6.3 million mt of carbon savings per year by 2040. The review also questions whether the UK ETS should maintain its current emissions saving threshold for eligible SAF or adopt the SAF mandate benchmark. Aligning the two frameworks could simplify compliance for airlines and fuel suppliers operating under both schemes, though it may require changes to existing policy and legislation. The consultation closes on June 15. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the UK carbon price at GBP37.99/metric tons of CO2 equivalent on March 23, up 3% from March 20 but down from a January peak of GBP72.89/mtCO2e. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/tackling-the-esg-data-management-challenge-at-scale</link><description>The increased importance of environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues for investors, regulators, and other stakeholders and demands for greater transparency have reshaped requirements for analytics and disclosures.</description><title>Tackling the ESG Data Management Challenge at Scale</title><pubDate>05 December 2023 11:05:03 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Tom Archer</name><name>Neil Robertson</name></author><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Dec 05, 2023 Tackling the ESG Data Management Challenge at Scale By Tom Archer and Neil Robertson The increased importance of environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues for investors, regulators, and other stakeholders and demands for greater transparency have reshaped requirements for analytics and disclosures. Financial firms are increasingly focusing on their ability to access, manage, store, and analyze ESG-related data due to the volume of information now needed to meet stakeholder and compliance requirements. They are looking for ways to break down data silos, automate complex processes, and extract value from data assets. There are three main factors driving firms to reassess how they manage their ESG data: 1. The elevation of ESG to an enterprise-wide concern. 2. The large volumes of third-party data that need to be standardized and linked. 3. The roll-out of regulatory reporting requirements and standards. ESG is now an enterprise-wide concern Not long ago, ESG issues were the purview of dedicated sustainability teams that built models and maintained their own data for very specific purposes. Now companies need to gather extensive ESG details to support investment strategies, financial analysis, regulatory reporting, credit risk management and more to effectively evaluate overall risks and opportunities. ESG has become a cross-disciplinary area of responsibility, with large volumes of complex data that are beyond the bandwidth of standalone sustainability teams (32% of attendees for a recent S&amp;P Global webinar cited the number of sources and sheer volume of data as their biggest ESG data challenge). As a result, many firms see a growing need to create an internal hub of ESG data to provide consistent information, avoid duplication and reduce unnecessary costs. This is not a new phenomenon; we have seen data use cases expand across enterprises many times in our 20+ year history of helping financial firms centralize and manage their data. The requirements for efficiency and scalability are the same, regardless of the type of data involved. Extensive third-party data needs to be standardized and linked Given the volume of ESG data that is needed today to support front- to back-office functions, firms rely heavily on multiple third-party providers that deliver disparate data in numerous formats. There are also many more differences across providers than for other types of data (e.g. credit ratings) because of the range of methodologies and opinions that come into play. During our most recent webinar, 50% of attendees said the lack of standardization across sources is the biggest issue they face when attempting to aggregate ESG data. The challenge is most acute for private assets, for which data standardization is almost completely absent. Having an enterprise-wide data hub that validates and reconciles data, as well as cross-referencing and linking it, has become essential for creating a single source of truth. Regulatory reporting needs to be streamlined The regulatory landscape for sustainability reporting is evolving, with new requirements, guidelines, and standards being introduced or revised to increase transparency and prevent greenwashing. In Europe, the Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation (SFDR) has been a game-changer, which has significantly raised the bar in terms of its expectations regarding data. The industry is now waiting to see what impact the UK's Sustainability Disclosure Requirements (SDR) will have. Failure to make complete disclosures can lead to penalties and reputational damage. However, responding to each new reporting requirement one at a time is a time-consuming, laborious process. As a result, firms are beginning to think strategically about ways to implement a single infrastructure that is capable of addressing the data requirements of a wide range of regulations more holistically. They have come to the conclusion that making a strategic investment in a best-in-class data management strategy can open the pathway to longer-term success. A new approach for ESG data management We are helping firms accelerate their sustainability strategies, including regulatory reporting, by delivering an outsourced ESG data management service. We have combined the capabilities of our award-winning Enterprise Data Management (EDM) software, our extensive Sustainable1 datasets, our connections to other data vendors, and the expertise of our global team to create a unique service. You can now outsource your ESG data workflows to us; we will aggregate and manage data from multiple sources on your behalf and deliver a validated master record in the format and time required for use in your systems. The combination of our ESG data, software solutions, and ESG/technology subject matter expertise is helping to transform the ESG data management landscape. Click here to learn more about how we can help streamline and scale your ESG data strategy. S&amp;P Global provides industry-leading data, software and technology platforms and managed services to tackle some of the most difficult challenges in financial markets. We help our customers better understand complicated markets, reduce risk, operate more efficiently and comply with financial regulation. This article was published by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. Learn more about ESG Data Management as a Service Click Here Whitepaper The Evolution of Outsourcing Data Operations for ESG and Private Assets Download ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/en/research-insights/special-reports/look-forward/energy-futures</link><description>The global energy system is entering an era of expansion, where affordability, reliability, competitiveness and geopolitical resilience are taking precedence over the energy transition.</description><title>Look Forward: Energy Futures</title><pubDate>19 March 2026 13:00:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ Volume 13 â19 March 2026 Look Forward: Energy Futures The global energy system is entering an era of expansion, where affordability, reliability, competitiveness and geopolitical resilience are taking precedence over the energy transition. In this edition Foreword Explore the Research About This Edition In this edition Foreword Explore the Research About This Edition Download the Journal Download the Journal Energy is Everything. Itâs the defining feature of todayâs global landscape. The rapid growth of AI and the enormous energy required to power it are driving an unprecedented convergence between the technology and energy sectors. Electricity is taking on a larger role besides AI across the economy, even as affordability pressures intensify and grid investment becomes more urgent. At the same time, the âmolecules economyâ is evolving as LNG markets become more globally integrated, and hydrocarbons remain central to meeting demand. Amid a rapidly evolving and expanding global landscape, the need to secure reliable and sustainable energy has never been more urgent. Securing critical minerals and materials is increasingly recognized as a strategic priority, underscoring the importance of diversified supply chains and long-term resource stewardship. Advancing greater transparency and standardization in carbon measurement is essential to unlocking the full potential of voluntary carbon markets and enabling credible carbon-differentiated trade. As energy advances the global economy, climate impacts have continued to intensify. Integrating adaptation and physical resilience into energy planning is becoming foundational to building systems that are durable, flexible and fit for the future. Understanding these driving forces is central not only to energy markets, but also to the wider world those markets serve. That is why it is more important than ever to bring together deep sector expertise, rigorous data and on-the-ground market knowledge. S&amp;P Globalâs Look Forward: Energy Futures provides world-leading analysis to help leaders navigate complexity with confidence at a moment when decisions made by policymakers, companies and investors will reverberate for decades. This issue is going to press during the war in the Middle East, one of the most historically important moments in the global energy markets. S&amp;P Global Energy news and price reporters, researchers, and analysts will continue to analyze the impact of the conflict on the physical energy markets, as well as its long-term implications, while staying connected with our customers. We invite you to share your own views on these topics and ask questions. Your insights and engagements are invaluable. We want to hear from you. S&amp;P Global Energy Dave Ernsberger President, S&amp;P Global Energy Dave Ernsberger is President of S&amp;P Global Energy and a member of S&amp;P Globalâs Executive Leadership Team. Most recently, Mr. Ernsberger was Head of Market Reporting and Trading Solutions at S&amp;P Global Energy. In that role, he was responsible for managing Platts commodity price benchmarks worldwide, including market reporting, news coverage and exchange relationships, from well-established markets like oil and gas through to emerging market environments like new Energy Transition commodities and recycled materials. Prior to that, Mr. Ernsberger served in a variety of roles at Platts, including Head of Oil Content; Editorial Director for Asia (based in Singapore), and Houston Bureau Chief. He joined Platts in 1996 as a metals reporter in London, and launched coverage of Europeâs then-deregulating gas and electricity markets in 1999. A native of Boston, Massachusetts, Mr. Ernsberger holds a bachelor's degree in philosophy and politics from Warwick University, England, and a master's degree in international relations from Southampton University, England. In this edition Look Forward is a collection of thought leadership reports issued by S&amp;P Global, published amidst ongoing war in the Middle East and one of the most historically important moments in the global energy markets. S&amp;P Global believes there is a high degree of unpredictability around the duration and scale of the Middle East war and its impacts. These reports do not constitute a rating action, neither were they discussed by a rating committee. About this edition Overview Sponsors and Leads Contributors Past Editions The global energy system is charting new frontiers, with decarbonization increasingly viewed as a longer-term objective, rather than an immediate priority. The collection of articles in our latest edition of Look Forward captures this inflection point: We are firmly in an era of energy expansion, where affordability, reliability, competitiveness and geopolitical resilience are taking precedence over energy transition. There is a revival in oil and gas investments amid concerns over supply shortfalls and price volatility. At the same time, investors are balancing capital discipline, shareholder expectations and emissions scrutiny. Upstream expansion today is more practical, technologically sophisticated and politically aware than in previous cycles, having adapted to a world where hydrocarbons remain indispensable but contested. The recalibration is especially visible in Europe, where industrial competitiveness and energy affordability have moved to the forefront. While the European Green Deal remains foundational, policymakers are balancing decarbonization with pragmatism, recognizing a sustained role for gas in stabilizing power systems and preserving industrial capacity. Although political consensus on climate ambition may be less unified, investment opportunities remain abundant. Energy expansion is not confined to advanced economies. Extending access to reliable energy in Africa is central to economic growth and social development. Here, the priorities are clear: mobilizing capital, improving project bankability and unlocking infrastructure investment. Meanwhile, materials and minerals critical for the global energy system, such as copper, are becoming increasingly embedded in geopolitical competition. Supply chains once governed primarily by cost efficiency are now shaped by national security interests. Even climate policies are evolving in this new context. Carbon accounting frameworks are central to policy dialogue, as credibility and comparability are essential in this complex, multipolar energy landscape. Resilience to physical climate risk is indispensable as the US expands generation capacity and grid infrastructure. Adaptation, in other words, is as crucial as mitigation. After a period of enthusiasm, sustainable chemicals now face economic and policy headwinds, demonstrating that not all decarbonization-linked industries advance in a linear fashion. Together, the articles in Look Forward: Energy Futures depict a world in which energy demand is rising, supply is expanding and strategic competition is intensifying. The energy transition has not disappeared; it is just not the primary goal. In its place stands a more immediate imperative: secure, affordable and scalable energy systems capable of sustaining economic growth in an uncertain geopolitical era. Explore the research By Atul Arya, Ph.D. and Ashutosh Singh S&amp;P Global Ratings Look Forward Council, Sponsor Yann Le Pallec President, S&amp;P Global Ratings Yann Le Pallec is President of S&amp;P Global Ratings and a member of S&amp;P Globalâs Executive Leadership Team. He has ultimate responsibility for all aspects of the business, including commercial, analytical, control and operations functions. He is based in Paris and heads the S&amp;P Global Ratings Operating Committee. Mr. Le Pallec chairs the Board of CRISIL Ltd, a global provider of benchmarks and analytics for the financial community that also owns CRISIL Ratings, a leading credit rating agency in India. CRISIL Ltd is listed on BSE (formerly Bombay Stock Exchange). Previously, Mr. Le Pallec was the Executive Managing Director and Head of Global Ratings Services which oversees Analytics, Research, and Operations, encompassing more than 2,200 analysts and support staff across 28 countries who cover more than one million outstanding ratings on entities and securities across a range of sectors, including governments, corporations, financial institutions and structured finance. Since joining S&amp;P Global Ratings in 1999, Mr. Le Pallec has held a diverse array of roles, including Head of Global Corporate Ratings, leading a group of 500 analysts responsible for coverage of more than 4,000 non- financial corporations worldwide. Before that he led S&amp;P Globalâs credit ratings business in EMEA, managing a team of more than 900 ratings analysts and support staff across a dozen offices. Previously, he was Head of EMEA Corporate and Government Ratings, after serving in various managerial and analytical positions in the Insurance and Sovereign &amp; Public Sector groups. Mr. Le Pallec has also served as the Executive Sponsor for S&amp;P Globalâs PRIDE People Resource Group, which is dedicated to maintaining a supportive work environment for LGBTQ+ colleagues. Prior to joining S&amp;P Global, Mr. Le Pallec worked for nine years at Paris-based auditing and financial services firm Salustro Reydel. Mr. Le Pallec holds a master's degree in Business from the Ecole SupÃ©rieure des Sciences Economique et Commerciales (ESSEC) in France. S&amp;P Global Energy Look Forward Council, Co-Chair Atul Arya, Ph.D. Senior Vice President and Chief Energy Strategist His areas of expertise include business strategy, commercial analysis, oil markets, energy technologies, climate change and renewables. He has previously led Energy Insight, Research and Analysis and Energy Research teams at S&amp;P Global (Now a part of S&amp;P Global). Dr. Atul previously worked for BP for over 20 years in a number of operational, business, technical and strategic positions around the world. His career includes international leadership experience in a diverse array of energy fields spanning strategy development, business planning, field operations and technology commercialization. His experience includes leadership in solar energy development as well as oil and gas. Dr. Atul has previously served on boards of several companies and institutions and is member of the World Economic Forum's Global Future Council on Advanced Energy Technologies and is 25+ year member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers. He is a sought-after speaker and moderator at public conferences, company boards and industry events and a member of the CERAWeek leadership team. He holds B.S., M.S. and Ph. D. degrees in engineering. S&amp;P Global Ratings Look Forward Council, Co-Chair Alexandra Dimitrijevic Global Head of Research and Development S&amp;P Global Energy Miguel Acosta Consulting Manager, Critical Minerals Consulting S&amp;P Global Energy Look Forward Council, Co-Chair Atul Arya, Ph.D. Senior Vice President and Chief Energy Strategist His areas of expertise include business strategy, commercial analysis, oil markets, energy technologies, climate change and renewables. He has previously led Energy Insight, Research and Analysis and Energy Research teams at S&amp;P Global (Now a part of S&amp;P Global). Dr. Atul previously worked for BP for over 20 years in a number of operational, business, technical and strategic positions around the world. His career includes international leadership experience in a diverse array of energy fields spanning strategy development, business planning, field operations and technology commercialization. His experience includes leadership in solar energy development as well as oil and gas. Dr. Atul has previously served on boards of several companies and institutions and is member of the World Economic Forum's Global Future Council on Advanced Energy Technologies and is 25+ year member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers. He is a sought-after speaker and moderator at public conferences, company boards and industry events and a member of the CERAWeek leadership team. He holds B.S., M.S. and Ph. D. degrees in engineering. S&amp;P Global Energy Alessandro Badinotti Sustainability Analyst Research and Development Alessandro Badinotti works as Sustainability Analyst within Horizons, S&amp;P Global's centralized source for sustainability intelligence. Together with a global team of analysts, heâs responsible for maintaining and developing the S&amp;P Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment (CSA), an annual evaluation of companiesâ sustainability practices that are both industry-specific and financially material. His cross-industry focus areas are greenhouse gas emissions and transparency in sustainability reporting. S&amp;P Global Energy Kevin Birn Head of Carbon Research and The Center of Emissions Excellence Kevin is based in Calgary and is responsible for the Centre of Emission Excellence within S&amp;P Global Energy. The Centre is responsible for accelerating Energy emissions quantification capabilities by helping to identify and inform strategic priorities, ensuring consistency in emission estimation across business lines, and providing technical support and guidance to development of new models, methods and tools in the estimation of GHG emissions across energy value chains. Kevin has over a decade of experience engaging in and advising governments, companies and industry on emission accounting estimation as well as decarbonization strategies. He is also an established thought leader on the Canadian oil market and serves as the Chief Analyst for the Canadian Oil Market. Kevin is currently a fellow at the Canadian Global Affair Institute, a member of the Outreach &amp; Engagement Committee at Emissions Reduction Alberta, and a member of the executive committee with the Global Energy Show. He holds an undergraduate degree in business and a graduate degree in economics from the University of Alberta. S&amp;P Global Energy Gary Clark Associate Director, Europe and Africa Clean Refined Products S&amp;P Global Energy Sylvain Cognet-Dauphin EMEA Power and Renewables Research Lead Sylvain is responsible for the fundamental analysis of power markets across Europe to support asset valuation, retainer services, and Multiclient Studies. He also supervises the European long-term energy demand analysis. Prior to joining S&amp;P Global Energy, Sylvain was chief analyst at ENGIE's Center of Expertise in Economic and Modeling Studies, where he managed a team of consultants in charge of energy demand assessments, French energy policy and regulation, and operational optimization and analytics studies. He also directed long-term power and gas market assessment for France, Turkey, and African countries. Before ENGIE, Sylvain was senior principal researcher at S&amp;P Global Energy, where he contributed to consulting assignments related to power and gas markets in the Middle East, North Africa, and Wider Europe. Sylvain holds a master's degree from Ecole de Mines de Paris, France, and attended corporate finance executive education programs at the London Business School, United Kingdom. S&amp;P Global Energy Aurian De La Noue Executive Director,â¯Energy Transitionâ¯andâ¯Critical Minerals Consulting Aurian is a Senior Director in the Energy Transition practice at S&amp;P Global, and is the global lead for critical minerals and metals consulting. With over twelve years of experience, he has led numerous consulting projects in the energy transition space, particularly within the metals and mining industry. Aurian has worked with major mining conglomerates, banks, governments, and energy companies. Aurian's expertise in critical minerals includes developing integrated supply, demand, and structural cost models, as well as creating decarbonization pathways for key commodities. He has also worked on emission reduction strategies and climate-related scenario analysis for mining producers. Notably, Aurian worked on Egyptian Government's Mining Masterplan between 2018 and 2021, supporting the Ministry of Petroleum in setting up its exploration auction round, its mining cadastre and bid evaluation criteria for the country's first ever mining auction. Before joining S&amp;P Global, Aurian was a Principal Consultant in Wood Mackenzie's Metals &amp; mining consulting practice, focusing on iron ore, steel, and base metal. He holds a B.A. in Economics and Political Science from the McGill University and an M.Sc. in Management from the London School of Economics. S&amp;P Global Energy Chris DeLucia Director, Global Power and Renewables Research In this role, Chris focuses on strategic and competitive dynamics within the global power and renewables space and analyzes company and peer group strategies and trends. Previously, Chris worked with the Upstream Companies and Transactions team, where he oversaw research and analysis pertaining to the upstream portfolio positioning of oil and gas companies and to the low-carbon strategies of these companies. He has been with the company since 2013. Prior to joining S&amp;P Global, he worked for several years in investment banking at UBS. Chris holds a Bachelor of Arts in economics and international studies from Colby College and a Master of Public Administration in international energy policy management from Columbia University, both in the United States. He is also a CFA charterholder. S&amp;P Global Energy Roger Diwan Head of Energy Capital Insights Roger has more than 25 years of experience in advising governments, oil and gas companies, and financial institutions on oil markets, geopolitics of oil, and assessment of the strategic shifts of the global oil and gas industry. He leads a team of analysts and strategists to advise asset managers, hedge funds, private equity firms, and investment banks by providing customized analysis on the oil and gas industry. Recently, Roger has been focusing on strategies that investors are implementing to capture value in the energy sector and the implications of the decapitalization of the oil and gas sector and capitalization of the energy transition. He still leads analysis on topics as varied as the global exploration outlook, the geopolitical impact of US shales, China's energy outlook, or the changing strategies of the Gulf national oil companies. Roger holds a Bachelor of Arts from the Sorbonne University, France, and master's degrees from The Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies, United States, and the Institut d'Etudes Politiques of Paris, France. S&amp;P Global Energy Kunle Dosumu Principal Analyst, Polymers and Circularity S&amp;P Global Energy Marie-Louise du Bois Global Director, Price Reporting â Energy Transition S&amp;P Global Ratings Emmanuel Dubois-Pelerin Managing Director, Sector Lead, EMEA Utilities S&amp;P Global Energy Daniel Evans Vice President, Global Head of Fuels and Refining Research S&amp;P Global Energy Bob Fryklund Vice President, Chief Upstream Strategist Bob is a recognized industry thought leader on all aspects of the Upstream. He advises Boards, CEO's and management teams on strategic direction. He has been involved in many of the industries pivotal projects - TOR acquisition by Petrobras, a $10 billion arbitration; Oil export approval in the US; and restructuring of several of the industries major operators. He focusses on helping companies understand future trends and how to position themselves in the market. He also provides advice on how to build a better narative for shareholders. Bob has 40 yrs in the industry and has been an senior executive at ConocoPhillips as well as at S&amp;P Global (Now a part of S&amp;P Global). He sits on four industry Boards and is chair of the supply and demand committee at the Independent Petroluem Association of America (IPAA). He is a frequent industry executive speaker as well as media source for the major outlets. Bob holds a AB in Geology from Hamilton College and lives in Houston. S&amp;P Global Ratings Pierre Georges Managing Director, Global Analytics, Head of Infrastructure Research S&amp;P Global Ratings Gabe Grosberg Managing Director, Sector Lead, Credit Analysis S&amp;P Global Energy Lindsey Hall Global Head of Sustainability Thought Leadership Lindsey Hall is Head of ESG Thought Leadership at S&amp;P Global Horizons, where she co-hosts the ESG Insider podcast and is a steering member of S&amp;P Global's Diversity Research Lab. She got her start in financial journalism writing for various Financial Times publications in London before joining SNL Financial in 2010, where she spent a decade covering financial news and regulation as a reporter and editor. Lindsey holds a Masters from the London School of Economics. S&amp;P Global Energy Bing Han Head of China Power and Renewables Bing, Senior Research Analyst, S&amp;P Global Energy, works on Greater China power and renewables research and is a member of Asia's research and consulting team. Prior to joining S&amp;P Global Energy, Bing was Engineer of Energy Consulting and Planning at Guangdong Electric Power Design Institute for four years in Guangzhou, China, working on regional energy planning, power plant grid connecting, power grid planning, and power quality analysis of renewables. Bing holds a Bachelor and a Master of Electrical Engineering from Tsinghua University. S&amp;P Global Energy Judson Jacobs Executive Director, Upstream Technology Judson Jacobs is a Executive Director with S&amp;P Globalâs energy division. In this role he leads the companyâs energy technology group, bringing together company strategies, innovation approaches, and regulatory and policy perspectives to deliver insights into the current state of the industry and future directions. Recent research includes the role of AI in enabling and accelerating the energy transition, the emergence of commercial models for carbon management, and finding the balance between oil &amp; gas and new energy. Prior to joining S&amp;P Global, Mr. Jacobs worked as a management consultant with the Mitchell Madison Group and held senior engineering positions with Schlumberger and Anadarko Petroleum Corporation. He earned a BSE from Princeton University and an MS in Geology from Stanford University. S&amp;P Global Energy Roman Kramarchuk Head of Integrated Narratives and Policy Analysis Roman Kramarchuk leads efforts at Energy to analyze the impacts of the energy transition â driven by policy changes and technology advancements â on the energy sector and energy market outlooks, with a special focus on clean energy (i.e. carbon markets, hydrogen, stationary storage, electric vehicles/alternative transport, renewables, etc.). He oversees the Energy Analytics Future Energy Outlooks â advising clients on energy transition and long term energy market views (including 2 degree scenarios) â and has led the GHG and North American Environmental Markets Services â offering insights into environmental markets &amp; policies. Prior to joining PIRA, now part of S&amp;P Global Energy, he was at the U.S. EPA, developing key power plant and industrial emissions regulations at the Clean Air Markets Division. With both PG&amp;E NEG and PA Consulting / PHB Hagler Bailly, he evaluated strategies regarding fuel choice, capital investments and trading. Roman also worked on international projects to develop power markets and regulatory capacity in the former Soviet Union and India. At the Federal Reserve Board, Roman analyzed trends in industrial production. He has an M.P.P. from the Harvard Kennedy School and a B.A. in economics and B.S.E. in systems engineering from the University of Pennsylvania. S&amp;P Global Energy Coralie Laurencin Head of European Gas, Power and Carbon Policy Coralie specializes in regulation and strategy in European power markets and renewable energy investments. Her work centers on how policy is shaping the energy transition. In particular, she focuses on the European carbon price, the emissions trading scheme (ETS), renewable support frameworks and PPAs, and developing capacity markets. Before joining S&amp;P Global, Coralie developed onshore wind and biomass projects in the United Kingdom with EFRG. Prior to that, she led the regulatory analysis efforts of boutique investment bank Climate Change Capital, focusing on the ETS in London, and was a part of EDF's commodity market analysis team in Paris. She holds a Master in Management from HEC Paris, France. Coralie speaks French and English. S&amp;P Global Energy Raoul LeBlanc Vice President, Upstream Research and Analysis Raoul passion lies in the intersection of oil and gas expertise and leading-edge data analytics. He currently leads the development and commercialization of data products that leverage knowledge to make the S&amp;P Global Energy well and production database insightful for commercial decision makers. Raoul also plays a key role in directing research and forecasting of onshore North America and then delivering an integrated, substantive story to executives and investors. As a veteran of the industry and a former partner at PFC Energy (now S&amp;P Global Energy), Raoul brings 25 years of experience in strategic and industry analysis. Familiar with a wide range of corporate and market issues, he has extensive experience on issues related to North American independents, upstream assets, and natural gas markets. From 1997 to 2006, Raoul directed Anadarko Petroleum's strategic planning effort, responsible for strategy formulation, portfolio optimization, scenario planning, and competitor analysis. He has worked and studied in Japan, the western Pacific, and Great Britain. Mr. LeBlanc holds an undergraduate degree from Georgetown University and a Master of Arts in energy and international relations from The Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies, United States. S&amp;P Global Ratings Apple Li Director, Infrastructure Ratings S&amp;P Global Energy Rick Lord Head of Sustainable1 Research and Innovation Rick Lord is Head of Innovation Methodology at Trucost, part of S&amp;P Global Horizons. In this role, Rick specializes in the developing and delivering data and tools to quantify environmental, social and governance risks to assets, projects, companies and investment portfolios. Most recently he has led the development of innovative and market leading analytics focusing on ESG issues including carbon pricing risk, alignment with the U.N. Sustainable Development Goals, and climate change physical risk. Rickâs work at Trucost aims to link ESG issues to drivers of corporate and investor financial value creation, and to frame material ESG issues in the context of business strategy. Rick holds a Masters in Environmental Economics from Imperial College London and a Bachelorâs of Science from Queensland University of Technology. S&amp;P Global Energy Patrick Luckow Cross-Regional Power and Renewables Research Lead Patrick Luckow, an associate director of S&amp;P Global Energy Gas, Power, and Energy Futures, focuses on regional and national carbon policy and associated markets, including the Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative and the linked, economy-wide greenhouse gas markets in California and Quebec. Patrick is experienced in the use of simulation and forecasting tools to conduct economic analysis and long-term scenario planning to support renewable and carbon market analyses. He produces regularly updated allowance price outlooks for the Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative and California-Quebec carbon markets. Patrick also contributes to S&amp;P Global Energy REC market outlooks, forecasting pricing associated with state renewable portfolio standards. Prior to joining S&amp;P Global, Patrick was the modeling lead at Synapse Energy Economics, where he used industry-standard models for resource planning and market forecasting, as well as expert testimony for regulatory proceedings. Patrick holds a Bachelor of Science from Northwestern University, United States, and a Master of Science degree from the University of Maryland, United States. S&amp;P Global Energy Matt Macfarland Senior Editor, Sustainability Matt MacFarland is the industry editor for nonbank financial services news at S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence. His coverage includes investment banking, asset management, financial technology and capital markets. A particular focus is equity market structure, which he covered as a reporter for SNL Financial. Matt holds a masterâs degree in creative writing from the University of Virginia and a bachelorâs degree in English from Hampden-Sydney College. S&amp;P Global Energy Olivier Maronneaud Global Head, Methanol and Circularity Olivier has 10+ years of chemical industry background starting his career as product manager for General Purpose PVC at the French chemical producer Arkema. Olivier then joined the chemical research team at S&amp;P Global Energy, where he was in charge of the medium and long term analysis for methanol and the acetyls value chain. Since 2017, Olivier is part of the chemical consulting team where he is currently a Director, managing single client projects across the wider chemical industry. His expertise spans from the vinyls and syngas value chains to wider issues affecting the chemical industry such as plastic recycling (chemical recycling) with a focus on the European and CIS regions. S&amp;P Global Ratings Samira Mensah Managing Director, Africa Research &amp; Analytics, and Country Head, South Africa S&amp;P Global Ratings Paul Munday, Ph.D. Director, Global Climate Adaptation and Resilience Specialist Paul Munday is a Director, Global Climate Adaptation &amp; Resilience Specialist at S&amp;P Global Ratings, where he leads and coordinates S&amp;P Global Ratingsâ research and application of climate adaptation and resilience analytics. He works at the interface between data and research, leveraging his expertise to help improve clarity of the credit impacts from climate risks. Paul has over 10 years of experience in both the UK and abroad, providing advice to private and public sector clients across multiple sectors to help mainstream consideration of climate resilience into projects and programmes. Prior to joining S&amp;P Global Ratings, Paul worked in climate risk consultancy. He is a Chartered Scientist, Chartered Water and Environment Manager and certified expert in climate adaptation finance by the Frankfurt School of Finance &amp; Management. S&amp;P Global Energy Andy Orszynski Director, European Ethylene and Derivatives Andy leads S&amp;P Global Energyâs research into Ethylene in Europe, as well as their global research into Ethylene Derivatives, including Ethylene Oxide and Glycols. He joined S&amp;P Global in 2023 having spent much of his 14-year chemical industry career working in sales, marketing &amp; business developments roles at Shell Chemicals. Andy started his career as a Marketer - and then an Economist - within Shellâs Mobility business, before joining Shell Chemicals as Sales Manager for Linear Alpha Olefins, Alcohols and Ethoxylates. Subsequently he joined the European Base Chemicals team, leading cracker feedstock projects to establish Ethane imports from North America, as well as new domestic sources of NGLâs and other advantaged feedstocks. After this he managed the Propylene Oxide Glycols and Glycol Ethers business, with overall responsibility for the P&amp;L, manufacturing and supply chains, as well the strategic direction of the product line. His experience across a number of Shellâs value chains has given him a strong insight into integrated value, and deep knowledge of a wide range of derivatives and end uses including Automotive, Building &amp; Construction, Furnishings, Lubricants, Detergents and Solvents. Andy has also led Digitalization and Sustainability projects within Shell Aviation, and has a keen interest in how developments in these areas will impact the Chemical industry in both the near and long-term. S&amp;P Global Energy Carlos Pascual Senior Vice President, Head of Geopolitics and International Affairs Carlos Pascual leads the integration of geopolitics, energy, and markets for S&amp;P Global Energy. He works with clients globally on addressing the geopolitical challenges of energy transition, security and competitiveness -- and the implications for energy justice. Mr. Pascual also leads the coordination of S&amp;P Global Energy businesses in Latin America. Mr. Pascual was previously US Ambassador to both Mexico and Ukraine and was Special Assistant to the US president for Russia, Ukraine, and Eurasia on the National Security Council. As the former US Energy Envoy and Coordinator for International Energy Affairs at the State Department, Mr. Pascual established and directed the Energy Resources Bureau and served as the Senior Advisor to the Secretary of State on energy issues. Earlier, Mr. Pascual created the position of Coordinator for Reconstruction and Stabilization in the State Department, establishing the first civilian response capacity to conflicts. Mr. Pascual is a distinguished fellow at the Atlantic Council and was a resident fellow at Columbia Universityâs Center on Global Energy Policy. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Stanford University and a Master of Public Policy degree from the Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University. S&amp;P Global Energy Chengyao Peng, Ph.D Head of APAC Power and Renewables Chengyao, director for Greater China power &amp; renewables research and anlysis at S&amp;P Global Energy and a member of the thought leadership group in global power and renewables, with a focus on Asia Pacific and China in particular. Chengyao has deep domain knowledge in electric power, clean energy, and especially renewable energy industry, specializing in market fundamentals analysis and forecasting, market design and policy analysis, business models, company strategies, and technology trends. Chengyao has over 15 years of experience in leading strategy, marketing, product management and commercialization in multinational organizations, state owned enterprises, and government agencies. Prior to joining S&amp;P Global Energy, Chengyao spent 10 years at GE, both in the US and China, and took on various strategy, marketing, and commercial roles across energy, gas-fired power, distributed power, and renewable energy businesses. She most recently served as strategy director in GE Renewable Energy where she oversaw both commercial and product strategies for onshore wind in APAC. Earlier, she was an assistant general manager for eco technologies planning and investment at Sino-Singapore Tianjin Eco-city Investment and Development Co.. Prior to that, she worked as a program manager at Singapore's Public Utilities Board. Chengyao holds a bachelor's degree in environmental engineering from Tongji University, China, a master's degree in environmental science from Stanford University, California, and a Ph.D in civil engineering from Beijing University of Technology, China. She is based in Beijing. S&amp;P Global Energy Daniel Pratt, CFA Head of Upstream Daniel Pratt is Senior Vice President leading the Global Upstream Solutions business within S&amp;P Global Energy. Dan has over 25 years of experience in the Upstream sector with leadership positions across multiple capabilities. Today, Dan leads a global team focused on delivering research, data, and software to support decision making within Oil &amp; Gas markets, including operators, service companies, investors, and capital providers. Dan spearheads new product development and innovation, integrating advanced technology and data science into workflows and product offerings. His efforts generate critical insights and thought leadership, strengthening client relationships and supporting S&amp;P Globalâs sales and consulting initiatives. Danielâs previous experience includes equity analysis at John S. Herold and serving as Director of Oil &amp; Gas Research at Ticonderoga Securities, where he covered oil and gas equities and published research for institutional investors. He also led the Upstream Companies &amp; Transactions capability within IHS Markit. Daniel is a Chartered Financial Analyst, a member of the CFA Institute, and a member of the Stamford CFA Society. He holds a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Rochester. S&amp;P Global Energy Francesca Price Senior Principal Analyst, Critical Mineral Markets Francesca Price is a Senior Analyst in the Metals and Mining Research team at S&amp;P Global Energy, based in London. With a background in mining geology, Francesca has been covering the metals markets since 2019, initially focused on precious metals and PGMs, and more recently expanding her scope to look at all critical raw materials. Her primary focus now is the policy environment of critical minerals, assessing how political, technological, economic, environmental and legislative changes will affect these commodity markets, in the context of the energy transition. Francesca joined the Department for Business and Trade in 2023 as a Senior Policy Advisor for critical minerals, helping deliver high priority workstreams within the UKâs Critical Minerals Strategy for HM Government. Francesca holds a BSc in Geology from the University of Leeds. S&amp;P Global Energy Glenn Rickson Associateâ¯Director, Europe Power and Renewables Research Glenn Rickson leads S&amp;P Global Energyâ short-term European power analysis team. He heads up coverage of the regionâs wholesale electricity markets and has also contributed to development of price and fundamental forecasts out to 2050. S&amp;P Global Energy Catherine Robinson Executive Director Global Gas Cross Commodity Research Catherine has worked on numerous tailored consulting assignments for international oil companies, European utilities, and financial institutions, providing strategic advice and recommendations at the board and senior executive level. She specializes in market fundamentals, hedging, and risk management. Catherine is the author of numerous reports, which include analyses of the evolution of the European gas and power market and the implications for the strategy of market players; Europe's energy transition; and short- and long-term energy market fundamentals, among other research topics. She was the research lead for a number of Multiclient Studies looking at the long-term future of the European energy systems, including 'Strategies for a Lean Europe: Meeting the Energy Efficiency Challenge,' 'Beyond the flame: The transformation of Europe's heat sector,' and 'Steady at 50: Balancing Europe's power grid,' a study of European ancillary service markets. Before joining S&amp;P Global, Catherine held posts at Centrica and in HSBC's Capital Markets division. She holds a Bachelor of Science and a Master of Science from the University of Glasgow and a Master of Science from the University of London, both in the United Kingdom. S&amp;P Global Energy Laurent Ruseckas Executive Director, First Take Gas, Geopolitics and Finance Laurent is a leading authority on the gas industry in Europe and Eurasia, with a special focus on gas supply and transportation and a regional focus on the Caspian Sea region, southeastern Europe, Turkey, Ukraine and the Eastern Mediterranean. He has published client research on topics including EU gas regulation, Russian-Ukrainian gas arbitration, and the gas sectors in Azerbaijan and Turkmenistan. He has worked for more than two decades advising international oil and gas companies and institutional investors on energy investment in Eurasia, and has led assignments in which S&amp;P Global served as Lenders' Market Consultant in support of project financings on numerous occasions. Laurent first joined CERA (a predecessor company of S&amp;P Global) in 1991 and led CERA's Caspian Energy practice from 1997 to 2003. Laurent co-managed the Caspian Development Corporation project carried out for the World Bank and European Commission (DG Energy) during the period 2009-2011. From 2006 to 2008, Laurent was based in Baku, Azerbaijan as Director of Business Development and head of strategy for a company in the oil transportation sector. A Russian speaker, Laurent holds a B.A. with honors in Russian and Soviet Studies from Harvard University (Cambridge, USA), and he passed comprehensive examinations in the Ph.D. program in Political Science at Columbia University (New York, USA). S&amp;P Global Energy Nick Sharma Executive Director, Global Upstream Nick brings close to 20 years of E&amp;P and energy experience. His current mandate is to develop and lead the delivery of our latest regional and global upstream research to clients across the Asia Pacific region. Nick is an experienced leader in delivering our latest insights on exploration/supply outlook, company strategy/performance, valuations/M&amp;A, costs/supply chain, regulatory/fiscal analysis, government policy, and E&amp;P technology trends. Nick previously led regional advisory practice for 6 years, working with a range of clients (NOCs, IOCs, Independents, Service Companies, Financial Services, Sovereign Wealth Funds, Ministry, and Regulators). S&amp;P Global Energy Kuntal Singh Lead, Climate Physical Risk S&amp;P Global Energy Ashish Singla Director, South Asia Power and Renewable Research Ashish has more than a decade of experience in power sector covering South Asia, US, Canada, Mexico, Caribbean countries and Kenya. Ashish expertise includes economic and policy assessment, Power market designs, power and fuel market analysis, power market modeling, power trading, regulatory and commercial analysis, and environmental policy analysis. Prior to joining S&amp;P Global Energy , He worked with ICF Consulting India private limited where he led the 'Power and Renewable' practice covering South Asia region. Ashish has worked on numerous consulting assignments with IPPs, investors, private equity funds, Multi-lateral organization, power utilities, energy majors, industrial consumers, and government planning bodies to support their business, commercial and policy strategies. Ashish has led numerous techno-commercial and market due diligence assessments related to asset acquisition / sale / development and has authored papers/articles. Ashish holds Bachelor of Technology degree in 'Production and Industrial Engineering' from Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Roorkee. S&amp;P Global Energy Shankari Srinivasan Vice President, Global Gas and LNG Shankari has specific expertise in global gas market fundamentals analysis, price forecasting, company strategy and scenario planning. She has authored numerous reports. Prior to joining S&amp;P Global Energy, Shankari was Head of Energy Fundamentals at Centrica in the United Kingdom. She has covered the European gas market for many years and authored a number of reports as researcher and then leader of the European gas practice at CERA, which is now part of S&amp;P Global Energy. She has also assessed the European and Russian gas markets with the International Energy Agency. Shankari previously worked at a New York brokerage firm as a corporate equity analyst. She holds three degrees from US Universities, a Bachelor of Arts from Brown University, a Master of Science from New York University, and a Master of Science from University of Pennsylvania. She also holds an Executive MBA from Cranfield University, United Kingdom. S&amp;P Global Ratings Bruce Thomson Global Social Specialist, Sustainability Methodologies and Research Bruce Thomson is a Director and Global Social Specialist in the Sustainability Research team at S&amp;P Global Ratings. Bruce leads the global research and thought leadership agenda on social topics and sustainable supply chains, aiming to advance understanding of social factors and their sustainability and credit impacts across value chains. He advises the companyâs global network of sustainable finance and credit analysts on the effective integration of sustainability factors into issuer, project, and sector analysis. Previously, Bruce led the North America Sustainability Advisory practice at ELEVATE Global, an ESG services company, where he advised many of the worldâs most recognizable brands on strategies to optimize their global supply chains to protect and create value through social risk management. In addition, Bruce worked with asset management firms on pre-investment ESG due diligence as well as investment stewardship. Prior, he founded and led BrightLabel, a supply chain transparency and sustainability software startup, and worked for seven years as a trade economist at the World Bank, the UN, and the Office of the US Trade Representative during the Obama Administration, where he focused on driving economic advancement, protecting human rights, and alleviating poverty through international trade and value chain development. Bruce received a master's degree in Foreign Service (MSFS) from Georgetown University, where he concentrated in International Economics and Finance, and he graduated with honors in Political Science from Wake Forest University. S&amp;P Global Ratings Christopher Yip Managing Director, Sector Lead, China Local Government S&amp;P Global Energy Edurne Zoco, Ph.D. Head of Clean Technologies and Supply Chains Dr. Edurne provides experience, analysis, and actionable insight to our customers on the solar PV supply chain and the development of global demand for PV and its role in the wider energy transition. She contributes to a broad range of deliverables across the research team, including both subscription products and custom research and consulting projects. Dr. Edurne has been involved in the solar industry for over a decade and has presented at leading industry events and conferences since 2007. Prior to joining S&amp;P Global, she was employed by Trina Solar, a leading PV manufacturer where she held global positions within corporate and strategic marketing. She holds a Ph.D. in Political Science from the University of Notre Dame, United States. She speaks English, French, Spanish, and Italian. Key support and contributions by: Kurt Burger, Lauren Capolupo, Neal Corpus, Nicolas Coles, Meha Dave, Evelia Gramajo, Cherie Nicole Haddy, Chris Isles, Hannah Kidd, Elsa Lima, Camille McManus, Brianne Paschen, Penny Taggart, Ellen White, Ben Yang and Melenie Yuen ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/special-reports/energy-transition/energy-compute-and-quantum-era</link><description>Explore how Quantum computing is revolutionizing Energy and Compute, driving practical applications and commercial growth across industries.</description><title>Energy, Compute, and the Quantum Era</title><pubDate>23 January 2026 11:26:00 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons Energy, Compute and the Quantum Era What quantum technologies mean for energy experts confronting the compute transition Need technology industry data and insights? Connect with us today to explore how 451 Research solutions can help guide strategic decision-making. Contact us Contact us On this page Foreword Executive Intro Executive Summary Understanding the Quantum Landscape Industry Momentum Insider Insights Quantum Computing &amp; Data Centers Energy Implications &amp; Considerations Conclusion On this page Foreword Executive Intro Executive Summary Understanding the Quantum Landscape Industry Momentum Insider Insights Quantum Computing &amp; Data Centers Energy Implications &amp; Considerations Conclusion Foreword Download Report The quantum computing conversation has shifted from potential to evaluation. Progress at the hardware and algorithm level has reached the point where grounded assessment is possible, even as large-scale deployment remains years away. That means the question for technology leaders is no longer whether to pay attentionâit is how to build the technical literacy and architectural readiness to assess quantum honestly and evaluate it responsibly alongside existing AI and high-performance computing investments. This report helps with exactly that. It cuts through the speculation to examine where progress is tangible, where constraints are real, and which signals to look out for. Developing that understanding early creates the foundation for long-term strategy and the knowledge to act with confidence as the technology evolves. - Jake Yang, Chief Technology Officer, S&amp;P Global Energy Executive Intro Download Report A new wave of advanced computing is moving from research labs into strategic planning conversations: quantum technology. Quantum computing is not yet a broad commercial platform, but it is no longer theoretical. It has emerged as a strategic imperative for the energy sector. Public and private investment are accelerating, national strategies are emerging, and enterprise awareness is expanding. In my discussions with global energy executives, and through the lens of my technology background, it is increasingly clear that quantum is seen not simply as incremental, but as a potential step change in solving the industryâs hardest problems. Experts believe that in areas such as materials science and complex system optimization, quantum could prove even more transformative than AI in the long run. Classical computing, even at hyperscale, struggles with certain molecular, materials and optimization problems critical to long-term energy sector innovation. Quantumâs early impact will be targeted and complementary. It will not replace AI or high-performance computing. Instead, it may unlock capabilities in areas such as advanced materials discovery, development of more efficient catalysts for green hydrogen, high-capacity battery chemistries, grid optimization under uncertainty, carbon capture chemistry, nuclear engineering and complex reservoir modeling. At the same time, quantum infrastructure introduces new considerations for data center design, including cryogenics and power systems. This report explores the convergence of quantum readiness, infrastructure deployment and national security. For energy leaders and policymakers, the message is clear: The transition to a sustainable world is a data-intensive journey, and quantum computing is the engine that will power it. The report highlights areas where tangible progress has been made, places where expectations still exceed capability, and pragmatic steps that energy stakeholders can take to prepare. Quantumâs influence will unfold over years, not quarters. Strategic groundwork should begin now. Leaders who understand this trajectory will be better prepared to capture the opportunity and manage risk in an increasingly compute-driven energy system. - Atul Arya, Senior Vice President and Chief Energy Strategist, S&amp;P Global Energy Back to Top Executive Summary Download Report Quantum computing and quantum technologies apply the principles of quantum mechanics to process information and measure physical systems in fundamentally new ways. By using qubits that can represent multiple states at once, quantum computers open new approaches to complex optimization, simulation, and modeling challenges across computing, security, and energy systems. Why quantum computing matters now Over the past decade, quantum computing and the broader quantum landscape have undergone transformative growth. No longer confined to the realm of science fiction â or even academic research â quantum computers have taken the plunge into the world of commercialization. Systems have become more powerful, use cases have proliferated, systems have been deployed to data centers and general interest has been piqued. As quantum computers have moved out of the lab and into the market, an entire landscape has sprung up around them. From quantum networks building out an early quantum internet, to quantum-secure communication and even quantum sensors, quantum seems to be everywhere these days. We find ourselves in the earliest stages of the era of quantum utility â where foundational systems are transitioning toward practical use. 2025 ignited interest. 2026 is triggering change. In June 2024, the United Nations proclaimed 2025 as the International Year of Quantum Science and Technology (IYQ). The motion was made in response to a global push from national scientific societies to commemorate 100 years of progress in quantum mechanics, a field whose birth is often set in June 1925 with Werner Heisenbergâs first formulation of quantum theory. The early work of notable physicists set the stage for the quantum technology we see today, and while a hundred-year anniversary is worth celebrating, the UNâs timing served an added purpose: Quantum technologies had been teetering on the edge of global prominence, and dedicating a year to the celebration of quantum tech served as a strategic visibility effort to spur widespread awareness, interest and funding for the nascent industry. It worked. Only a few months into 2026, the quantum computing industry has been catalyzed: M&amp;A activity is surging, investment continues to grow, governments around the world are accelerating their commitment to quantum technology, and deployment and commercial conversations are increasingly supplanting hypotheticals. âQuantum computing is starting to be used for real-world problem solving. Partnerships between national laboratories and quantum vendorsâincluding work by Oak Ridge National Laboratory and IonQ on power grid optimizationâhighlight how early quantum systems are already being tested on complex energy challenges.â - 451 Research Analysts Quantum computing as a strategic technology for future energy systems The realms of computing and energy have become increasingly intertwined. While much of todayâs discussion centers on AI, quantum computing sits on the same compute continuum, introducing new computational approaches designed to tackle harder, more complex problems. Quantum offers new tools and schemas to solve existing challenges more efficiently or answer net-new questions in the energy space. These include: System optimization at scale: Quantum computing could enable more advanced optimization of power grids, supply chains and energy markets as system complexity and compute intensity increase. Accelerated modeling and materials discovery: Emerging quantum capabilities may improve simulation of complex physical systems, supporting advances in batteries, catalysts and low-carbon energy technologies. Infrastructure, security and readiness implications: As quantum systems progress toward deployment, energy operators will need to account for new infrastructure requirements, cybersecurity risks and workforce needs. Quantum computing has substantial implications for the energy systems of the future â implications that can guide organizational strategies when explored and discussed today. Back to Top Understanding the quantum landscape Download Report Quantum is more than just compute Reserves replenishment: The clock is ticking When the word âquantumâ enters a conversation, it can refer to many things. Broadly, however, quantum technologies apply principles of quantum mechanics (the physics of subatomic particles) to harness the unique properties of these particles for novel applications. While quantum computers are one of the most well-known technological applications of quantum mechanics, the quantum landscape also includes networks and communication, security applications and environmental sensors. Quantum computing This subset of computer science uses quantum mechanics to build powerful computers to solve problems that are difficult or impossible to solve using classical computation techniques. Quantum computers harness a unique property of subatomic particles known as superposition: the ability to exist not just in a single state, but in multiple states at once. In computing, that correlates to a computer that, rather than using a bit (0 or 1) to represent data, uses a qubit, which can be both 0 and 1 at the same time. The field of quantum computing encompasses hardware vendors building quantum computers, software vendors specializing in quantum-specific developer tools, and quantum computing-as-a-service (QCaaS) providers leasing access to quantum computers, usually via the cloud. Quantum vendor types Quantum computing is being pursued by more than just lab-grown startups. Vendors in the quantum computing ecosystem include: Private, quantum-first hardware companies: venture-backed firms focused primarily on building quantum computing hardware, often centered on a specific qubit modality Public, quantum-first companies: publicly traded firms whose core business is quantum computing, typically spanning hardware, systems integration and early commercial services Diversified technology companies (Big Tech): large, established technology firms investing in quantum computing as part of a broader portfolio that includes cloud, AI, semiconductors and high-performance computing (HPC) Cloud service providers: vendors offering access to quantum hardware and simulators via cloud platforms, often positioning quantum as part of a hybrid compute stack Quantum software and algorithm developers: companies focused on quantum programming tools, compilers, algorithms and application-layer software, often hardware-agnostic Quantum networking and communications vendors: firms developing quantum key distribution (QKD), quantum repeaters and early quantum internet infrastructure Quantum sensing and metrology companies: vendors applying quantum effects to sensing, timing, navigation and measurement, with nearer-term commercial applications than computing Systems integrators and professional services providers: organizations supporting quantum adoption through consulting, system design, integration with classical infrastructure and pilot deployments Government-backed or national lab-adjacent entities: research-driven organizations operating at the intersection of public funding, defense and early-stage commercialization Hybrid computing and enabling technology vendors: companies supplying cryogenics, control electronics, photonics, materials or other critical components required to operate quantum systems Key use cases and early adopting industries One of the biggest shifts over the past decade in the realm of quantum computing has been the emergence of early use cases for the technology. While quantum computers have plenty of runway for further development, current systems are already being used in what has been termed the âera of quantum utility.â Todayâs early quantum computers are functional rather than simply theoretical and are well-suited to solve problems requiring ultra-high-powered computing resources in various industries, including: Finance Chemistry and Pharmaceuticals Communication and Security Sustainability Energy AI and ML Quantum + AI Given the intense recent focus on artificial intelligence, it is no surprise that opportunities have begun to proliferate for collaboration between quantum computing and AI tools. Organizations merging quantum with AI include tech giants such as Google, IBM, Microsoft and Amazon (AWS), as well as quantum-native companies including Quantinuum, IonQ, Rigetti and Xanadu. For potential quantum users, AI and ML remain top-of-mind in their quantum planning: In a Voice of the Enterprise survey on quantum computing conducted by 451 Research from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons, respondents placed quantum-enhanced machine learning model training (also known as quantum artificial intelligence, or QAI) and quantum-powered acceleration of AI/ML inferencing as the top two quantum use cases for their organizations. Back to Top Industry Momentum Download Report Key themes and sector challenges The past year has marked a watershed moment in the field of quantum technology, with recent advances and global initiatives piquing public interest and injecting both optimism and urgency into the sector. Public perception about the potential of quantum computing specifically is very high: Respondents to 451 Researchâs Voice of the Enterprise: Digital Pulse, Quantum Computing 2026 survey overwhelmingly anticipate quantum computing will begin producing material value for their business imminently. Within the broader momentum of the quantum computing space, a few key themes are driving industry discussions and shaping the market trajectory. â76% of enterprise respondents believe quantum computing will begin producing material value for their business within the next 5 years.â - 451 Researchâs Voice of the Enterprise: Digital Pulse, Emerging Technology - Quantum Computing 2026 Interested in learning how 451 Research Solutions can help you navigate market disruption and technology innovation? Contact Sales Fostering quantum talent Quantum computing in its current iteration requires a unique, highly technical skill set. Current employees at quantum vendors are often equipped with a Ph.D. in physics, quantum mechanics or photonics, or other advanced scientific degrees. As quantum begins to scale, there is concern that the lack of a quantum-skilled workforce could limit industry progress. To address this issue, many quantum vendors have collaborated with educational institutions to help develop curriculum, host hackathons and fund educational outreach. There has also been a push throughout the industry to develop bridge technologies to help make quantum computers more accessible to todayâs classically trained computer scientists and engineers, minimizing the need to retrain those workers in deep science. Government investment Government funding and support for the nascent quantum computing industry remain critical. While much of the conversation around national quantum initiatives has focused on North America, Europe and Asia, additional geographies are also engaging with the quantum computing space, with support initiatives announced from Brazil to South Africa. Much of the motivation behind government investment in quantum technologies appears tied to the twin issues of national security and technological supremacy. Quantum tech in the boardroom Industry discussion and conferences in the quantum sphere have shifted to focus on the end-user side of quantum. Executives and engineers from various industries are already showcasing proof-of-concept projects in quantum, with some integrating early quantum systems into their workflows to solve real-world business problems. Some industries have been more eager to test out early quantum systems than others, with finance, manufacturing and healthcare often touted as particularly good fits for quantum use cases. This aligns with our Voice of the Enterprise: Digital Pulse, Emerging Technologies 2025 survey, in which software and IT services, manufacturing and finance organizations indicated the strongest intent to invest in quantum computing, with healthcare a close fourth. Scaling While the past year brought a rapid increase in the size and power of quantum systems, the race is far from over. More powerful systems remain the order of the day, and they will come only through a combination of larger qubit configurations and more performant qubits. Industry voices generally estimate that commercially useful quantum systems will begin to proliferate before the turn of the decade. However, many nuanced caveats complicate such projections. For example, quantum annealers â a type of narrowly useful quantum computer â are already being used commercially, and progress in quantum computing has grown more rapidly over the past year than expected. Moreover, quantumâs âChatGPT momentâ may not arrive with one big bang of adoption; implementation might instead grow over a sustained period of several years. In any case, the near future holds the promise of larger, more powerful and more broadly useful quantum computers. Cryptography and cybersecurity While quantum computing shows great potential to tackle big problems, the technologyâs development also has a dark side: Projections indicate that sufficiently powerful quantum computers could break current encryption methods, making leadership in quantum computing not just a technical ânice to have,â but a national security issue. Given the rapid progress of quantum computing power over the past few months alone, there is a heightened sense of urgency behind efforts to develop and implement quantum-proof encryption methods and shore up national quantum capabilities. There has also been more discussion around areas that might be particularly vulnerable to quantum-enabled attacks, including the Bitcoin blockchain. Back to Top Insider Insights Download Report The following perspective was provided by IBM. IBMâs take on the evolving quantum landscape âIBM is building the future of computing by bringing useful quantum computing to the world. Quantum computing is a new compute architecture that encodes and manipulates information using the same mathematics that govern the behavior of interacting atoms and molecules. IBM is a leader in quantum, bringing this new hardware to life as part of a quantum-centric supercomputing workflowâone where quantum acts as an accelerator to existing CPU and GPU-based systems. Today, IBM is fostering a global network of clients and partners already researching potentially revolutionary use cases. Based on their research, quantum is poised to directly address bottlenecks that energy companies face when developing new materials or optimizing complex processes. For example, researchers at IBM and Oxford, the University of Manchester, ETH Zurich, Ãcole Polytechnique FÃ©dÃ©rale de Lausanne, and the University of Regensburg recently built a molecule from scratch and then studied its properties using a quantum-centric supercomputing algorithm. RIKEN scientists are modeling electronic structure, reaction pathways, excited states, and catalytic behavior as part of a new quantum + HPC workflow. Researchers from Zuse Institute Berlin and Los Alamos National Laboratory recently joined IBM to study a quantum multi-objective optimization algorithm for processes, supply chains and commodity pricing that offers the potential for speedups over todayâs best methods. And a team from The Hartree Center, E.ON, and IBM are exploring quantum algorithms to decompose weighted graphs for optimization. We see logical pathways to extend this research to energy-relevant applications including new battery materials for extended storage capability, new catalysts to reduce emissions, grid optimization for energy contracts between producers, prosumers, and consumers, and more. The field is accelerating fast, and we expect the first quantum advantages to emerge in the near term. IBM offers a suite of access plans to the worldâs highest-performing quantum computers and engagements to guide companies kicking off their quantum explorations. For the energy industry, thereâs never been a better time to get started.â - Scott Crowder, Vice President: Quantum Adoption and Business Development, IBM Back to Top Quantum computing &amp; Data Centers Download Report A new generation of compute infrastructure After several stages of development, intermediate-scale quantum systems are now available for purchase and are in use globally, with an estimated 2025 market revenue of $2.5 billion and a projected 2026 market revenue of nearly $9 billion. In 2025, global investment in quantum technology surpassed $55 billion, and many quantum vendors plan to release fault-tolerant quantum systems (high-powered, commercially targeted computers designed to run at scale) between 2028 and 2030. While quantum computing capability is accelerating rapidly and influencing business decisions today, the next few years will present a new set of challenges for the burgeoning industry. Even the best technology will falter if access is constrained, and careful system packaging and deployment will be critical to the widespread adoption of quantum computers for commercial applications. Realizing the technologyâs potential will require deployment at scale in quantum data centers around the world. The emergence of fault-tolerant quantum computing, able to detect and correct quantum errors in real time, is only a few years away. Yet significant gaps in industry knowledge and system design stand between todayâs data center blueprints and quantum computing integration. For the foreseeable future, key differences between conventional computing and quantum modalities will necessitate uniquely customized quantum data center environments. Quantum system deployments remain primarily centered in research-oriented environments, although a shift is taking place as hyperscalers, telcos and governments begin to acquire and prioritize quantum computing infrastructure, with quantum hubs emerging in high-value, high-expertise locales. âIn 2025, global investment in quantum technology surpassed $55 billion.â - 451 Research Analysts Interested in learning how 451 Research Solutions can help you navigate market disruption and technology innovation? Contact Sales Quantum deployment environments A common misconception among those new to the quantum computing space is that there are no commercially deployed quantum systems. In fact, various types of quantum computers have been installed and are in use around the world, although deployment details vary. The academic roots of quantum computing remain evident in the deployment patterns of todayâs systems, which often originate in universities, HPC centers or national labs. More mature quantum computing modalities have migrated to the cloud, with remote access to quantum systems available via hyperscale cloud providers and quantum vendors themselves. Many of todayâs intermediate-scale systems are also deployed in on-premises settings, with quantum simulators, annealers (built for specific types of optimization-related calculations rather than general-purpose computing) and superconducting quantum systems commonly deployed. Trapped-ion, photonic and neutral atom systems are also nudging into the space. Quantum deployment considerations Depending on the modality, the unique technical requirements of quantum systems may hamper the transition of quantum computing into data centers. Quantum systems can vary substantially in size, weight, form factor, energy use, cooling requirements, environmental conditions, connection and port locations, and network connectivity requirements. There is no set standard for quantum system construction, making every quantum computing deployment an exercise in custom construction. Some of the more mature quantum system architectures include superconducting qubits, built using cryogenically cooled superconducting circuits; photonic systems, which use photons manipulated via optical components; neutral atom qubits, built with neutral atoms held in place with optical tweezers and manipulated using lasers; and trapped ion qubits, which use ions held in place by electromagnetic fields and manipulated by lasers. Across these four leading modalities, installation considerations vary greatly, even across different providersâ systems built in the same modality. While all systems must address scalability, control electronics, interconnections, power demand and more, additional deployment considerations are unique to systems of different classes. âWith no set standard for quantum system construction, every deployment involves bespoke, customized construction.â - 451 Research analysts The emergence of quantum hubs While quantum computers are available around the world through various deployment methodologies, there has already been a consolidation of talent and accessibility into quantum hubs at strategic locations. The United States offers a unique view into some of the forces driving geographic capability in quantum computing, with hubs forming in locations with deep quantum expertise, a strong talent pipeline, local support and investment, and an existing supply chain. Cities such as Chicago, Illinois; Boulder, Colorado; Boston, Massachusetts; Santa Barbara, California; Chattanooga, Tennessee; and Poughkeepsie, New York are emerging as leaders in quantum availability and development. While there is some overlap with traditional data center hubs, in many cases quantum computing is gaining traction in new and distinct areas. We expect quantum computing data centers to remain near research hubs in the short term, while in the longer term, quantum computing infrastructure may need to deploy closer to data generation sites to facilitate a wider range of use cases and hybrid quantum/classical computation. As quantum data centers scale, their power, cooling and siting requirements will increasingly intersect with broader energy infrastructure planning. For more information on the intersection between quantum computing and traditional data center environments, visit our Look Forward Journal. Read Now Back to Top Energy Implications &amp; Considerations Download Report Connecting quantum progress to energy challenges and opportunities The proliferation of AI has brought the tech world roaring into the energy sphere. AI is driving intense demand for computing capacity, which in turn is leading to conversations about energy load and associated greenhouse gas emissions. While AI might be the initial driver of discussions about the impact of computing on energy demand, quantum computing is increasingly entering the conversation â both for its potential to help address AIâs energy demands in the long-term, and for its suitability in solving other energy system challenges. Todayâs quantum systems, while still early in deployment, are designed to address the classes of problems associated with complex global energy system challenges. Rather than a stand-alone breakthrough, quantum computing could prove a complementary tool to augment existing digital, physical and policy frameworks. âThe explosive growth of AI has led to projections that global data center power demand will nearly double between 2024 and 2030.â - 451 Research analysts Interested in learning how 451 Research Solutions can help you navigate market disruption and technology innovation? Contact Sales Policy and infrastructure alignment National quantum strategies are increasingly intersecting with energy policy, reflecting shared concerns about security, competitiveness and infrastructure resilience. Governments view quantum capabilities as both a scientific asset and a strategic technology for economic leadership and infrastructure protection. Investment in quantum computing naturally sits alongside investment not only in advanced technologies, but also in energy-related areas such as power generation, grids, data centers and digital infrastructure. While quantum strategy and energy policy could go hand in hand, there remains the risk of misalignment should quantum technology and policy advance faster than grid, data center or skills infrastructure. Optimization and simulation Energy systems â whether power grids, supply chains or generation portfolios â are defined by enormous complexity, tight constraints and competing objectives. Quantum approaches could eventually improve grid operations by tackling optimization: improving dispatch, balancing variable renewable resources in real time, and reducing losses across increasingly decentralized systems. In the arena of materials discovery, quantum-powered simulation may accelerate the development of advanced batteries, catalysts and low-carbon materials. Quantum companies are already working in this space: quantum vendor IQM partnered with Volkswagen to investigate battery simulation in electric vehicles, while IonQ has partnered with Hyundai to develop new variational quantum eigensolver (VQE) algorithms to study lithium compounds and battery chemistry. Climate modeling Climate systems are governed by highly complex, nonlinear interactions across Earthâs atmosphere, oceans and terrestrial environments, requiring enormous computational resources to model accurately over long time horizons or in deep detail. Quantum approaches could accelerate simulations involving everything from fluid dynamics to full Earth-system models, improving resolution and insight without proportionally increasing computing costs. While large-scale quantum advantage in climate modeling remains a long-term prospect, research in the area is growing, with quantum algorithm company Quanscient actively investigating both the potential of quantum computing for climate modeling, and the roadblocks still to be overcome in its implementation. Strategic recommendations for energy leaders Begin preparing now for hybrid computing environments, where quantum systems complement classical and AI-driven workflows rather than replace them. Engage early with vendors, cloud providers, research institutions and governments to help shape standards, influence policy alignment and reduce integration risk. Align quantum exploration with priority energy use cases, focusing on optimization, modeling and materials challenges that map directly to your sector. Invest in talent development across quantum specialists and quantum-literate engineering roles to avoid workforce bottlenecks as the technology scales. Proactively integrate post-quantum cybersecurity planning into critical systems, ensuring that todayâs infrastructure remains secure in a quantum-enabled future. âAs a leader in quantum, IBM is fostering a global network of clients and partners who are already researching interesting use cases that could revolutionize industries. Energy sector applications are especially promising for grid optimization, energy trading, simulation of novel materials, and more.â - Scott Crowder, Vice President: Quantum Adoption and Business Development, IBM Back to Top Conclusion Download Report Quantum computing is not yet a broad commercial platform, but it is no longer theoretical. The past year has solidified the trajectory of quantum technologies, elevating them to a topic of strategic consideration and placing them on course to intersect with the same largescale forces reshaping global energy systems. From AI-driven computing demand to rising grid complexity, decarbonization efforts, and heightened concerns around security and resilience, quantum computing has an evergrowing role to play. In the near-term, quantumâs influence will be targeted rather than universal. Its early value lies in its ability to complement existing tools, with hybrid computation workflows unlocking new approaches across materials discovery, system optimization, climate modeling and infrastructure planning. Looking to the future, however, quantum begins to introduce a new operational schema with specialized data center requirements and new cybersecurity considerations that energy leaders cannot afford to ignore. Quantumâs impact will unfold over years, not quarters â but preparation must happen today. Energy leaders who understand quantumâs trajectory, limitations and opportunities will be best positioned to balance risk and reward in an increasingly computing-driven energy era. 451 Research from S&amp;P Global Energy Horizons provides essential insight into the pace and extent of digital transformation across the global technology landscape. 451 Research offers differentiated intelligence and data on adoption, innovation, and disruption across technology markets, backed by a global team of industry experts, and delivered via a range of syndicated qualitative and quantitative research, advisory solutions, go-to-market services, and live events. Back to Top Our specialist teams are ready to help you successfully navigate market disruption and technology innovation. Contact Sales Contributors: Ellie Brown, Jake Yang, Atul Arya Editor: EDP Team Design: Cibele Camargo ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/zh/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/031326-middle-east-war-impacts-global-food-security-over-fertilizer-fuel-and-freight-issues</link><pubDate>13 March 2026 19:26:18 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/zh/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/031326-asias-renewable-energy-case-strengthens-amid-middle-east-conflict-experts</link><pubDate>13 March 2026 13:36:52 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Ruchira Singh</name></author></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/031226-interview-hydrogen-to-aid-shipping-decarbonization-pathways-mmmczcs-norgaard</link><description>Hydrogen is expected to remain on the sidelines as a marine fuel for many years to come, with its main role in shipping&amp;apos;s decarbonization likely to be supporting other fuel pathways, Torben Norgaard, Chief Technology and Analytics Officer at the Maersk Mc-Kinney Moller Center for Zero Carbon Shipping, told S&amp;amp;P Global Energy in an emailed interview on March 10. Norgaard said that hydrogen still</description><title>INTERVIEW: Hydrogen to aid shipping decarbonization pathways: MMMCZCS&amp;apos; Norgaard</title><pubDate>12 March 2026 07:16:41 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Donavan Lim</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Maritime &amp; Shipping, Hydrogen March 12, 2026 INTERVIEW: Hydrogen to aid shipping decarbonization pathways: MMMCZCS' Norgaard By Donavan Lim Editor: Surbhi Prasad Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Hydrogen to play bigger role in upstream fuel production Electrification proves more energy-efficient Regulatory clarity key to fuel investment Hydrogen is expected to remain on the sidelines as a marine fuel for many years to come, with its main role in shipping's decarbonization likely to be supporting other fuel pathways, Torben Norgaard, Chief Technology and Analytics Officer at the Maersk Mc-Kinney Moller Center for Zero Carbon Shipping, told S&amp;P Global Energy in an emailed interview on March 10. Norgaard said that hydrogen still faces structural challenges that make widespread adoption in deep-sea shipping difficult compared to alternatives such as methanol or biofuels. "Hydrogen remains challenged by its thermodynamic characteristics when considered for deep-sea shipping," he said. "In broad terms, we see hydrogen as a standalone fuel being less competitive than other low-emission fuels." Additionally, shipping currently has limited experience handling compressed or liquefied hydrogen, both as cargo and as fuel. This requires substantial effort to develop crew skills and operational familiarity. Instead, he anticipates that hydrogen will play a bigger role upstream in fuel production, especially in increasing biofuel output and enhancing the sustainability of certain alternative fuel pathways. Nascent market The hydrogen market is still in its early stage of development. According to Norgaard, there is currently no liquid market with transparent pricing for hydrogen supplied at ports. Transactions are dominated by bilateral over-the-counter contracts customized for specific infrastructure and regulatory environments. "The hydrogen economy is still under maturation," he said. Platts assessed the Indian unrenewable hydrogen term contract at $3.1882/kg on March 5. Meanwhile, India is advancing toward its goal of becoming a major player in the global hydrogen market through new investments and policies. Regulations clarity needed For the shipping industry, long-term regulatory clarity and certainty are among the most important factors shaping fuel adoption, he said. Shipping operates globally and benefits from internationally aligned rules that create certainty for shipowners, fuel producers, and investors. Therefore, the International Maritime Organization's Netzero Framework, along with regional regulations such as FuelEU Maritime, provides signals for investment in alternative fuels and transition technologies. "Business requires predictability and clarity to invest," he said. Electrification gaining ground Besides other alternative fuels, hydrogen is also facing increasing competition from electrification, particularly in inland and short-sea shipping. Direct electrification is much more energy-efficient than producing synthetic fuels with renewable power, Norgaard said. To deliver 10,000 GWh of onboard power using green fuels, approximately 12 GW of wind power capacity would be needed, accounting for conversion and storage losses. In comparison, direct electrification would require only about 4 GW of installed renewable capacity to provide the same amount of energy, he said. "This makes direct electrification a far more efficient solution," he said. The economics are also shifting in favor of batteries as costs continue to fall while battery range steadily improves. Electrification technologies are also maturing faster due to large-scale adoption in other transport sectors. As a result, battery-powered vessels could expand their operational scope faster than hydrogen-powered ships in the near term. However, both electrification and hydrogen-powered vessels will depend heavily on the availability of suitable port infrastructure, Norgaard added. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/coal/032026-european-thermal-coal-imports-may-rise-as-middle-east-war-jolts-gas-supply-outlook</link><description>Europe&amp;apos;s utilities and traders are preparing to step up seaborne thermal coal purchases as the Middle East conflict adds volatility to gas markets and revives the economics of gas-to-coal switching ahead of summer demand, market participants said. The pickup is expected first in spot restocking into Northwest Europe, with some market participants warning the impact could extend into the third or</description><title>European thermal coal imports may rise as Middle East war jolts gas supply outlook</title><pubDate>20 March 2026 17:11:46 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Vaibhav Chakraborty</name><name>Maxim Grama</name><name>Roudy Dirani</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Coal, Energy Transition, LNG, Natural Gas, Emissions March 20, 2026 European thermal coal imports may rise as Middle East war jolts gas supply outlook By Vaibhav Chakraborty, Maxim Grama, and Roudy Dirani Editor: Meghan Gordon Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS Gas-to-coal switching returns on price spread Qatar LNG disruption lifts European gas prices Europe's utilities and traders are preparing to step up seaborne thermal coal purchases as the Middle East conflict adds volatility to gas markets and revives the economics of gas-to-coal switching ahead of summer demand, market participants said. The pickup is expected first in spot restocking into Northwest Europe, with some market participants warning the impact could extend into the third or fourth quarters of 2026 if the conflict and LNG disruptions persist. "We expect gas-to-coal switching in EU15 to outpace that of the Asian thermal markets as initial reactions. Given Asia's higher reliance upon thermal coal for power generation, we believe a shift could occur in terms of regional thermal coal demand and spot price escalation should the disruption extend," said Wendy Schallom, associate director of global seaborne thermal coal analysis at S&amp;P Global Energy CERA. The situation is unlikely to mirror 2022, when Russia's invasion of Ukraine forced widespread coal switching amid an acute supply shock. Europe has since diversified its gas supply, expanded renewables and pushed more coal capacity into reserve or retirement. Still, the latest conflict has put thermal coal back in focus as a hedge against gas insecurity. CERA data shows Europe's thermal coal imports fell to 37.4 million metric tons in 2025 from 81.7 million mt in 2022, reflecting structurally weaker coal demand as coal plants were idled or shuttered. But utilities now see a greater chance of higher summer coal burn than in recent years, driven by renewed gas price volatility and lower storage levels. Market participants cited regional gas storage at 28.7% or 327.5 TWh. "Coal is now cheaper than gas to run [although] coal plants won't be running baseload, but it looks like they might be running ahead of the gas units when necessary," a Switzerland-based trader said. Coal imports to rise amid concerns over gas With the war dragging on, European buyers are increasingly focused on inventory cover. The second quarter is typically a lean coal-burning period, which can leave utilities with lower stocks â including at the Amsterdam-Rotterdam-Antwerp hub â just as price signals begin to favor coal. Market participants expect more spot buying from utilities and traders in the weeks ahead as they rebuild inventories for a potentially stronger burn season. CERA analysts forecast incremental gains in coal imports into Europe could remain limited, up to 1 million mt in April. A Singapore-based trader echoed the sentiment, saying, "Coal demand is set to strengthen in Northwestern Europe as hard coal SRMC [Short-Run Marginal Costs] is now lower than gas SRMC." After the conflict began, trades were heard for Platts-assessed CIF ARA 6,000 kcal/kg NAR coal for April loading as buyers sought to secure prompt tonnage amid a price spike. The war risk premium lifted the Platts CIF ARA 6,000 kcal/kg NAR price to $131.80/mt on March 3, its highest since Oct. 30, 2023, before it fell to $115.45/mt on March 18 and then rose again to $123.95/mt on March 19 following reports of prolonged repairs at Qatar's Ras Laffan facilities and potential issues for some long-term LNG contracts. CERA analysts said, "Utilities may be back in the market as uncertainty regarding the length of the gas constraints and support for spot thermal coal prices raise near term concerns." Even if Europe does not fully utilize its coal fleet through the summer, incremental coal generation could still be enough to lift consumption and pull in additional seaborne volumes to maintain adequate fuel cover. Spreads flip, LNG disruption tightens outlook The Platts German clean spark spreads for the front-quarter 50% efficiency fell to a multiyear low at negative Eur50.51/MWh March 19 amid the gas shock. At the same time, higher gas prices and softer carbon pushed clean dark spreads back into the money, with German baseload front-quarter 45% efficiency at Eur11.25/MWh and the Q3 clean dark spread rising to Eur21.80/MWh, the highest since August 2023, Platts data showed. "Around 2 GW coal and 2.5 GW of lignite are going offline for maintenance in April," said Daniel Muir, principal power analyst at CERA. "It should be supportive of those remaining assets - some of which we can see peaking out during those non-solar and non-high wind hours," Muir added. Nearest December European carbon allowances eased to Eur63.64/metric tons of CO2 equivalent, from their January peak of Eur92.09/mtCO2e, the highest EUA price since 2023, as officials called for a reform. On carbon pricing, European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen said that "the Emissions Trading System is working, [has] massively reduced gas consumption [and] driven major investments in the energy transition in the low-carbon energy sources like renewables and nuclear. But we need to modernize it and make it more flexible." EU leaders at their March 19 summit in Brussels have called upon the EC to urgently present targeted measures across all components of electricity prices to lower prices and to address "excessive volatility" in the short term. Qatar LNG disruption European gas futures rallied on March 19 after Iran's strikes on Qatar's LNG facilities damaged two of Qatar's 14 LNG trains and curtailed 17% of export capacity, according to Saad al-Kaabi, Qatar's energy minister and CEO of QatarEnergy. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed the Dutch TTF month-ahead at Eur61.94/MWh on March 19, the highest Platts value since January 2023. Qatar exported 82.38 million mt of LNG in 2025, around 10% of it to Europe. But the Northfield East Train 1 project â expected to add 8 million mt/year by end-2026 â is now expected to face significant delays, weighing on forward supply expectations. Traders said prices around Eur60/MWh were already dampening Asian gas demand as buyers shifted to cheaper alternatives, including coal. Chinese LNG demand remains lower year over year, aiding near-term LNG availability for Europe, but participants expect additional summer demand as Asia enters warmer months and Europe refills storage ahead of winter 2026-27. Platts assessed JKM at $22.732/MMBtu at the March 20 Asia close, a $1.80/MMBtu premium to ICE TTF futures. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/energy-transition/032026-indian-developers-push-cdm-projects-to-plug-supply-gap-in-nature-based-removals</link><description>Indian developers have been seeking to bridge a supply gap in nature-based carbon removal credits by offering newly issued units from projects using older Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) methodologies since at least early March, multiple developers, trade sources, and other market participants told Platts, part of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy. Nature-based removal credits are generated from projects that</description><title>Indian developers push CDM projects to plug supply gap in nature-based removals</title><pubDate>20 March 2026 10:26:34 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Mimansa Verma</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Energy Transition, Carbon, Emissions March 20, 2026 Indian developers push CDM projects to plug supply gap in nature-based removals By Mimansa Verma Editor: Surbhi Prasad Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS CDM-based afforestation credits seen as interim supply Developers weigh ratings for non-VM0047 projects Buyers ask for latest VM0047 vintages Indian developers have been seeking to bridge a supply gap in nature-based carbon removal credits by offering newly issued units from projects using older Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) methodologies since at least early March, multiple developers, trade sources, and other market participants told Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy. Nature-based removal credits are generated from projects that remove carbon dioxide from the atmosphere through activities such as afforestation, agroforestry, and regenerative agriculture, while nature-based avoidance credits are generated by preventing emissions through avoiding deforestation. These credits have seen rising global demand in the last few monthsfrom buyers seeking higher-integrity offsets, while supply remains limited, according to Asian and European traders. India has traditionally been a significant supplier of avoidance-based offsets and is increasingly positioning itself as a supplier of nature-based removal credits. According to registry data, India currently accounts for around 65% of the nature-based removal credit supply from Asia. Developing avoided deforestation projects, also known as REDD+, remains challenging in India, as much of the country's forest land is government-owned, limiting private-sector participation. As a result, developers are focusing on alternative nature-based removal pathways such as afforestation and agroforestry. "Continued issuance is expected from established REDD+ methodologies such as VM0047, as well as AR-AMS0003 projects that trace back to the CDM era, which still represent a meaningful share of available supply in Asia," Manish Dabkara, chairman and managing director at EKI Energy Services, told Platts. Dabkara said these projects have long monitoring histories, which is one reason they continue to feature prominently in issuance volumes. Platts assessed the Natural Carbon Capture current year price at $14.25/mtCO2e on March 19. Lower VM0047 issuances lag demand Traders and developers in India and Singaporesaid the limited availability of credits under Verra's VM0047 methodology has contributed to the current supply gap. The methodology applies stricter carbon accounting rules and is perceived to generate credits with higher integrity. Hence, it is expected to result in fewer issued credits than older CDM methodologies, developers, and trader sources said. Buyers are particularly keen to procure VM0047 credits as the Integrity Council for the Voluntary Carbon Market approved the methodology for its Core Carbon Principles label in December 2024. In 2026 so far, credits equivalent to estimated annual reductions of 116,905 mtCO2e have been issued under the Verra registry from eight projects in India following CDM methodologies, including AR-ACM0003 and AR-AMS0007, according to data available on Verra's website. Only one project from India following the newer VM0047 methodology has issued credits, totaling 3,968 mtCO2e in February. With additional issuances from CDM-based projects expected in the coming months, developers said the near-term supply of nature-based removal credits from India is likely to increase. However, as older methodologies such as AR-ACM0003 are phased out and replaced by VM0047, four developers based in India said theyexpect VM0047-based credits to be unlikely to be available in significant volumes until 2028. Since demand outpaces supply, developers expect a price premium to compensate for constrained availability in the near term. "There's not enough ARR supply from India... I'm sure we should be able to charge a premium," an India-based developer told Platts. Buyers seek latest VM0047 vintages A major reason buyers increasingly turn to nature-based removals is the scarcity of high-quality REDD+ credits, which has pushed REDD+ credits prices toward parity with nature-based removal credits, according to Singapore-based traders. While Indonesia's flagship REDD+ Katingan Mentaya credits with vintage 2020 are priced at $11.90/mtCO2e, the existing afforestation credits in supply from India are indicatively valued at $10-$15/mtCO2e. Despite the availability of CDM-based issuances, demand is increasingly concentrated on credits generated under the VM0047 methodology, particularly for vintages from 2025 onward, according to an Indonesia-based intermediary source and an India-based developer/trader. The Indonesia-based intermediary described such credits as "impossible" to source in the spot market, considering only four projects globally -- India, Philippines, Burkina Faso, and Ghana -- have issued credits under the methodology to date. Dr. Leonardo SÃ¡enz, technical manager at Permian Global, said the perception of CDM-based credits among some buyers continues to be influenced by concerns around earlier projects that used technological approaches such as non-conventional renewable energy, methane capture, industrial gas destruction, and energy efficiency. Many of these project types have been excluded from eligibility in voluntary carbon markets after 2016, contributing to broader quality concerns, SÃ¡enz said in a report released on March 19. "Mature credits from nature-based solutions cannot be directly compared to credits generated from other technologies, such as those based on common technical solutions within the CDM system," SÃ¡enz said in the report. Ratings still a key marker Procurement of nature-based credits since early 2025 has been driven by third-party ratings assigned to projects based on permanence, additionality, and climate impact. Developers of CDM-based afforestation projects are considering third-party ratings to enhance credibility and attract buyers, two India-based developers said. A Singapore-based trader said ratings have become a key requirement for buyers, a trend that gained momentum in early 2025 and has since begun to influence pricing. For nature-based removal projects, buyers are seeking ratings of B and above, while for avoidance projects, a threshold of BBB and above is often required, market participants said. Developers added that obtaining ratings can increase project costs by $20,000-$50,000, which can sometimes be negotiated to be sponsored by the buyer, a developer source said. "[Pricing can increase] probably 10% or so... but depending on the rating, of course," the source said. "For someone who wants only VM0047 credits, forward deals are the only way." While buyer expectations for VM0047 credits with delivery timelines of 2028-2030 are around $20-$25/mtCO2e, developers are pegging offers in the range of $30-$35/mtCO2e, depending on volumes and contract terms. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/sf-credit-brief-us-private-credit-clo-insights-2026-a-new-sf-credit-brief-s101676008</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. U.S. private credit has been in focus this year as headlines questioning software sector concentrations, rising default risks, and the broader resilience of middle-market lending have underscored the need to look beyond the noise and into the data. As a supplement to our quarterly slide deck publication on U.S. private credit and middle-market (MM) collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) (see &amp;quot; Private Credit And Middle-Market CLO Quarterly: Good T</description><title>SF Credit Brief: U.S. Private Credit CLO Insights 2026: A New SF Credit Brief</title><pubDate>19 March 2026 17:43:39 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/en/research-insights/special-reports/look-forward/energy-futures/multidimensional-energy-future</link><description>The multidimensional energy future continues: A multispeed, multifueled and multi-technology transition with different road maps and end points for different countries.  </description><title>The multidimensional energy future</title><pubDate>19 March 2026 13:01:00 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Atul Arya, Ph.D.</name></author><content><![CDATA[ 19 March 2026 The multidimensional energy future The multidimensional energy future continues: A multispeed, multifueled and multi-technology transition with different road maps and end points for different countries. By Atul Arya, Ph.D. This is a thought leadership report issued by S&amp;P Global, published amidst ongoing war in the Middle East and one of the most historically important moments in the global energy markets. S&amp;P Global believes there is a high degree of unpredictability around the duration and scale of the Middle East war and its impacts. This report does not constitute a rating action, neither was it discussed by a rating committee. Highlights Strong economic growth in emerging markets and developing economies is leading to higher-than-forecast energy demand, and this trend is expected to continue. Data centers and their unrelenting need for power have emerged as the latest vector in energy demand growth, with natural gas as the fuel of choice. Costs for new energy technologies are declining at varying speeds. Both electrons and molecules remain the foundations of the global energy system. Electrification is increasing, but so is oil and gas demand. Reassessments of energy and climate policies that started in 2024 and accelerated in 2025 have resulted in oil and gas companies trimming their clean energy investments and portfolio choices. The global energy system is charting new frontiers as it enters the era of AI. The energy landscape has seen significant shifts in the last 12 months, with power demand accelerating, global energy and climate policies shifting, and energy companies reassessing their portfolio and investment strategies. The energy transition will be continuous and everlasting. Energy addition as well as energy transition Projections made during the COVID-19 pandemic that demand for hydrocarbons â coal and oil specifically â was approaching a peak/plateau have proven incorrect. The pace of recovery in energy demand post-COVID-19 has varied worldwide. In 2025, demand for oil, gas and coal reached new highs. So did demand for solar photovoltaics and wind energy. Renewables continue to grow faster than hydrocarbons, but the overall share of renewables in the total energy mix remains small. There are no signs of decline in demand for hydrocarbons in the near future. In short, energy addition continues globally. The share of hydrocarbons in Chinaâs energy mix continues to decline with the massive deployment of renewables. China is leading the energy transition away from hydrocarbons, and the EU is following closely behind. Transition to renewables continues apace in the EU, driven by the goal of enhancing energy security through decarbonization and reducing dependence on imported oil and LNG. Power sector emissions in the US have fallen significantly since the start of the shale gas revolution, as inexpensive and abundant gas has displaced coal for power generation. However, this trend is reversing due to the revival of coal for power generation and natural gas playing a bigger role than renewables in meeting data centersâ energy needs. This marks an unprecedented reversal of the energy transition. Hydrocarbons continue to be the dominant energy supplier in India, with coal and oil fueling the Indian economy. Although the installed capacity of renewables in Indiaâs power mix will continue to expand, coal and oil demand will also grow: a case of energy addition. The energy mix in most emerging markets and developing economies (EMDEs) is dominated by hydrocarbons. Oil remains the fuel of choice for transportation. Recent work by S&amp;P Global Energy CERA Consulting indicates that energy demand in many EMDEs has been underestimated in various scenarios and forecasts. This has far-reaching consequences, including a lack of financing for energy projects and the slow development of local hydrocarbon and mineral resources. Power demand for data centers exceeds all projections Since the launch of ChatGPT in November 2022, hyperscalers and leading generative AI firms have committed hundreds of billions of dollars to train large language models in the hopes of gaining a first-mover advantage, garnering recognition for the âbest modelâ and ultimately being the first to achieve artificial general intelligence. This approach is exceedingly resource-intensive: Training a top LLM can use tens of thousands of graphics processing unit chips, each of which may require five to eight times the energy used by typical chips, significantly increasing energy consumption. According to S&amp;P Global Energy estimates, data center power demand worldwide could grow 12%-16% annually over 2025â30. The range of forecasts across the technology and power sectors is quite broad, which fuels uncertainty. In the S&amp;P Global Energy âpower sector perspectiveâ scenario, global data center power demand reaches 1,550 TWh by 2030, roughly equal to total power consumption across Latin America in 2030. By 2030, data centers could account for 6% of global power demand, compared to 2%-3% today. In comparison, electric vehicles account for about 1% of global electricity demand in 2026, with expectations of rising to 1.5%-2.5% by 2030. According to S&amp;P Global Energy estimates, data center power demand worldwide could grow 12%-16% annually over 2025â30. Beyond the global picture, data center impacts on power demand will vary significantly by region. In developed economies where demand has been flat or even fallen in recent years, data centers represent a growth opportunity. In the US, the largest data center market, power demand growth averaged only 0.3% per year over the past 15 years. Now, demand growth projections have risen. In Europe, data centers offer growth in a depressed macroeconomic environment and a region where consumers are increasingly integrated into and influencing power market operations through granular pricing and demand response. In contrast, in emerging markets such as China and India, data centers are not the only drivers in the overall demand story. In China, for example, data centers are expected to account for 7%-17% of all incremental power demand during 2025â30 and to represent only 2%-5% of total electricity consumption by 2030. Power market stakeholders worldwide face substantial challenges when preparing for data center loads. Electrification can only go so far Electrification â due to its superior energy conversion efficiency and cost-competitive renewables â has long been the preferred path to reduce emissions and meet net-zero emission goals. Although electrification is progressing rapidly around the world, meeting climate targets is becoming more challenging as electricity demand outpaces infrastructure, putting severe pressure on supply chains. Some of the hurdles that must be overcome include: a lack of transmission lines slow permitting supply chain constraints, including a scarcity of copper, lithium and rare earth minerals achieving long-duration storage at scale maintaining reliable 24x7x365 electrical infrastructure The industrial sector is the largest global energy user. Decarbonizing and electrifying this sector would require a significant increase in fossil-free electricity use for direct thermal heating and pressure to substitute for metallurgical coke, methane, ethane and naphtha as feedstocks. At present, only 15% of industrial energy use is derived from electricity. Substituting fossil fuels with renewable power is feasible for some industrial processes, but it would be costly. There are also limitations on the effectiveness of electricity in decarbonizing industrial processes that require high-grade heat, such as steel, cement, fertilizer and chemical production. While electrochemical production of chemical compounds like ammonia is promising, it is still in the early stages of development. Liquid fuels with high energy density are well suited to heavy-duty transport, so shifting the worldâs trucks, planes and shipping fleets from oil-based to renewable electricity will take years. Electrification is progressing, but electrifying everything will require new technologies and infrastructure. Electrification is progressing, but electrifying everything will require new technologies and infrastructure. Oil and gas companies are going back to oil and gas Shortly after the Paris Agreement on climate change was enacted, many legacy fossil fuel companies announced decarbonization targets that heralded an âage of cleantechâ: They diversified away from their core business of finding, extracting and processing carbon molecules into the world of electrons. Companies pointed to natural gas as the bridge between fossil fuels and electricity and planned to use incentives, creative financing and energy trading to deliver acceptable, low-volatility equity returns from their low-carbon business. In addition, many companies invested in reducing methane emissions, scaling carbon capture and sequestration (CCS) and making green hydrogen economically viable. The last two years have seen a reversal, with companies resetting targets and divesting assets. S&amp;P Global Energy analysis estimates that between 2023 and 2025, the global integrated oil companies cut their aggregate 2023â28 low-carbon capital spending by 25%. Even within their low-carbon investment programs, there has been a shift in the molecules/electrons mix from 50/50 to 58/42, with more focus on bioenergy/bio-feedstocks, fewer greenhouse gas emissions from operations, CCS and offsets. While government-owned oil and gas companies' low-carbon investment programs have largely remained in place, most are on a much smaller scale. Announcements in the first quarter of 2026 indicate that further reductions are planned, including in technologies such as CCS, which thus far has not been affected. Energy and climate policies are uncertain and unpredictable The global climate policy landscape has continued to evolve over the past year. Competing priorities â energy access, security and affordability â alongside geopolitical upheaval and political swings have fragmented the approach to decarbonization and future energy systems. This, in turn, has created a fragmented investment outlook. In the US, federal climate policy is undergoing significant change. This is not new for the country; federal regulations and incentives have always shifted with changes in administration. Under presidents Barack Obama and Joe Biden, the US Environmental Protection Agency developed aggressive standards targeting fossil fuel-fired power plant, vehicle and oil and gas production emissions while advancing cleantech development and deployment through supportive policy frameworks and incentives. President Donald Trumpâs administration has embarked on a deregulatory agenda focused on energy dominance, advancing fossil fuel infrastructure. Given the presidentâs extensive use of executive power, it is unclear how durable future policies will be. In Europe, the long-standing consensus on rapid decarbonization has fractured, and countries are resetting their energy commitments. Geopolitical tensions and affordability concerns have pushed climate and the environment down votersâ list of priorities. While the long-term political ambition to decarbonize remains, the mantra is now âdo no harm.â Competitiveness is a key theme, with deindustrialization a recurrent concern for energy-intensive industries. A slower, more affordable transition is the implicit plan to protect competitiveness. Nonetheless, electrification and renewables are still viewed as critical to Europeâs energy security. Regulation of transport emissions has created tensions between the established climate agenda and the protection of Europeâs industrial base. In 2025, emissions requirements on car manufacturers were softened, and the EU is on track to scrap its plan to phase out the sale of new petrol and diesel vehicles by 2035. Concerns about the cost of sustainable aviation fuels suggest that those targets will soon be reviewed as well. The tension between cost and climate was also apparent in discussions on 2040 emissions targets. The EU approved an ambitious headline goal â a cut of 90% below 1990 emissions â but the agreement was conditional on outsourcing part of the target to non-EU countries using international credits. A slower, more affordable transition is the implicit plan to protect competitiveness. As the 15th Five-Year Plan (2026â30) begins, Beijing is prioritizing a "Green Industrial Revolution" to align its 2030 carbon peaking goal with a new era of high-quality, innovation-led growth. Chinaâs large-scale deployment of renewables aims to reduce reliance on imported fossil fuels, and the role of coal is shifting toward supporting renewables and grid resilience. In 2027, the Chinese national Emissions Trading Scheme will expand to include steel, cement and other heavy industry to create a broader price signal for carbon. Whither the energy transition? The energy mix is in continuous transition, and history tells us that while there are occasional surprises, abrupt and radical changes are very rare. The driving force in prior transitions was a shift to more useful energy sources, such as from wood to coal, which has a higher energy density, or to a source with better functionality (coal to gas) at a lower cost. The idea that advances in energy technology can and should follow a trajectory like that of the semiconductor industry â a notion termed Mooreâs Curse by Canadian scientist Vaclav Smil â is impractical for many reasons. Energy infrastructure is capital-intensive, with a productive life spanning many decades, and alternative technologies are more expensive, less widely accessible and do not offer the same functionalities. S&amp;P Global Energyâs 2025 energy and climate scenarios vividly demonstrate the multidimensional nature of the energy transition. In all scenarios, fossil fuels retain a significant share of the global primary energy mix to 2060. In 2025, political and public sentiment, including in many EMDEs, shifted strongly to prioritize economic growth over climate mitigation. The Adaptation scenario is closest to demonstrating the impact of this shift, with high economic growth fueled by strong demand for fossil fuels. Looking forward The global energy system continues to surprise. In the past two decades, there have been monumental supply surprises: the shale oil and gas boom in the US, the growth in solar photovoltaics enabled by a steep decline in costs, and more recently a boost in electric vehicle sales led by China. We are now seeing the biggest surprise in decades: surging electricity demand from data centers. The scale of the global energy system means that any significant change in fuel mix and emissions will take time, and continuing investment in conventional energy will be necessary. A well-functioning energy system is critical to fuel economic growth. Policymakers will prioritize affordability, energy security and energy access. The energy future will be multidimensional, proceeding at different rates with a mix of technologies and priorities around the world. ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/podcasts/energy-evolution/032026-war-energy-security-and-the-redrawing-of-global-trade-flows</link><description>The effective closure of the Strait of Hormuz was long considered one of the energy market&amp;apos;s great hypotheticals -- until it became a reality. In this special CERAWeek series episode of Energy Evolution, host Eklavya Gupte sits down with Dave Ernsberger, president of S&amp;amp;P Global Energy, to examine what may be the most significant energy supply disruption ever and how it&amp;apos;s forcing a fundamental</description><title>War, energy security, and the redrawing of global trade flows</title><pubDate>20 March 2026 11:54:17 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Eklavya Gupte</name><name>Dave Ernsberger</name></author><content><![CDATA[ LNG, Refined Products, Energy Transition, Agriculture, Emissions, Biofuels, Renewables, Carbon March 20, 2026 War, energy security, and the redrawing of global trade flows Featuring Eklavya Gupte and Dave Ernsberger HIGHLIGHTS Strait of Hormuz de facto closure disrupts 20% oil flow Asia faces fuel shortages, refinery losses Crisis accelerates energy market restructuring The effective closure of the Strait of Hormuz was long considered one of the energy market's great hypotheticals -- until it became a reality. In this special CERAWeek series episode of Energy Evolution, host Eklavya Gupte sits down with Dave Ernsberger, president of S&amp;P Global Energy, to examine what may be the most significant energy supply disruption ever and how it's forcing a fundamental redrawing of the global energy map. With around 20% of the world's oil and LNG usually passing through this key chokepoint, the impact has been asymmetrical and severe -- India faces LPG shortages, Asian refiners are struggling with profitability, and fuel supplies are tightening sharply. The conversation also explores how this crisis is accelerating a structural shift in energy markets, particularly East of Suez, where the energy trifecta of affordability, security, and sustainability has been upended. Ernsberger also looks at how the conflict is intersecting with the AI and data center boom, creating inflationary pressures that reach from the Middle East to various states in the US. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/ratings/en/regulatory/article/the-middle-east-war-is-adding-uncertainty-to-an-already-fragile-global-autos-outlook-s101675552</link><description>This report does not constitute a rating action. With the outbreak of war in the Middle East, the global auto industry now faces a potential triple whammy of reduced demand, supply-chain problems, and cost inflation. Weaker demand could come from economic uncertainty and lower disposable incomes, while disrupted logistics and shipping routes could cause shortages of certain raw materials or components. Inflation, via rising energy, raw materials, and logistics costs, completes the unfavorable pi</description><title>The Middle East War Is Adding Uncertainty To An Already Fragile Global Autos Outlook</title><pubDate>19 March 2026 12:43:35 GMT</pubDate></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/energy/en/news-research/latest-news/agriculture/031926-dhl-malaysia-aviation-group-partner-to-deploy-saf</link><description>DHL Express has signed an agreement with Malaysia Aviation Group to deploy sustainable aviation fuel under its GoGreen Plus service, targeting a reduction of about 300 metric tons of life cycle CO2 equivalent emissions in 2026. The agreement will see MAG use SAF within DHL Express&amp;apos; air cargo network for international shipments spanning the US, Europe and Asia-Pacific, DHL said in a statement March</description><title>DHL, Malaysia Aviation Group partner to deploy SAF</title><pubDate>19 March 2026 19:48:51 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Samyak Pandey</name></author><content><![CDATA[ Agriculture, Energy Transition, Refined Products, Biofuels, Renewables, Jet Fuel March 19, 2026 DHL, Malaysia Aviation Group partner to deploy SAF By Samyak Pandey Editor: Johanna Leo Getting your Trinity Audio player ready... HIGHLIGHTS DHL, Malaysia Aviation Group sign agreement Partnership targets 300 mtCO2e cut in 2026 Book-and-claim model allocates emissions cuts DHL Express has signed an agreement with Malaysia Aviation Group to deploy sustainable aviation fuel under its GoGreen Plus service, targeting a reduction of about 300 metric tons of life cycle CO2 equivalent emissions in 2026. The agreement will see MAG use SAF within DHL Express' air cargo network for international shipments spanning the US, Europe and Asia-Pacific, DHL said in a statement March 18. The initiative is based on a "book-and-claim" mechanism, allowing DHL to substitute conventional jet fuel with SAF within its broader network and allocate the corresponding emissions reductions to customers, even if shipments are not physically transported on SAF-powered aircraft. SAF, produced from feedstocks such as used cooking oil and other residues, can reduce life cycle greenhouse gas emissions by up to 80% compared with fossil jet fuel. DHL launched the GoGreen Plus program in 2023 to help customers address Scope 3 emissions linked to logistics and distribution. SAF supply agreements with producers, including BP, Neste, Cosmo Energy and Cathay Group, support the service. MAG said the partnership aligns with its broader decarbonization strategy across passenger and cargo operations as it seeks to scale SAF adoption through business-to-consumer and business-to-business channels. The group has been testing SAF integration since 2021 and conducted a two-week SAF uplift on the Kuala Lumpur-London route in 2025 to assess supply chain readiness at Kuala Lumpur International Airport. MAG is also working with industry stakeholders and local feedstock suppliers to explore the potential for domestic SAF production in Malaysia. "SAF remains one of the most critical levers in aviation's transition to net-zero," said Philip See, group chief sustainability officer at MAG. Platts, part of S&amp;P Global Energy, assessed SAF HEFA-SPK FOB Straits at $2,390/mt March 19, down $20 from March 18. US-Israeli Conflict with Iran Essential Energy Intelligence for today's uncertainty. See What Matters > ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2024/12/fishing-for-chpis-trade-flows-adapt-to-sanctions-on-russia</link><description>Controlling the supply chains of Common High Priority Items (CHPIs) has been a critical part of sanctions applied by the US and EU.</description><title>Fishing for CHPIs: Trade flows adapt to sanctions on Russia</title><pubDate>11 December 2024 19:06:28 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Byron McKinney</name><name>Chris Rogers</name></author><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Dec 11, 2024 Fishing for CHPIs: Trade flows adapt to sanctions on Russia By Byron McKinney and Chris Rogers Learn more about our data and insights Controlling the supply chains of Common High Priority Items (CHPIs) has been a critical part of sanctions applied by the US and EU, among others, against Russia. Judicious use of international trade data and supply network analysis can help trace the flows of these products through other countries. The conflict in Ukraine has tightened the focus on the export of CHPIs due to the concern that products like semiconductors could end up in Russian weapons systems. CHPIs, as defined by the US government, cover 50 products across four main categories and are focused on electrical and electronic products that have potential military dual uses. â¢ Tier 1 is focused on computer chips. â¢ Tier 2 targets network connectivity equipment and capacitors. â¢ Tier 3 is split into two parts including computers and cameras in one group and weapons parts in another. â¢ Tier 4 is also split, including electronics manufacturing equipment in one group and metal working equipment in the other. Turkey's exports of CHPIs to Russia have already begun to decline after booming in 2023. S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence data shows total exports in the three months ended Aug. 31, 2024, reached $13.5 million, down by 78.1% year-over-year and off by 85.3% compared to the February 2023 peak. The remaining exports are led by Tier 3A products, particularly computer power supplies and commercial-grade (under 1kV) electrical switching equipment. Turkey has not been the only source of CHPI product flows to Russia. Constructing "mirror trade" calculations for Russia shows that total imports of CHPIs reached US$1.44 billion in the three months to July 31, 2024, down by 21.7% versus a year earlier. The largest exporting region in the three-month period ended Aug. 31 was Mainland China, accounting for 65.5%, while Hong Kong SAR represented a further 7.4%, with shipments having dropped by 28.3% and 49.9%, respectively. The second largest supplier was India, accounting for 17.2% of shipments, but shipments surged 557% higher year-over-year. Turkey was a distant sixth at 1.1% of total flows after Malaysia's and Kazakhstan's 2.4% and 4.1% supplies. From a product perspective, exports from China were led by networked devices (Tier 2) and computer servers (Tier 3A) in the three months to July 31, 2024, worth an aggregate $362 million. Hong Kong was the leading supplier of computer chips (Tier 1), accounting for $13 million of $18 million total shipped to Russia. The trade in CHPIs could be carried out by private firms. Bloomberg reported that a private company had shipped computer servers to Russia from India. Such an indirect shipping routing and associated risks of breaching US or EU sanctions rules underscores the importance for firms of understanding their downstream supply chain network. Not all CHPI shipments are easily visible in trade data, particularly where they are contained within other products. One route is to detect unusual changes in CHPI flows among countries that have not historically been significant importers. Global trade in CHPIs increased by 11% year over year in the three months to July 31, 2024, S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence data shows. Countries with rapid growth in both percentage and dollar terms (over $20 million of growth) include Ethiopia (142%), Georgia (128%) and Azerbaijan (67%). Shipments to Ukraine also increased 76%, likely reflecting resupplies to support the war effort. In the case of Georgia, the growth was accounted for entirely by shipments of computer servers, principally from Hong Kong, while for Azerbaijan supplies were focused on servers and network equipment, led by shipments from mainland China. Learn more about our Trade Compliance Secure solution This article was published by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. From neighborhood to nation we have you covered Regional Explorer: Economics, risk, and data analytics Learn More ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2024/11/supply-chain-strategies-to-mitigate-tariffs</link><description>The return to office of President-elect Donald Trump brings the prospect of a renewed round of import tariffs to the US.</description><title>Supply chain strategies to mitigate tariffs</title><pubDate>06 November 2024 19:21:11 GMT</pubDate><author><name>Chris Rogers</name><name>Eric Oak</name></author><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Nov 06, 2024 Supply chain strategies to mitigate tariffs By Chris Rogers and Eric Oak Learn more about our data and insights The return to office of President-elect Donald Trump brings the prospect of a renewed round of import tariffs to the US, particularly from mainland China but also more broadly, as well as responses in kind from other countries. Companies therefore need to brush off their playbooks for dealing with tariffs, and there are plenty of routes for doing so. Boost airtime: Fight tariffs at the source The first stage for dealing with tariffs can be to lobby the government for exemptions, or the removal of the duties completely. This can take many forms, from exemption requests, waivers or direct influence, and can vary widely in effectiveness and risk. Lobbying the government directly can be effective before tariffs are issued, looking to prevent the duties in the first place. Efforts after the fact can be more fraught, as political messaging can often come into play. Exemptions are often allowed for many types of duties, waiving the duties for specific products if approved by the government. These can be temporary and are not always granted or renewed. Waivers and exemptions can often give a company a specific advantage, but can also come with political visibility. In the case of the Section 301 duties exemption process from 2019, one firm achieved a 62.5% success rate in gaining approvals for their exemptions versus an industry average 3.5%, partly due to close relations of the firm's CEO with President Trump and partly due to commitments to US manufacturing. Modulate the key: Financial strategies In the short term, strategies for dealing with tariffs tend to focus on their immediate financial impact. These approaches are often faster and easier to implement â with a tradeoff of not being available for every company or situation. Companies can increase the prices of their goods to reflect the increased costs of input materials. This is not always viable for firms in competitive industries and can lead to an erosion in market share for impacted firms. Companies may also face political pressures if price increases are associated with wider inflation. Firms can also negotiate with their suppliers to offset the cost of the tariffs with lower input pricing. This is the best financial scenario for firms, but the renegotiation of contracts and competitive sourcing processes can take time. The escalation of the US-mainland China trade war in 2018 and its aftermath show a good example of import prices decreasing in response to tariffs. The application of duties on US$250 billion-worth of mainland Chinese imports in the third quarter of 2018 came before a 1.9% year-over-year decline in import prices by November 2019. A less desirable prospect can be absorbing the additional costs by lowering margins. High-margin businesses can often use this as a fast stopgap before implementing other measures, while lower-margin businesses will have to make tougher decisions. The ownership of firms also matters â public companies may find the erosion of margins less palatable than private concerns. Change the track: Adjust sourcing strategies Over the longer term, companies can also react to tariffs by adapting their sourcing strategies in three main ways. First, companies can pull forward their sourcing from the target country to establish a stockpile of goods that are unaffected by tariffs. The rapid expansion in US seaborne imports in fall 2024 was partly a response to beating strikes on the US east coast as well as duties which were expanded by the Biden administration. A further wave of imports can be expected in winter 2024/25 as firms look to beat the next round of strikes and potential tariffs. However, the elevated inventories may be difficult to justify or sustain given higher interest rates during the prior period of tariff increases. Second, firms can shift sourcing to countries not impacted by tariffs, either due to the type of tariff or superseding trade agreements. Not all tariffs can be avoided this way, and the alternative sources may have additional costs or considerations that make the total cost of sourcing from that location less economical. The exodus from mainland China in the wake of the prior round of tariffs led imports from mainland China of products covered by tariffs to drop from 21.6% of imports in 2017 to 13.5% in the 12 months to August 31, 2024. A final strategy is to import components for final assembly rather than finished goods to reduce or eliminate the tariff load, which can be characterized as partial reshoring. If, for example, there is a tariff on kitchen utensils but not the component metal, importing the metal and casting the utensils in-country could reduce the tariff load. This carries much of the same caveats as full reshoring, however, and not all companies are able to shift and adjust their manufacturing locations like this. As more details of tariffs in the US become clear in 2025, firms will increasingly need to pick one or more of these strategies. None of these fixes for tariffs are without cost, leaving firms in the unenviable position of needing to return to the financial responses of raising prices, cutting costs elsewhere or accepting lower profitability. Sign up for our Supply Chain Essentials newsletter This article was published by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. From neighborhood to nation we have you covered Regional Explorer: Economics, risk, and data analytics Learn More ]]></content></item><item><link>https://www.spglobal.com/market-intelligence/en/news-insights/research/2024/12/power-plays-themes-for-2025</link><description>We identify aspects of each theme as critical for organizations seeking adaptive strategies to navigate risks and discover opportunities.</description><title>Power plays: Themes for 2025</title><pubDate>09 December 2024 21:09:53 GMT</pubDate><content><![CDATA[ BLOG â Dec 09, 2024 Power plays: Themes for 2025 The interplay of geopolitical rivalries, economic shifts and evolving trade dynamics will define a conflicted global landscape over 2025. We see four key themes shaping this environment: economic angst, domestic discontent, elusive alliances, and trade troubles. These capture the fragility of global economic growth, the rise of unstable coalitions, the evolving nature of external alliances, and the intricacies of trade barriers and tariffs. Strategic adaptability will determine resilience as stakeholders navigate these multifaceted challenges, balancing national interests with global cooperation to achieve stability and growth. Read the full report here Economic angst The anchors around the global economy â low inflation, low interest rates, international cooperation and frictionless trade â have become unmoored, introducing uncertainty to growth prospects. Structural challenges such as low productivity growth and demographic trends, compounded by the rise of protectionism and geopolitical rivalries, will hinder business investment. While we expect the global economic expansion to continue, and some regions are forecast to experience modestly higher real GDP growth rates in 2025, we see numerous risks that could dampen or even derail the expansion. Domestic discontent The global consequences of the electoral mega-cycle of 2024 will be more fully expressed through 2025. Many electoral outcomes will require formation of new coalitions and, in several cases, drive instability. Challenges, including economic inequality, technological disruptions and political polarization, are creating environments where traditional social contracts seem obsolete and are increasingly contested. This shift is evident in the renegotiations of labor relations, with job displacement owing to automation and globalization further fueling discontent. Workers in traditional industries are particularly vulnerable, leading to calls for retraining and upskilling initiatives to help them transition to new roles. Elusive alliances The geopolitical landscape in 2025 will continue to be conditioned by the pursuit of strategic advantages and major conflicts. Alliances will be more fluid as actors gradually adjust their positions in the world, impacting trade agreements, defense collaborations and diplomatic ties. Advanced markets' focus on national security and protectionism reflects a shift toward fragmentation, while emerging markets will leverage their accrued influence to rebalance global institutions. Smaller countries will mostly rely on multilateral engagements to mitigate risks from climate change and trade barriers. Trade troubles Conditional globalization, in which governments increasingly dictate trade flows through tariffs and export restrictions, is the trend. These tariffs are expected to disrupt traditional trade patterns and may lead to increased prices for consumers, fueling inflation. The incoming US administration will significantly influence evolution of trade dynamics, with probable increases in tariffs on Chinese imports and reciprocal measures from the EU and other countries. Increasing use of trade barriers as a means of protecting domestic industries could lead to higher costs and reduced global integration, ultimately affecting supply chains and international relations. Learn more about our data and insights This article was published by S&amp;P Global Market Intelligence and not by S&amp;P Global Ratings, which is a separately managed division of S&amp;P Global. From neighborhood to nation we have you covered Regional Explorer: Economics, risk, and data analytics Learn More ]]></content></item></channel></rss>